Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
PLAN DOCUMENTS
AZCOM Waterloo Regional Airport Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron FAA AIP Project #3-19-0094-046 .a� WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CRUISE A NEW ALTITUDE Prepared For: City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo, Iowa 50703 Prepared By: AECOM 500 SW Vh Street, Suite 301 Des Moines,Iowa 50309 AECOM 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 P.O.Box 1497 Waterloo, Iowa 50704-1497 May 8, 2018 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR REHABILITATE WEST TERMINAL APRON AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO, IOWA _ FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-046 Prepared For: _ City of Waterloo, Iowa Prepared By: AECOM May 8,2018 I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer tNltiiltldttt3rti pE I 'q♦ .,,tPt�f under the laws of the state of Iowa. �C dli t w�v*a :y ' 3 May 8, 2018 '. N U G E 5 z ., DAVID B.HUGHES,PE Date w► • c3 # 13037 License No. 13037 _ s#t`//"^��["�"A� 4g�°� ` My license renewal date is December 31,2019. t V TT R' 1�4k #�r�'�t°xtJaier!�13I4i4tt4ttllil Pages or sheets covered by this seal: I I TABLE OF CONTENTS Contents Page NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING/NOTICE TO BIDDERS ...............................................................NPH-1-7 PROPOSALFORM................................................................................................................................P-1-7 BIDBOND...............................................................................................................................................P-8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER.........................................................................P-9 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR................................................................. P-10 STATEMENTOF INTENT.............................................................................................................. ..... P-11 ,.� BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET............................................................................................... ....P-12 s SYNOPSIS OF EXPERIENCE RECORD.............................................................................................. P-13 UTILIZATIONSTATEMENT............................................................................................................... P-14 LETTEROF INTENT............................................................................................................................. P-15 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION.................................................................................................P-16-17 BUY AMERICAN WAIVER REQUEST.............................................................................................P-18-19 BUY AMERICAN CONFORMANCE LISTING...................................................................................P-20 CONTRACT............................................................................................................................................C-1-4 PERFORMANCEBOND.......................................................................................................................C-5-6 PAYMENTBOND..................................................................................................................................C-7-8 GENERALPROVISIONS....................................................................................................................G-1-58 Section 10- Definition of Terms................................................. G-1-4 ................................................. Section 20- Proposal Requirements and Conditions.......................................................................G-5-8 Section 30- Award and Execution of Contract...............................................................................G-9-10 Section40- Scope of Work...........................................................................................................G-11-14 Section50- Control of Work.........................................................................................................G-15-20 Section 60- Control of Materials...................................................................................................G-21-24 Section 70- Legal Regulations and Responsibility to Public........................................................G-25-30 1 Section 80- Prosecution and Progress...........................................................................................G-31-36 Section 90- Measurement and Payment........................................................................................G-37-44 Section 100- Contractor Quality Control Program.........................................................................G-45-50 Section105—Mobilization...............................................................................................................G-51-52 Section 110- Method of Estimating Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits(PWL).......................................................................................G-53-58 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 Waterloo Regional Airport �► AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron P PART 1 -LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS-SPECIAL PROVISIONS........................................SP-1-4 PART 2-FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION ANDEQUIPMENT PROJECTS............................................................................................................1 -30 PART 3 -FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR 150/5370-21'-OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORTS DURING CONSTRUCTION.................................................................................FAA AC150/5370-2F PART 4-DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE DETERMINATION.................................................WS-1-9 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS P-101 Surface Preparation....................................................................................................P101-1—P101-4 P-152 Excavation,Subgrade and Embankment...................................................................P152-1—P152-7 P-154 Subbase Course .........................................................................................................P154-1 —P154-4 P-208 Aggregate Base Course .............................................................................................P208-1—P208-5 P-403 Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA)Pavements(Base,Leveling or Surface Course)................P403-1 -P403-20 P-501 Portland Cement Concrete(PCC)Pavement.............................................................P501-1 —P501-36 P-605 Joint Sealants for Concrete Pavements......................................................................P605-1 -P605-4 P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete........................................................................P610-1—P610-9 P-620 Runway and Taxiway Markin P620-1—P620-5 D-705 Pipe Underdrains for Airports ...................................................................................D705-1 -P705-7 D-751 Manholes,Catch Basins,Inlets and Inspection Holes...............................................D751-1—D751-5 er_ APPENDIX A—FAA AC 150/5345-53C AIRPORT LIGHTING EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION PROGRAM—APPENDIX 1 ADDENDUM,APRIL 22,2016 APPENDIX B—Boring Logs - FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I � NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING On Proposed Plans,Specifications,Form of Contract, and Estimate of Cost and the NOTICE TO BIDDERS For the Taking of Construction Bids For the I REHABILITATE WEST TERMINAL APRON AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT In the City of Waterloo,Iowa FAA AIP PROJECT NO.3-19-0094-046 RECEIVING OF BIDS Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, at her office in the City Hall of the said City on the June 14,2018, until 1:00 p.m. for Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron, as described in detail i in the plans and specifications now on file in the Office of the City Clerk. j OPENING OF BIDS 1 All proposals received will be opened in the First Floor Conference Room at City Hall in the City of Waterloo, Iowa, on the June 14, 2018, at 1:00 a.m.,local time, and the proposals will be acted upon at such later time and place as may then be fixed. PRE-BID MEETING i 1 A pre-bid meeting for this project will be held in the Second Floor Conference Room of the Terminal Building at the Waterloo Regional Airport at 1:00 p.m.,Local Time,on June 8,2018. PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Council of said City will conduct a public hearing on the proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-described improvement project at 5:30 p.m. on June 18,2018, said hearing to be held in the Harold E. Getty Council Chambers in the City Hall in said City. The proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for said improvements heretofore prepared by the AECOM are now on file in the office of the City Clerk for public examination, and any person interested therein may file written objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make —� objection thereto at the meeting above set forth. SCOPE OF WORK The work to be performed in this project shall include the following described improvements at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa: �+ • Reconstruction of the West Terminal Apron including removal of the existing bituminous apron pavement ranging in thickness from eight(8)to twelve and one-half(12 '/z)inches in thickness. • Removal and replacement of the existing base and subbase materials. -• • Installation of approximately 1,000 tons of bituminous base course. • Installation of approximately 3,400 square yards of 12-inch thick Portland Cement Concrete Pavement. .•� • Reconstruction and installation of three(3) storm sewer structures. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 NPH-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron • Installation of fifty(50)aircraft tie down anchors. • Pavement marking of the new apron area. • Site restoration. BEGINNING AND COMPLETION DATES The work under the proposed contract shall be commenced within ten(10) calendar days after receipt of"Notice to Proceed" and shall be completed in sixty-five(65)calendar days from the date established in the Notice To Proceed. Failure to complete within the allotted time will result in assessment of liquidated damages. METHOD OF PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR .� The Contractor will be paid against monthly estimates in cash on the basis of ninety-five percent(95%)of the work as it is completed and materials delivered and work approved. Final payment will be made thirty-one(31)days after completion of the work and acceptance by the Council. Before final payment is made, vouchers showing that all ~-- subcontractors and workmen and all persons furnishing materials have been fully paid for such materials and labor _ will be required unless the City is satisfied that material,men and laborers have been paid. The Contractor is hereby notified that if the City does not have cash on hand to pay monthly pay estimates, according to Chapter 384.57 of the Code of Iowa,payment may be made by anticipatory warrants issued bearing a rate of interest not exceeding that permitted by Chapter 74A,Code of Iowa. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Plans and Specifications governing the construction of the proposed improvements have been prepared by AECOM, which plans and specifications, and also the prior proceedings of the City Council referring to and defining said proposed improvements are hereby made a part of this notice, and the proposed contract by reference shall be executed in compliance therewith. Copies of the plans and specifications and wage rate decision are on file and may be inspected at: i Office of Director of Aviation or AECOM Waterloo Regional Airport 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Plans and Specifications may be obtained by applying to the AECOM office listed above. Requests shall include street address for delivery of documents. A $30.00 deposit is required for each set of Bidding Documents. Said $30.00 deposit is fully-refundable if the Bidding Documents are returned in usable condition (i.e. free of highlights, ink markings, tears, stickers, water stains and soiling)to the Engineer's Office by the end of the 14'h consecutive day after the project has been awarded. No deposits will be refunded for any plans received after the 14''consecutive day,which includes plans returned via mail service. Plan holders are responsible for ascertaining when the project has been awarded. Payment shall be by check only. This deposit policy shall also apply to the prime contractor awarded the project for all plans and specifications obtained and distributed by the prime contractor to their subcontractors and suppliers in determining the prime contractor's bid,if the prime contractor wishes for their deposit to be returned. Upon award of project,the prime contractor shall be supplied with the needed number of plans and specifications at no additional cost. FAA All?#3-19-0094-046 NPH-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron CONTRACT AWARD .. A contract will be awarded to the qualified bidder submitting the lowest total bid. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids,re-advertise for new bids, and to waive informalities in the bids submitted that might be in the best interest of the City. a Bids may be held by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the day of the I opening of bids for the purpose of reviewing the bids and investigating the qualifications of bidders, prior to .,. awarding the contract. i By virtue of statutory authority,a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced with the State of Iowa and preference will be given to local domestic labor in the construction of the improvement. PROPOSALS SUBMITTED The bidder shall submit bids on the items listed in the proposal. The bidder shall clearly write or type the unit bid price and the bid item extension(Unit Price x Estimated Qty) in numerals on the blanks provided. Should there be any discrepancy between the unit bid price and extension, the City of Waterloo shall consider the unit bid price as being the valid unit bid price. jThe bidder has the option to submit a computer-generated spreadsheet in lieu of the portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal, which includes the Bid Item Number, Description, Unit, Estimated Quantity, Unit Bid Price, Total Bid Price and Total Bid. The computer-generated spreadsheet shall include all of the information listed in that portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal as well as bear the signature of the Prime Contractor submitting the bid. For the bidders who submit a computer-generated spreadsheet, the TOTAL BID (with alternates, if applicable) shall also be indicated in the space(s)provided on the Form of Bid or Proposal. BID SECURITY REQUIRED All bids must be accompanied in a separate envelope by a certified or cashier's check drawn on an Iowa bank, or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, a certified share draft drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States, or bid bond,(on the form furnished by the City)payable to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in the sum of not less than five percent(5%) of the bid submitted, which certified check, certified 07 share draft or bid bond will be held as security that the Bidder will enter into a Contract for the construction of the work and will furnish the required bonds, and in case the successful Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into the Contract and furnish the required bonds, his bid security may be retained by said City as agreed upon liquidated 011� damages. If bid bond is used, it must be signed by both the Bidder and the surety or surety's agent. Signature of surety's agent must be supported by accompanying Power of Attorney. I 1 PERFORMANCE&PAYMENT BONDS The successful bidder will be required to furnish a"Performance Bond"and a"Payment Bond"within ten(10)days j after forms are presented to him in an amount equal to one hundred percent(100%)of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained,and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor and protect and save harmless the City from claims of any kind caused by the operations of the contractor. MAINTENANCE BOND Before the Contractor shall be entitled to receive final payment for work done under this contract, it shall execute and file a bond in the penal sum of not less than 100% of the total amount of the contract, same to be known as "Maintenance Bond," and which bond must be approved by the City Council, and which bond is in addition to the bond given by the Contractor to guarantee the completion of the work. I !� FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 NPH-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ' AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM/SUBCONTRACTING The program proposes numerical projections regarding utilization of Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as Subcontractors, vendors and suppliers in the performance of Contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo,Iowa. A goal of at least ten percent(10%)for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at$50,000.00 or more. A goal of at least two percent(2%) for WBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000.00 or more. Any project funded in part or in total with federal funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. The Prime Contractor shall make "good-faith efforts" to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE goals. The MBE/WBE subcontractors, suppliers or vendors must provide the Prime Contractor a reasonably competitive price for the service being rendered or the Contractor is not required to accept their bid. PREDETERMINED WAGE RATE Predetermined wage rates shall apply to all work on this project in accordance with General Decision No. IA180001. In addition,the Prime Contractor shall submit certified payrolls for itself and each approved subcontractor weekly to the project Engineer. The Contractor may use the Iowa DOT Certified Payroll form or other approved form. The Contractor shall list the craft for each employee covered by the Predetermined Wage Rates. The Prime Contractor shall sign each of the subcontractor's payrolls to acknowledge the submittal of the Certified Payroll. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is an essential element of this contract. It is important that the work be diligently pursued to completion. If •• the work is not completed within the specified contract period,plus authorized extensions,the contractor shall pay to the City Liquidated Damages in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day, for each day, as further described herein, in excess of the authorized time. Days beyond the specified completion date for which Liquidated Damages will be charged will be working days that the contractor does,or could have worked,from Monday through Saturday. Sundays will be counted only if work is performed. Partial working days will be considered as a full working day. Days not chargeable for Liquidated — Damages will include rain days,Sunday if no work is done,and legal holidays. Working days will cease to be charged when only punch list items remain to be completed. Punch list items do not include contract bid items or approved change/extra work orders. When the Contractor believes the project to be substantially completed, a written notice stating the same shall be submitted to the Engineer and a request made for a Punch List. If the work under the Contract extends beyond the normal construction season for such work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in writing a request that calendar days counted toward the project be suspended until work is resumed the following construction season. This amount is not construed as a penalty. These damages are for the cost to the City of providing the required additional inspection,engineering and contract administration. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Before the work is commenced on this contract,a conference shall be held for the purpose of discussing the contract. The conference shall be attended by the prime contractor,subcontractors and City Officials. RESIDENT BIDDER/NON-RESIDENT BIDDER Attention of bidders is called to compliance with the provisions of the Resident Bidder/Non-Resident Bidder m requirements. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 NPH-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Resident Bidder Certification or a Non- Resident Bidder Certification in the form(s)herein provided. SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certification to purchase building 1 materials or supplies in the performance of construction contracts let by the City of Waterloo. SITE INSPECTION Bidders are expected to visit the locality of the work and to make their own estimate of the facilities needed and the difficulties attending the execution of the proposed Contract,including local conditions. " TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS Bids received prior to the time of opening will be securely kept, unopened. The officer whose duty it is to open .., them will decide when the specified time has arrived, and no bid received thereafter will be considered. No responsibility will attach to an officer for the premature opening of a bid not properly addressed and identified. Unless specifically authorized, telegraphic bids will not be considered, but modifications by telegraph of bids already submitted will be considered if received prior to the hour set for opening. All proposals must be received at the address indicated herein above prior to the time and date specified for receipt of bids. Bids received after the specified time and date will be returned unopened.The City of Waterloo shall not be ..� held responsible or accountable for delays in the delivery of any proposal by the U.S.Postal Service or other courier service. 1 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 17 Bids may be withdrawn on written or telegraphic request received from Bidders prior to the time fixed for opening. i Negligence on the part of the Bidder in preparing the bid confers no right for the withdrawal of the bid after it has been opened. ERRORS IN BID Bidders or their authorized agents are expected to examine the Maps, Drawings, Specifications, Circulars, Schedule and all other instructions pertaining to the work, which will be open to their inspection. Failure to do so will be at the Bidder's own risk and he cannot secure relief on the plea of error in the bid. In case of error in the extension of prices,the unit price will govern. MINIMUM WAGE RATES If the wage determination of the Department of Labor incorporated in the advertised specifications does not 1 include rates for classifications deemed appropriate by the bidder, the bidder is responsible for ascertaining the rates payable for such use in accomplishing the work. No inference concerning practice is to be drawn from their omission. Further, the omission does not,per se, establish any liability to the Government for increased labor costs resulting from the use of such classifications. i EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY—EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 AND 41 CFR PART 60 The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth within the supplementary provisions. The successful Bidder shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that ' employees are treated during employment without regard to their race,color,religion,sex,or national origin. I I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 NPH-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron GOALS FOR MINORITY AND FEMALE PARTICIPATION—EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 AND 41 CFR _ PART 60 1. The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth within the supplementary �. provisions. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area,are as follows: Timetables: Goals for minority participation for each trade 4.7% — Goals for female participation in each trade 6.9% These goals are applicable to all of the contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally- assisted)performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its Federally involved and non-federally involved construction. CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES—41 CFR PART 60 A certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally-assisted construction contract exceeding$10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding$10,000, which are not exempt from provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause, will be required to provide for the forwarding of the notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. The penalty for making false statements in offers in prescribed is 18 U.S.C. 1001. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE—49 CFR PART 26 The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of this r, DOT-assisted contracts. In accordance with 49 CFR Part 26.45,the sponsor has established a contract goal of 7.33 percent participation for small business concerns owned and controlled by certified socially and economically disadvantaged enterprise(DBE). The bidder shall make and document good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A •'- of 49 CFR Part 26,to meet this established goal. DAVIS-BACON ACT,AS AMENDED—29 CFR PART 5 The Contractor is required to comply with wage and labor provisions and to pay minimum wages in accordance with the current schedule of wage rates established by the United States Department of Labor. DEBARMENT SUSPENSION INELIGIBILITY,AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION—49 CFR PART 29 The bidder certifies, by submission of a proposal or acceptance of a contract, that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. Individuals or companies listed in the General Services Administration's"Excluded Parties Listing System"will not be considered for award of contract. FOREIGN TRADE RESTRICTION—49 CFR PART 30 The Bidder and Bidder's subcontractors, by submission of an offer and/or executive of a contract, is required to certify that it: �. 1. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S.firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative(USTR); FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 NPH-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron The PROPOSAL FORM FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CONSISTING OF REHABILITATE WEST TERMINAL APRON AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO,IOWA ..� FAA'AIP PROJECT NO.3-19-0094-046 Waterloo Regional Airport .� 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo,IA 50703 i Gentlemen: 1. The undersigned hereby certifies that he has examined the Form of Contract,Plans,and Specifications for the Construction of Improvements to the Waterloo Regional Airport to Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron,at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa,FAA AIP Project No.3-19-0094-046,and has examined the site of the work and is familiar with local conditions pertaining to the work. 2. The extent of the work involved is to Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron, including the removal and replacement of West Terminal Apron with a 12-inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement section with a Hot Mix Asphalt stabilized subbase,removal and replacement of subbase materials,removal and replacement of storm sewer structures, adjustment of an existing storm sewer structure, installation of aircraft tie down anchors, A pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans,saw and replacement of joint sealant on the East Terminal Apron, and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. 3. The undersigned,in compliance with your Invitation for Bids dated ,hereby proposes to do the work called for in said Contract and Specifications and shown on said Plans and Addendum Nos. and to furnish all materials,tools,labor and all appliances and appurtenances necessary ..r for the said work at the following rates and prices: _ ITEMIZED PROPOSAL WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO,IOWA PROJECT: REHABILITATE WEST TERMINAL APRON FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-046 ESTIMATE ITEM SPEC. D UNIT BID TOTAL BID NO. NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 1 GP 105 MOBILIZATION AND LS I $ $ DEMOBILIZATION 2 GP 105 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $ $ 3 GP 50-06 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY LS 1 $ $ 4 P-101 PAVEMENT REMOVAL SY 3,400 $ $ 5 PLANS REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE EA 1 $ $ 6 P-152 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION CY 1,700 $ $ 7 P-154 SUBBASE COURSE CY 690 $ $ FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ITEM SPEC. ESTIMATED UNIT BID TOTAL BID NO. NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 8 P-208 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE-6 INCH SY 3,400 $ $ 9 P-403 HMA BASE COURSE TON 710 $ $ 10 P-501 10-INCH PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 960 $ $ 11 P-501 12-INCH PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 2,440 $ $ 12 P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING SF 3,675 $ $ 13 P-620 REFLECTIVE MEDIA(TYPE I, LB 260 $ $ GRADATION A) 14 PLANS AIRCRAFT TIEDOWN ANCHORS IN EA 20 $ NEW PAVEMENT $ 15 PLANS AIRCRAFT TIEDOWN ANCHORS IN EA 10 $ EXISTING PAVEMENT $ 4-INCH PERFORATED SUBDRAIN 16 D-705 (SDR 35)COMPLETE,INCLUDING LF 270 $ $ POROUS BACKFILL AND FILTER FABRIC 17 D-705 4-INCH NON-PERFORATED SUBDRAIN LF 165 $ (SDR 35 $ 18 D-705 SUBDRAIN CLEANOUT EA 3 4 $ 19 D-751 ADJUST EXISTING CATCH BASIN EA I $ $ 20 D-751 CATCH BASIN EA 2 $$ $ TOTAL(BASE BID) $ Add Alternate Bid No.1-Saw and Seal Joints 1 P-101 SAW AND SEAL JOINTS LF 4,950 1 $ $ TOTAL INCLUDING ADD ALTERNATE $ 4. It is the Airport's intention to evaluate bids reviewing both the Base Bid and Add Alternate Bid. The Airport has limited funds available and will award only what funding allows. The Airport reserves the right to award the contract based on the Base Bid only or the Base Bid plus Add Alternate Bid Option. 5. The undersigned understands that the above quantities of work to be done are approximate only and are intended principally to serve as a guide in evaluating the bids. All quantities are subject to increase or decrease and are to be performed at the unit prices stipulated herein. 6. It is understood that the schedule of minimum wage rates,as established by the Secretary of Labor and included in the Specifications, are to govern on this project, and the undersigned certifies that he has examined this schedule of wage rates and that the prices bid are based on such established wage rates. 7. The bidder shall make good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 26, Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation,to subcontract seven and one-third(7.331/o)percent of the dollar value tow of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals(DBE). Individuals who are rebuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged include women, Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, and Asian- Indian Americans. The apparent successful competitor will be required to submit information concerning the DBE's that will participate in the contract. The information will include the name and address of each DBE,a description of the work to be performed by each named firm,and the dollar value of the contract. Ifthe bidder FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron fails to achieve the contract goal stated herein,it will be required to provide documentation demonstrating that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. In the event that the apparent successful competitor for this solicitation qualified as a DBE,the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. A bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponsive. 8. The undersigned certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any ~ of his establishments,and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location,under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments,and that he will not -� permit his employees to perform their services at any location,under his control,where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification,the term"segregated facilities"means any waiting rooms, work areas,restrooms and washrooms,restaurants and other eating areas,timeclocks,locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas,parking lots,drinking fountains,recreation or entertainment areas,transportation,and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race,color,religion, or national origin,because of habit,local custom,or any other reason. The —+ undersigned agrees that(except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods)he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding$10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions ofthe equal opportunity clause,and that he will retain such certifications in his files. 9. The undersigned agrees, upon written notice of the acceptance of this bid,within ninety(90)days after the opening of the bids,that he will execute the Contract in accordance with the bid as accepted and give Contract ..� (Performance and Payment)bond on attached forms within fifteen (15) days after the prescribed forms are presented for signature. 10. The undersigned understands,award of contract is contingent upon receipt of project funding from the Federal Aviation Administration. If funding is not received,bid bonds will be returned to all bidders and the project will be postponed. ..y 11. The undersigned further agrees that if awarded the Contract, he will commence the work within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of a "Notice to Proceed" and that he will substantially complete all work according to the terms of the entire contract within sixty-five(65)calendar days from the date established in the Notice to Proceed. An extension of time may be allowed when extra or additional work is ordered by the �! Engineer. 12. The undersigned agrees that within 30 days after award of this contract,the Contractor/Subcontractor shall file a ..1 compliance report (Standard Form 100) if s/he has not submitted a complete compliance report within 12 months proceeding the date of award. This report is required if the Contractor/Subcontractor meets all of the following conditions: a. Contractors/Subcontractors are not exempt based on 41 CFR 60-1,5. b. Has 50 or more employees. c. Is a prime contractor or first tier subcontractor. d. There is a contract,subcontract,or purchase order amounting to$50,000 or more. I � 13. To satisfy Clear Air and Water Pollution Control Requirements on all Construction Contracts and Subcontracts exceeding$100,000.00 Contractors and Subcontractors agree: a. That any facility to be used in the performance of the Contractor to benefit from the Contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA)List of Violating Facilities. i t I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P_3 AECOM Project#60562796 Waterloo Regional Airport IIRehabilitate West Terminal Apron i b. To comply with all the requirements of Section 306 of the Clean Air Act(42 USC 1857(h)),and Section 508 of the Clean Water Act (33 USC 1368), Executive Order 11738, and Environmental Protection Regulations(40 CFR Part(15)). c. That as a condition for award of a Contract he shall notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or bencfit from the Contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. d. To include or cause to be included in any Contract or Subcontract which exceeds $100,000.00 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. 14. The contractor,by submission of this offer and/or execution of a contract,certifies that it: a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States trade �•• Representative(USTR); b. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a contractor that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said list,or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; c. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17,no contract shall be awarded to a contractor or subcontractor who is unable to certify to the above. Ifthe contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on the said list for use on the project, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct, through the sponsor, cancellation of the contract at no cost to the Government. Further,the contractor agrees that,if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation,it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The contractor may rely upon the certification of a prospective subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the sponsor if the contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.The subcontractor agrees to provide immediate written notice to the contractor,if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. • This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification,the Federal Aviation Administration may direct,through the sponsor,cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to `. render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. �.- This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the _ making of a false,fictitious,or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18,United States Code, Section 1001. 3 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I 15. The bidder/offeror certifies,by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract,that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily ..� excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions, i solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the bidder/offer/contractor or any lower tier participant is unable to certify this statement,it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal. 16. As an evidence of good faith in submitting this Proposal,the undersigned encloses bid security in the amount of five(5)percent of the bid which,in case he refuses or fails to accept an award and to enter into a Contract and -� file the required bonds within the prescribed time, shall be forfeited to the Waterloo Regional Airport as liquidated damages. 17. By entering into this contract,the contractor certifies that neither it(nor he or she)nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by j virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). -� 18. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government i contract by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 19. The undersigned hereby declares that the only parties interested in this Proposal are named herein,that this Proposal is made without collusion with any other person,firm or corporation,that no member of the Council, Waterloo Regional Airport or agent of the City of Waterloo,Iowa,is directly or indirectly financially interested in this bid. '1 20. In submitting this bid,it is understood that the right to reject any and all bids has been reserved and that this bid may not be withdrawn for a period of ninety(90)days from the opening thereof. 21. Contractor certifies that all employees employed by Contractor or any subcontractor working on behalf of the Contractor are in compliance with the Immigration Reform Control Act of 1986(IRCA)and indemnifies the Owner and holds harmless Owner for any violations of IRCA as a result of the Contractor's employees or his —' subcontractor's employees working on behalf of the Contractor on the Owner's project. 1 j 22. The undersigned certifies,to the best of his or her knowledge and belief,that: •q a. No Federal appropriated funds shall be paid, by or on behalf of the Contractor, to any person for i influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,a Member of Congress,an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a member of Congress in Congress in connection with rt the making of any Federal grant and the amendment or modification of any Federal grant. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for .-w influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,a member of Congress,an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal grant,the Contractor shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL,"Disclosure of Lobby Activities",in accordance with its instructions. c. The Undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements)and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. 1 This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than$10,000 and not more than$200,000 for each such failure. 23. BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE(Title 49 U.S.C. Chapter 501) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron As a condition of bid responsiveness, the bidder must how it intend to comply with the Buy American preferences established under Title 49 U.S.C.Section 50101.Bidder must complete the attached Buy American certification.If the bidder requests a permissible waiver to the Buy America requirements,the Bidder identified as with the successful bid must submit a formal waiver request and component cost calculation within the -- prescribed time identified on the Buy America certification. 24. Drug Free Work Place,Act of 1988. a. By submission of this offer,the offeror,if other than an individual,who is making an offer that equals or exceeds$25,000,certifies and agrees that with respect to all employees ofthe offeror to be employed under a contract resulting from this solicitation,it will--no later than 30 calendar days after contract award(unless �- a longer period is agreed to in writing,for contracts of 30 calendar days or more performance duration;)or as soon as possible for contracts of less than 30 calendar days performance duration,but in any case,by a date prior to when performance is expected to be completed-- (1) Publish a statement notifying such employees that the unlawful manufacturer,distribution,dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition; (2) Establish an on going drug-free awareness program to inform such employees about-- (a) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; %NW (b) The Contractor's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; (c) Any available drug counseling,rehabilitation,and employee assistance programs;and (d) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the .. workplace; (3) Provide all employees engaged in performance of the contract with a copy of the statement required by subparagraph a.(1)of this provision; -- (4) Notify such employees in writing in the statement required by subparagraph a.(1)of this provision that, as a condition of continued employment on the contract resulting from this solicitation, the employee will-- (a) Abide by the terms of the statement;and (b) Notify the employer in writing of the employee's conviction under a criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than 5 calendar days after such conviction; (5) Notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 10 calendar days after receiving notice under subdivision a.(4)(b)of this provision,from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction. The notice shall include the position title of the employee;and (6) Within 30 calendar days after receiving notice under subdivision a.(4)(b) of this provision of a conviction,take one of the following actions with respect to any employee who is convicted of a drug abuse violation occurring in the workplace; (a) Take appropriate personnel action against such employee,up to and including termination;or (b) Require such employee to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State,or local health, law enforcement,or other appropriate agency. (7) Make a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of subparagraphs a.(1)through a.(6)of this provision. b. By submission of its offer,the offeror,if an individual who is making an offer of any dollar value,certifies and agrees that other offeror will not engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-6 Waterloo Regional Airport - AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 6W j possession, or use of a controlled substance in the performance of the contract resulting from this solicitation. ~ c. Failure of the offeror to provide the certification required by paragraphs a.or b.of this provision,renders the offeror unqualified and ineligible for award. [See FAR 9.104-1(g)and 19.602-1a.(2)(a)]. " d. In addition to other remedies available to the Government,the certification in paragraphs a.or b.of this provision concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under title 18, United States Code,Section 1001. 25. Attachment to This Bid. The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. Bid Guaranty in the form of 1 b. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder. i c. Statement of Intent—Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity Statement. i d. Buy American Certification Statement. e. Bidder's Information Sheet. f. Synopsis of Experience Record. (IDOT Certification may be substituted.) g. Completed DBE forms"Utilization Statement"and"Letter of Intent." 26. The Bidder shall indicate whether the bid is submitted by a/an: ❑ Individual, Sole Proprietorship j ❑ Partnership ❑ Corporation i ❑ Joint-venture: all parties must join-in and execute all documents ❑ Other Respectfully submitted, Bidder t By Signature Title Address (Include Zip Code) I Telephone No. i �i• FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-7 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project 460161796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we as Principal,and as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Waterloo Regional Airport 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo Iowa hereinafter call"Owner",in the penal sum of Dollars($ ) lawful money of the United States,for the payment of which sum will and truly be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs, executors,administrators,and successors,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid,dated ,2018, for Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron,at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa,FAA AIP Project No.3-19- 0094-046. NOW,THEREFORE, (A) If said Bid shall be rejected,or in the alternate, (B) If said bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form specified and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said Contract,and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith,and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said bid. then this obligation shall be void,otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect;it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall,in no event,exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. By virtue of statutory authority,the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the Principal fails to execute the Contract and provide the bond as provided in the Specifications or by law. The Surety,for value received,hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such bid or execute such Contract;and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety,have hereunto set their hands and seals,and such of them as are corporations,have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers this_day of ,A.D.,2018. Witness (Seal) ` Principal By (Title) �— (Seal) Surety By (Attorney-In-Fact) Attach Power-Of-Attorney FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER State of ) )ss County of ) being first duly sworn,deposes and says that: He is (Owner Partner of er Officer Representative or Agent) the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid: l (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such bid; (3) Such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham bid; (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers,partners,owners,agents,representatives,employees or parties in interest, including this affiant,has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed,directly or indirectly,with any other Bidder,firm or person to submit a collusive or sham bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or --r indirectly,sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder,firm or person to fix j the price or prices in the attached bid or of any other Bidder,or,to fix any overhead,profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder,or to secure through any collusion,conspiracy,connivance,or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo,Iowa,or any person interested in the proposed Contract;and (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,representatives, owners, employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. (Signed) Title i Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,2018. -r I Title My Commission Expires 12018. i 1 •-� FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR (To Be Submitted After Bid But Prior to Award) ' State of ) )ss County of ) being first duly sworn,deposes and says that: (1) He is (Owner,Partner Officer Representative or Agent) of ,the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid: (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such bid; (3) Such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham bid; �► (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers,partners,owners,agents,representatives,employees or parties in interest, including this affiant,has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed,directly or indirectly,with any ... other Bidder,firm or person to submit a collusive or sham bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly,sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder,firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached bid or of any other Bidder,or,to fix any overhead,profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder,or to secure through any collusion,conspiracy,connivance,or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo,Iowa,or any person interested in the proposed Contract;and (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion,conspiracy, .. connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,representatives,owners,employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. (Signed) Title +.. Subscribed and sworn to before me i this day of ,2018. �. Title 4 My Commission Expires 12018. 6W L 1 L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i i I I I STATEMENT OF INTENT NONDISCRIMINATION AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY STATEMENT i The Contractor does hereby certify to the Waterloo Regional Airport,that no person shall, in any way,be favored or i discriminated against because of his race,political or religious opinions and affiliations,national origins,sex,age,sexual orientation,gender identity,disability,color,creed,marital status,employee union or association membership or office herein. If selected as the successful bidder,this contractor hereby agrees to file either a nondiscrimination and equal opportunity --� statement and/or an Affirmative Action Program. Improvements to the Waterloo Regional Airport consisting of Reconstruct Taxiway C-North of Runway 12/30 r" Reconstruct Taxiway C-South of Runway 12/30 Bid Package#1 COMPANY EXECUTIVE OFFICER AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICER i ADDRESS OF THE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICER PHONE NUMBER FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET A. BIDDER'S CAPACITY: (Check One) 1. Individual ❑ 2• Co-Partnership ❑ •� 3. Corporation ❑ B. (IF ITEM 2 IS CHECKED,COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING) State of Names and Addresses of Partners �. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. (IF ITEM 3 IS CHECKED,COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING) w. State of Incorporation Names and Addresses of Officers: President Secretary Treasurer L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r.. E SYNOPSIS OF EXPERIENCE RECORD (This synopsis must accompany Proposal Form.) I Name of Bidder a Business Address i Individual O Partnership O Corporation O (Check One.) tConstruction successfully completed within past five years similar in size,scope,and difficulty of construction to the work bid upon. Name of Location of Amount of Name of Owner Project Project Contract —+ 1 4 2 3 i 4 5 Number of Contract Days Actual Number of Days to Allowed for Above Projects Complete above Project I � 2 3 4 5 (Signed) Name of Company (By) (TITLE) Date 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron l UTILIZATION STATEMENT _ Disadvantage Business Enterprise The undersigned bidder/offeror has satisfied the requirements of the bid specification in the following manner. (Please mark the appropriate box) ❑ The bidder/offeror is committed to a minimum of % DBE utilization on this contract. „ ❑ The bidder/offeror,while unable to meet the DBE goal of %,hereby commits to a minimum of % DBE utilization on this contract and also submits �. documentation,as an attachment demonstrating good faith efforts(GFE). The undersigned hereby further assures that the information included herein is true and correct,and that the DBE firm(s)listed herein have agreed to perform a commercially useful function in the work items noted for each firm.The undersigned further understands that no changes to this statement may be made without prior approval from the Civil Right Staff of the Federal Aviation Administration. Bidder's/Offeroes Firm Name Signature Date DBE UTILIZATION SUMMARY Contract Amount DBE Amount Contract Percentage DBE Prime Contractor $ x 1.00= $ DBE Subcontractor $ x 1.00= $ DBE Supplier $ x 0.60= $ % DBE Manufacturer $ x 1.00= $ Total Amount DBE $ % DBE Goal $ Note: If the total proposed DBE participation is less than the established DBE goal,Bidder must provide written documentation of the good faith efforts as required by 49 CFR Part 26. I I i FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-14 Waterloo Regional Airport f AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron LETTER OF INTENT Disadvantage Business Enterprise (This page shall be submitted for each DBE firm) Bidder/Offer Name: Address: City: State: Zip: DBE Firm: DBE Firm: Address: City: State: Zip: DBE Contact Person: Name: Phone:( 1 DBE Certifying Agency: Expiration Date: Each DBE Firm shall submit evidence(such as a photocopy)of their certification status. Classification: ❑Prime Contractor [--]Subcontractor []Joint Venture ❑Manufacturer ❑Supplier Work item(s) to be performed by Description of Work Item Quantity Total DBE i The bidder/offeror is committed to utilizing the above-named DBE firm for the work described above. The ^, estimated participation is as follows: DBE contract amount:$ Percent of total contract:_% 1 AFFIRMATION: 1 The above-named DBE firm affirms that it will perform the portion of the contract for the estimated dollar value as stated above. By: (Signature) (Title) Note: In the event the bidder/offeror does not receive award of the prime contract,any and all representations in this Letter of Intent and Affirmation shall be null and void. I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-15 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ~- BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION FORM FOR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS _ (mon'buVoVng projects such mo oiffieldlroadway construction, equipment oCq etc.) As a matter ofbid responsiveness, the Bidder or Offeror must complete, sign, date, and submit this certification statement with their proposal. The Bidder or Offeror must indicate how they intend to ~- comply with 49USC § 5OlOIby selecting one on the following certification statements. These statements are mutually exclusive. Bidder must select one or the oth2r/nntb�th) by inserting a ~~ checknlarh (~/) or the letter"%". ' ' LJ The Bidder or Offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with 49 USC§ 50101 by: ~~ a) Only installing steel and manufactured products produced inthe United States,or; b) Installing manufactured products for which the F/V\has issued @ waiver as indicated 6w inclusion onthe current FAA Nat|onvv|deBuy ArnericaDVVa|VerSIssued listing, or; ' ~- c\ Installing products listed as an Excepted Article, K4ateria! or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation Subpart 25.1O8. By selecting this certification statement, the Bidder or Offeror agrees: ~~ 1. To provide to the Owner evidence that documents the source and origin of the steel and manufactured product. ~� 2. To faithfully comply with providing US domestic product. 3. To furnish US domestic product for any waiver request that the FAA rejects. ~- 4. To refrain from seeking a waiver request after establishment of the contract, unless extenuating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. [� �~ The Bidder or Offeror hereby certifies it cannot comply with the 100% Buy American Preferences Of49U5C§ 5OID1(a) but may qualify for either aType 3or Type 4 waiver under 49 USC § 50101/b\. By selecting this certification statement, the apparent Bidder or Offeror with ~- the apparent low bid agrees: 2. Tm the submit to the Owner within 1S calendar days of the bid opening, a formal waiver request and required documentation that support the type of waiver being requested. �~ 3. That failure to submit the required documentation within the specified timeframe is cause for a non-responsive determination may result in rejection ofthepropoaa|. 3. TO faithfully comply with providing US domestic products ator above the approved US -- domestic content percentage as approved by the FAA. 4. Tn refrain from seeking a waiver request after establishment of the contract, unless -~ extenuating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. Reouired Documentation - Tupe 3 Waiver-The cost of the item components and subcomponents produced in the United States is more that 6O96ofthe cost of all components and subcomponents uf the "itern".The required documentation for a type 3 waiver is: ~~ a\ Listing of all product components and subcomponents that are not comprised of 100% US domestic content (Excludes products listed on the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued listing and products excluded byFedera| Acquisition Regulation Subpart ]5.1O8; -~ products of unknown origin must be considered as non-domestic products in their entirety), AECOM Project#60561-79" Rehabilitate West Te`rnnnal Apron b) Cost of non-domestic components and subcomponents, excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. c) Percentage of non-domestic component and subcomponent cost as compared to total "item" component and subcomponent costs, excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. Type 4 Waiver—Total cost of project using US domestic source product exceeds the total project cost using non-domestic product by 25%. The required documentation for a type 4 of waiver is: a) Detailed cost information for total project using US domestic product. b) Detailed cost information for total project using non-domestic product. False Statements: Per 49 USC §47126, this certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration and the making of a false, fictitious or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code. Date Signature Company Name Title FAA AIP#3-19-0094-04,6 P-17 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Buy America Waiver Request Title 49 U.S.0 Section 50101 (b) For Airfield Development Projects funded under the — Airport Improvement Program (Revised 4/19/2010) Instructions for Permissible Waivers Section 50101(b)(1)Waiver: The bidder may not request a waiver based upon the best interests of the public. The FAA Office of Airports publishes such waivers at: http://wwtiv.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls Section 50101(b)(2)Waiver: The bidder may not request a waiver based upon insufficient supply of U.S.manufactured. The FAA Office of Airports publishes such waivers at: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls Section 50101(b)(3)Waiver: The bidder may request a waiver if 60%or more of the components are produced in the United States and final assembly occurs in the U.S.Bidder is hereby advised that the Owner's approval with the bidder's waiver request is contingent upon FAA approval. — 1. "Equipment"in Section 50101 shall mean the following: a) Individual type"L"items(Airfield Lighting Equipment)as listed in FAA Advisory Circular 150/5345-53. -- b) Individual bid items as established within FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10. The bid item application may not be applied for the type"L"items listed in AC 150/5345-53. c) A waiver request may only address one specific equipment item. Submit separate requests for each equipment item for which a waiver. d) Items listed under the Nationwide Waiver do not require further review. Please refer to the following webpage: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls 2. The bidder must base the U.S.percentage upon the value that results from completing a component cost calculation table similar to the attached format.Bidder shall avoid mere pro forma efforts to establish the waiver request percentage.The Bidder must submit the component cost calculation table as an attachment to the waiver request. 3. Components/subcomponents are the material and products composing the"equipment". 4. The final assembly of the AIP-funded"equipment"must be within the USA(Section 50101(b)(3)(B)). Final assembly is the substantial transformation of the components and subcomponents into the end product. 5. All steel used in the"Equipment"must be produced in the United States. 6. The Buy American requirements apply to all tier contractors and subcontractors. All contractors/subcontractors are required to provide — appropriate documentation that indicates origin of manufacturer and percentage of domestic made product. 7. The bidder is hereby advised there is no implied or expressed guarantee that a requested waiver will be issued by the Federal Aviation Administration(FAA). Less than 60%USA component/subcomponent proposed for this facility CANNOT be waived.Products made with foreign steel are not eligible for a waiver. 8. North America Free Trade Act(NAFTA):Free Trade Agreements such as NAFTA do not apply to the AIR Products and material made in Canada or Mexico must be considered as foreign made products. 9. Preparation of a Component Cost Calculation Table is not necessary for equipment listed on the FAA national listing: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract—Provisions/medialbuy_american_waiver.xls. — Bidder however shall submit a listing of any equipment it proposes to install on the project that is included on the National Buy American conformance list. Instructions for Section 50101(b)(4)Waiver: 1. The bidder may request a waiver if application of Buy America preferences results in a 25%cost increase in the overall project.This waiver is rarely a licable.Consult the Owner before making this request. FAA AIP 93-19-0094-046 P-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 460562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron d d .o L s � � L i � � ram+ � � •�C OW �+ s _ ^O O O C = a c d o v H o r d o � o ° w o o `«+ a� v 4a s a c=a W o ^ d o to Iz Ci O a ti@ m w v � 2 zt `� 'v S C do U d Z � o r z 15 ._ L z �I IZ a uc w u 0 Z d Q p era o O sIz. Viz C L U Ez I�j G v O fi N Q h 0 ACC y = ° o c z a .N F. ee a = s oIc L CL o o 1 _ u Q E o a. y s o s a o d U L i y • W y 'U6 V d � � �Q txj % G d Buy America Conformance Listing -- Title 49 U.S.0 Section 50101 (b) For Airfield Development Projects funded under the _ Airport Improvement Program • Preparation ofa Component Cost Calculation Table is not necessary for equipment listed on the FAA national listing: http:/hvivic.faaQoviaiMorts'aipprocuremeiit/federal contract provisionsimedidbitv american_ivaiverxls • Bidder shall submit a listing of equipment it proposes to install on the project that is included on the current National Buy American conformance list. Equipment Type Name of Manufacturer Product Number Certification Signature: Bidder hereby certifies that the above listed equipment,which we propose for installation on the subject project,are on the current National Buy America Conformance list as established at: hqp://www.faa. og v/airports/aip/urocurement/federal contract provisions/media/buy american waiver xls I hereby certify the above information is accurate and complete. I Bidder's Firm Name Date Signature FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i CONTRACT FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CONSISTING OF REHABILITATE WEST TERMINAL APRON AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT —� WATERLOO,IOWA FAA AIP PROJECT NO.3-19-0094-046 --, THIS AGREEMENT,made and entered into this day of 12018,by and between the Waterloo Regional Airport for the City of Waterloo,Black Hawk County,Iowa,hereinafter referred to as the"Owner" and_ (a corporation organized and existing under the laws of "1 the State of ),(a partnership consisting of )(an individual trading as ) of in the State of ,hereinafter referred to as the"Contractor." WITNESSETH: That the Contractor for and in consideration of($ ),based on the unit bid prices payable as set forth in the Specifications constituting a part of this Contract,hereby agrees to construct in accordance with the Plans,Specifications and Special Provisions therefore,and in the location designated on the Plans,the various items of work awarded said Contractor on the day of ,2018,as follows, being numbered as shown in schedule of prices bid in the attached Proposal which is a part of this Contract. Said Specifications and Plans are hereby made a part of and the basis of this Agreement and a true copy of said Plans and Specifications is now with the Waterloo Regional Airport in the office of the Director of Aviation,Waterloo,Iowa,under date of ,2018. 1. That in consideration of the foregoing,the Owner hereby agrees to pay the Contractor promptly and according to the requirements of the Specifications, the amounts set forth, subject to the conditions as set forth in the Specifications. 2. That it is understood that the parties named herein are the only persons interested in this Contract and principals. 3. That the Contractor has examined the site of the proposed work, Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and Contract Documents in order that he might become familiar with the character,quality and quantity of the work to be performed,the materials to be furnished and the requirements of the Specifications, Special Provisions and Contract Documents. 4. It is hereby further agreed that any reference herein to the"Contract"shall include all"Contract Documents"as the same are listed and described in Paragraph 1.02 ofthe Special Provisions,Waterloo Regional Airport,FAA Project No.3-19-0094-046 and said"Contract Documents"are hereby made a part of this agreement as fully as if set out at length herein, and that this contract is limited to the items in the proposal as signed by the "Contractor" and included in the"Contract Documents." 5. That in the event any surety upon any bond furnished in connection with this Contract becomes unacceptable to the Owner,or if any such surety shall fail to furnish reports as to his financial condition from time to time as requested by the Owner,the Contractor agrees to furnish promptly such additional security as may be required from time to time to protect the interests of the Owner or of persons supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contract. FAA AIP-#3-19-0094-046 C-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 6. That the Contractor shall not commence any work to be performed under this Contract until he has obtained from tiw responsible insurance companies, all insurance required, as set forth in the General Provisions and that the Contractor shall maintain this insurance in full force and effect until the work to be performed under this Contract has been accepted by the Owner. 7. That the Contractor shall not start working on any alterations requiring a supplemental agreement until the agreement setting forth the adjusted price shall be executed by the Owner and the Contractor. 8. That the Contractor,at all times,shall observe and comply with all federal,state,territory or possession and local laws,codes,ordinances and regulations in any manner affecting the conduct of the work,and the Contractor and his surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all his officers, Engineer, agents and servants against ! claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law,ordinance,deregulation,order or decree, L. whether by himself or his employees. 9. That it is further understood and agreed by the parties to this Contract that the above work shall be commenced �. within 10 days after "Notice to Proceed" is issued and shall be completed according to the terms of the entire contract within sixty-five(65)calendar days and that the time of commencing and completion of said work is the essence of this Contract. 10. The Contractor and Owner understand and agree that time is of essence for completion of the Work and that the Owner will suffer additional expense and financial loss if said work is not completed within the authorized Contract Time. Furthermore, the Contractor and Owner recognize and understand the difficulty, delay, and expense in .. establishing the exact amount of actual financial loss and additional expense. Accordingly,in place of requiring such proof,the Contractor expressly agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the non-penal sum of$500.00 per day for each calendar day required in excess of the authorized Contract Time for the overall contract. I Furthermore,the Contractor understands and agrees that: i a. the Owner has the right to deduct from any moneys due the Contractor,the amount of said liquidated damages; �- b. the Owner has the right to recover the amount of said liquidated damages from the Contractor,Surety,or both. r.. 11. The Contractor understands and agrees that all certifications made by the Contractor within the Proposal shall apply under this Agreement as if fully rewritten herein. The Contractor further certifies the following: i I a. Certification of Eligibility(29 CFR Part 5.5) (1) By Entering into this contract,the Contractor certifies that neither he or she nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by ` virtue of Section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1); (2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firth ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1); ~' (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S.Criminal Code 18 U.S.C. b. Certification of Non-Searegated Facilities(41 CFR Part 60-1.8) The federally-assisted construction Contractor,certifies that it does not maintain or provide,for its employees, any segregated facilities at any of its establishments and that it does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location,under its control,where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder certifies that it will not maintain or provide,for its employees,segregated facilities at any of its establishments and that it will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are.maintained. The Bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause,which is to be incorporated in the contract. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 C-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron f As used in this certification,the term"segregated facilities"means any waiting rooms,work areas,restrooms, and washrooms,restaurants and other eating areas,timeclocks,locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated on the basis of race,color,religion,or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The Bidder agrees that (except where it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods)it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding$10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and that it will retain such certifications in its files. 12. It is further understood that any action in court against the Contractor or sureties on his bond because of damage to property or individuals by said Contractor or his workmen, or because of the violation of any provisions of the Specifications, or on account of the failure of said Contractor to fully comply with these provisions, shall be brought in the District Court of the State of Iowa in and for Black Hawk County. 13. Second Party shall maintain all work done hereunder in good order for a period of 12 months from and after the date it is accepted by the Waterloo Regional Airport,City of Waterloo,Iowa,which maintenance shall be without expense to First Party or the abutting property. In the event of the failure or default of Second Party to remedy any or all defects appearing in said work within a period of 12 months from the date of its acceptance by said Board and after having been given ten(10)days'notice so to do by registered letter deposited in the United States Post Office in said City, addressed to said Contractor at the address herein given, then First Party may proceed to remedy such defects and the cost and expenses thereof may be recovered from said Second Party and the sureties on its bond by action brought in any court of competent jurisdiction,but such suit may be brought in the District —' Court of Black Hawk County,Iowa. L -r { i 1 { l FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 C-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have set their hands for the purpose herein expressed to this and three other instruments of like tenor,as of the day of ,2018. CITY OF WATERLOO By Mayor ATTEST: Secretary CONTRACTOR Firm Name By Signature Title Business Address 6. Witness Witness 6" i I4 t V how FAA AIP 43-19-0094-046 C-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ►m PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ,asPRINCIPAL,also referred to as CONTRACTOR,and ,as SURETY,are held and firmly bound unto Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa 50703 as OWNER,in the full sum of ($ ) for the payment of which,well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. r WHEREAS,the above-bound Principal has entered into a contract with the OWNER dated the day of_ 2018, to Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron, including the removal and replacement of West Terminal Apron with a 12-inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement section with an Hot Mix Asphalt stabilized subbase,removal and replacement of subbase materials,removal and replacement of storm sewer structures,adjustment of an existing storm sewer structure,installation of aircraft tie down anchors,pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans,saw and replacement of joint sealant on the East Terminal Apron and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. NOW,THEREFORE,the conditions of this obligation are such that if the above-bound PRINCIPAL shall faithfully and fully comply with the terms and conditions of said contract,including,but not limited to,any obligations created by way of warranties and/or guarantees for workmanship and materials which warranty and/or guarantee may extend for a period of time beyond completion of said contract,and such alternations or additions as may be made therein or in the plans and specifications,and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless against any claims for using any form of material, I, process,composition or anything which is patented,and likewise indemnify and save the OWNER harmless against all claims for damages by reason or any default or negligence, want of skill or care on the part of said PRINCIPAL or Agents in and about the performance of said contract,and shall comply with all laws pertaining to said work,and shall comply with and perform any and all warranties and/or guarantees provided for in said contact,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise of full force and effect. PROVIDED,further than upon either the default of the PRINCIPAL,or the failure of the said PRINCIPAL to promptly and efficiently prosecute said Work, in any respect, in accordance with the Contract Documents, the above bound SURETY shall either remedy the default of the PRINCIPAL or shall take charge of said Work and complete the Contract at his own expense,pursuant to its terms,receiving,however,any balance of the funds in the hands of said OWNER due under said contract. It shall be the duty of the SURETY to give an unequivocal notice in writing to the OWNER within ten(10)days after receipt of a declaration of default of the SURETY'S election either to remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the contract promptly,time being of the essence. In said notice of election,the SURETY shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence,and it shall be the duty of the SURETY to give prompt notice in writing to the OWNER immediately upon completion of(a)the remedy and/or correction of each default,(b)the remedy and/or correction of each item of condemned work, (c) the furnishings of each omitted item of work, and (d) the performance of the contract. The SURETY shall not asset solvency of its PRINCIPAL as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the contract. l In the event said PRINCIPAL shall fail or delay the prosecution and completion of said Work and said SURETY shall also fail to act promptly as hereinabove provided,then the OWNER shall cause ten(10)days notice of such failure to be given, both to said PRINCIPAL and SURETY, and at the expiration of said ten (10) days, if said PRINCIPAL or SURETY do not proceed promptly to execute said Contract,the OWNER shall have the authority to cause said Work to be done and when the same is completed and the cost thereof estimated,the said PRINCIPAL and SURETY shall and hereby agree to pay any excess in the cost of said Work above the agreed price to be paid under said Contract. Upon completion of said Contract pursuant to its terms,if any funds remain due on said Contract,the same shall be paid to said PRINCIPAL and SURETY. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 C-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron F The said PRINCIPAL and SURETY further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to perform and complete said Contract including,but not limited to,all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error,architectural and engineering costs and fees, all(but not limited to)consultant fees,all testing and laboratory fees,and all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the OWNER. The decision of the OWNER,upon any disputed question connected with the execution of said Contract,or any failure or delay in the prosecution of the Work by said PRINCIPAL or SURETY,shall be final and conclusive. The SURETY agrees that,other than as is provided in this bond,it may not demand of the OWNER the OWNER shall (a)perform any thing or act,(b)give any notice,(c)furnish any clerical assistance,(d)render any service,(3)furnish any papers or documents,or(f)take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the OWNER to be ` done under the contract documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the SURETY and PRINCIPAL have executed this instrument under their several seals this day of 2018,the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its governing body. In the Presence of PRINCIPAL: Witness By: SURETY: Witness By: y NOTE: (a) Where the Performance Bond is executed by an attorney-in-fact,there shall be attached to each copy of the Bond a certified copy of Power of Attorney properly executed and dated. ti.. (b) Each copy of the Bond shall be countersigned by an authorized agent of the bonding company licensed to do business in the State of Iowa. The title of the person countersigning the Bond shall appear after his or her signature. (c) The seal of the bonding company shall be attached to each copy of the bond. (d) The Contractor's signature on the bond shall correspond with the signature in the contract. '— (e) The bond shall be accompanied by a corporate resolution(which may be combined with the corporate resolution granting the signing officer authority to execute contracts)granting the corporate officer who executes the Bond the authority to do so. (f) Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list(Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the State of Iowa. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 C-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, , as PRINCIPAL,also referred to as CONTRACTOR,and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa 50703 as OWNER, in the full sum of ^ ($ ),for the use and protection of said OWNER and all subcontractors and all persons supplying labor,materials,machinery and equipment for the performance of the work provided for in the contract hereinafter referred to, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. WHEREAS,the above-bound Principal has entered into a contract with the OWNER dated the day of ,2018,to Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron,including the removal and replacement of West Terminal Apron with a 12-inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement section with an Hot Mix Asphalt stabilized subbase,removal and replacement of subbase materials,removal and replacement of storm sewer 1 structures,adjustment of an existing storm sewer structure,installation of aircraft tie down anchors,pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans,saw and replacement of joint sealant on the East Terminal Apron and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. ^j NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if the above-bound PRINCIPAL shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and materials supplied in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise,it shall remain in full force and effect,subject, however,to the following conditions: I. The said SURETY to this bond, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change or changes, ..� extension of time or extensions of time,alteration of alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder,or the specifications or drawings accompanying same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change or changes,extension of time or extensions of time,alteration or alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications or drawings. 2. A claimant is defined as any subcontractor and any person supplying labor,materials,machinery,or equipment in .� the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract. i Signed and sealed this day of ,2018. IN THE PRESENCE OF: PRINCIPAL: Witness By. "1 SURETY: Witness By: NOTE: (a) Where the Payment Bond is executed by an attorney-in-fact,there shall be attached to each copy of the Bond a certified copy of Power of Attorney properly executed and dated. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 C-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I r r.n (b) Each copy of the Bond shall be countersigned by an authorized agent of the bonding company licensed to do business in the State of Iowa. The title of the person countersigning the Bond shall appear after his or her signature. (c) The seal of the bonding company shall be attached to each copy of the bond. r^ (d) The Contractor's signature on the bond shall correspond with the signature in the contract. (e) The bond shall be accompanied by a corporate resolution(which may be combined with the corporate resolution granting the signing officer authority to execute contracts)granting the corporate officer who executes the Bond the authority to do so. (f) Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list(Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the State of Iowa. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 C-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron GENERAL PROVISIONS General Provisions Section 10 Definition of Terms — Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: — 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. _ 10-02 Access road. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 Advertisement. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be _ performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 Airport Improvement Program (AIP). A grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration(FAA). 10-05 Air operations area (AOA). For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area (AOA) shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. — 10-06 Airport. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights of way; and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas, and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM International (ASTM). Formerly known as the American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM). 10-08 Award. The Owner's notice to the successful bidder of the acceptance of the submitted bid. 10-09 Bidder. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. — 10-10 Building area. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 Calendar day. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 Change order. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, must be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 Contract. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: Advertisement, Contract Form, Proposal, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, any required insurance certificates, Specifications,Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-1 Waterloo Regional Airport — AECOM Project 460562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 10-14 Contract item (pay item).A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 Contract time. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 Contractor. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 Contractor's laboratory. The Contractor's quality control organization in accordance with the Contractor Quality Control Program. 10-18 Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). The overall plan for safety and phasing of a construction project developed by the airport operator, or developed by the airport operator's consultant and approved by the airport operator. It is included in the invitation for bids and becomes part of the project specifications. 10-19 Drainage system. The system of pipes; ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-20 Engineer. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner to be responsible for engineering{i n s p e et l e n observation, of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-21 Equipment. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-22 Extra work. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete '+ the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-23 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person,FAA shall mean the Administrator or his or her duly authorized representative. 10-24 Federal specifications. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 'r 10-25 Force account. Force account work is planning, engineering, or construction work done by the Sponsor's employees. 10-26 Inspector. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary n-speei ins- observations and/or tests ei=va4=- en of tests I of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-27 Intention of terms. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," required, permitted, ordered, designated, prescribed, or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. FAA AT#3-19-0094-046 G-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 10-28 Laboratory. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be _ designated by the Engineer. Also referred to as "Engineer's Laboratory" or "quality assurance laboratory." 10-29 Lighting. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. -- 10-30 Major and minor contract items. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal,the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20% of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. " 10-31 Materials. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-32 Notice to Proceed (NTP). A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-33 Owner. The term"Owner" shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. Where the term "Owner" is capitalized in this document, it shall mean airport Sponsor only. 10-34 Passenger Facility Charge (PFC). Per 14 CFR Part 158 and 49 USC § 40117, a PFC is a charge imposed by a public agency on passengers enplaned at a commercial service airport it controls." 10-35 Pavement. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-36 Payment bond. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-37 Performance bond. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-38 Plans. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. 10-39 Project. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-40 Proposal. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-41 Proposal guaranty. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his or her proposal is accepted by the Owner. 10-42 Runway. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-43 Specifications. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I 10-44 Sponsor. A Sponsor is defined in 49 USC § 47102(24)as a public agency that submits to the FAA for an AIP grant; or a private Owner of a public-use airport that submits to the FAA an application for an AIP grant for the airport. 10-45 Structures. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, hndholes, -- lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-46 Subgrade. The soil that forms the pavement foundation. 10-47 Superintendent. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-48 Supplemental agreement. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering (1)work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25%, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or(2)work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-49 Surety. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds that are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-50 Taxiway. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways, aircraft parking areas, and terminal areas. 10-51 Work. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-52 Working day. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least six (6) hours toward completion of the contract. When work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, it will not be counted as a working day. Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work will be considered as working days. 1W END OF SECTION 10 I, •• I I i f FAA AIP 93-19-0094-046 G-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Section 20 Proposal Requirements and Conditions 20-01 Advertisement(Notice to Bidders). REFER TO NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING/NOTICE TO BIDDERS 20-02 Qualification of bidders. Each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his or her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his or her financial responsibility. Such evidence 1 of financial responsibility,unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the bidder's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports,the bidder shall further certify whether his or her financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect the bidder's true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he or she is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current"bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports specified above. -• Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the Owner at the time of bid opening. 20-03 Contents of proposal forms. The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part w of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 Issuance of proposal forms. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: "', a. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. b. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force with the Owner at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. c.Documented record of Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. d.Documented record of unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. 20-05 Interpretation of estimated proposal quantities. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly, or by implication, agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-5 Waterloo Regional Airport "1 AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection 40-02 titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 Examination of plans, specifications, and site. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans, specifications, and contract forms. Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the character, quality, quantities qn s s s p t tel ,and as to the requirements of the proposed trai The submission of propoal shall be prima ace evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract,plans,and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner' s design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which the bidder may make or obtain from his or her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. 20-07 Preparation of proposal. The bidder shall submit his or her proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner.All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which they propose to do for each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals,the words,unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. The bidder shall sign the proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his or her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address i of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer.Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his or her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 Responsive and responsible bidder. A responsive bid conforms to all significant terms and conditions contained in the Sponsor's invitation for bid. It is the Sponsor's responsibility to decide if the exceptions taken by a bidder to the solicitation are material or not and the extent of deviation it is willing to accept. A responsible bidder has the ability to perform successfully under the terms and conditions of a proposed procurement, as defined in 49 CFR § 18.36(b)(8). This includes such matters as Contractor integrity, compliance with public policy,record of past performance, and financial and technical resources. 20-09 Irregular proposals. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: a. If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner, or if the Owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. _ b. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind that make the proposal incomplete, indefinite,or otherwise ambiguous. i FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron - i c. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. •. d.If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. e.If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. ..� The Owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-10 Bid guarantee. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the Owner. 20-11 Delivery of proposal.Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. -� When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified- in the advertisement or as modified by Addendum before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. t 20-12 Withdrawal or revision of proposals. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by - 1 email before the time specified for opening bids. j Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-13 Public opening of proposals. Proposals shall be opened, and read, publicly at the time and place i specified in the advertisement. Bidders,their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-14 Disqualification of bidders. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. b. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. c.If the bidder is considered to be in"default" for any reason specified in the subsection 20-04 titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. END OF SECTION 20 4 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Section 30 Award and Execution of Contract •r 30-01 Consideration of proposals. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit ! bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. • Until the award of a contract is made,the Owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: --� a. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection 20-09 titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection 20-14 titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02 Award of contract. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within ninety (9 0) calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the Owner. 1 J' 30-03 Cancellation of award. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection 30-07 titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. M 30-04 Return of proposal guaranty. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as specified in the subsection 30-01 titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time,the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection 30-05 titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 Requirements of contract bonds. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds that have been fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. ) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 960562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r 30-06 Execution of contract. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for ` entering into the contract and return the signed contract to the Owner, along with the fully executed surety _ bond or bonds specified in the subsection 30-05 titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section,within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. •- 30-07 Approval of contract. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the _ successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 Failure to execute contract. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection 30-06 titled EXECUTION OF CONTRACT of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty,not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. ` END OF SECTION 30 .• .r k r.. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r.. Section 40 Scope of Work 40-01 Intent of contract. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment,tools,transportation,and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications,and terms of the contract. i 40-02 Alteration of work and quantities. The Owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, —° provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of jany major contract item by more than 25% (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations that do not exceed the 25% limitation shall not invalidate owl the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract.These alterations that are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by"Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25% limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements •, for its completion. Supplemental agreements shall be approved by the FAA and shall include all applicable Federal contract provisions for procurement and contracting required under AIP. Supplemental agreements shall also require consent of the Contractor's surety and separate performance and payment bonds. i 40-03 Omitted items. The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. i Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be non-performed,the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection 90-04 titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 Extra work. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called "Extra Work." Extra Work .� that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such Extra Work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such Extra Work. 1 When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, the Engineer may order the Contractor to proceed with Extra Work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR -� EXTRA WORK of Section 90. Extra Work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a -- Supplemental Agreement as defined in the subsection 10-48 titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of Extra Work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 Maintenance of traffic. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. a. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas (AOAs) of the airport with respect to his or her own �.. operations and the operations of all subcontractors as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection 70-15 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. b. With respect to his or her own operations and the operations of all subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying personnel, equipment,vehicles, storage areas, and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire- rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. c. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, +- plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the Contractor's equipment and personnel. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flag person, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD) (http://mutcd.thwa.dot.gov/), unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. - 40-06 Removal of existing structures. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, •- grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly,but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. J- The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection 40-07 titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be used in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so used �• in the work. 40-07 Rights in and use of materials found in the work. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 460562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste,the Contractor may at his or her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b.Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c.Use such material for the Contractor's own temporary construction on site; or, d.Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor i shall replace,at his or her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills,or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for use of such material used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his or her exercise of option a.,b., or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract,plans,or specifications. 40-08 Final cleanup. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. The Contractor shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property Owner. I END OF SECTION 40 1 I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 960562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Section 50 Control of Work -r 50-01 Authority of the Engineer. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished,work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specification requirements. 50-02 Conformity with plans and specifications. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross-sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his or her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, the Engineer will advise the Owner of his or her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document the determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on sound engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in the Engineer's opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract change order or supplemental agreement as applicable. ,.� If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. { For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and .,� specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's execution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection,the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA, to use sound engineering judgment in his or ••� her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity, but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract,plans and specifications. The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 Coordination of contract, plans, and specifications. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-15 Waterloo Regional Airport •� AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i I is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited advisory circulars (ACs); contract general provisions shall ■- govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited ACs; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited ACs. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications,the Special Provisions shall govern. ... From time to time, discrepancies within cited testing standards occur due to the timing of the change, edits, and/or replacement of the standards. If the Contractor discovers any apparent discrepancy within standard test methods, the Contractor shall immediately ask the Engineer for an interpretation and �- decision, and such decision shall be final. LIST OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS PART 2 - FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTON AND EQUIPMENT PROJECTS CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND PHASING PLAN (CSPP) 50-04 Cooperation of Contractor. The Contractor will be supplied with f ive copies each of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and shall cooperate with the Engineer and his or her inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. ` The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his or her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his or her authorized representative. 50-05 Cooperation between contractors. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct the work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his or her contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise ►.. because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his or her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall join his or her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 Construction layout and stakes. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either their own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or their employees, resulting in the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-16 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper execution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. i The Contractor must give copies of survey notes to the Engineer for each area of construction and for each placement of material as specified to allow the Engineer to make periodic checks for conformance with plan grades, alignments and grade tolerances required by the applicable material specifications. All —t surveys must be provided to the Engineer prior to commencing work items that will cover or disturb the survey staking as set by the Contractor's surveyor. Survey(s) and notes shall be provided in the following format(s): Acrobat pdf. In the case of error, on the part of the Contractor,their surveyor, employees or subcontractors, resulting in established grades, alignment or grade tolerances that do not concur with those specified or shown on the plans, the Contractor is solely responsible for correction, removal, replacement and all associated costs at no additional cost to the Owner. —' No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents, for this labor, materials, or other expenses . The cost shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the -- Contract. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: .� a.Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking b.Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot(30-m) stations c.Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot(15-m) stations r Subgrade blue tops at 25-foot (7.5-m) stations and 25-foot (7.5-m) offset distance (maximum) for the following section locations: a.Runway—minimum five(5)per station b.Taxiways—minimum three(3)per station low c.Holding apron areas—minimum three(3)per station d.Roadways—minimum three(3)per station Base Course blue tops at 25-foot (7.5-m) stations and 25-foot (7.5-m) offset distance (maximum) for the following section locations: a.Runway—minimum five(5)per station b. Taxiways—minimum three(3)per station A c.Holding apron areas—minimum three(3)per station Pavement areas: a.Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks(for stringline by Contractor)at 100-foot(30-m)stations. —, b.Between Lifts at 25-foot(7.5-m) stations for the following section locations: (1)Runways—each paving lane width (2)Taxiways—each paving lane width (3)Holding areas—each paving lane width c.After finish paving operations at 50-foot(15-m)stations: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-17 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron (1)All paved areas—Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50-foot(15-m) stations and at all break points with maximum of 50-foot(15-m)offsets. e.Fence lines at 100-foot(30-m)stations minimum. £Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, Visual Approach Slope Indicators (VASIs), Precision Approach Path Indicators(PAPIs), Runway End Identifier Lighting(REIL), Wind Cones,Distance Markers(signs), pull boxes and manholes. g.Drain lines,cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot(7.5-m)stations, inlet and manholes. h.Painting and Striping layout(pinned with 1.5 inch PK nails)marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting). i. Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a minimum of once per 400 feet(120 m)per pass(that is,paving lane). The establishment of Survey Control and/or reestablishment of survey control shall be by a State �• Licensed Land Surveyor. Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 Automatically controlled equipment. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs,the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 Authority and duties of inspectors. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors are authorized to notify the Contractor or his or her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for a decision. 4- 50-09 Inspection of the work. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to F inspection. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable,the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the Owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 Removal of unacceptable and unauthorized work. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection 50-02 titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection 70-14 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been established by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the ..� provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the "1 provisions of this subsection,the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs incurred by the Owner from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. .. 50-11 Load restrictions. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, --t or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his or her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his or her own expense. 50-12 Maintenance during construction. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. Maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day,with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed,the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 Failure to maintain the work. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as i provided in the subsection 50-12 titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition.The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. j FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-19 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 960562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. •. 50-14 Partial acceptance. If at any time during the execution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, the Contractor may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon ~' inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, the Engineer may accept it as being complete, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of •— the contract. 50-15 Final acceptance. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be complete in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. �- If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection WW will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed.In such event,the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 Claims for adjustment and disputes. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his or her intention to claim such additional compensation before the Contractor begins the work on which the Contractor bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional s compensation is based has been completed,the Contractor shall,within 10 calendar days, submit a written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. END OF SECTION 50 L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i, Section 60 Control of Materials 60-01 Source of supply and quality requirements. The materials used in the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new(as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin,composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. ...` At the Engineer's option,materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products,the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition,where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications,the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in advisory circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, and Addendum that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer as listed in the Addendum cited above for the certified equipment part number. i The" following airport lighting equipment is required for this 'contract and is to be furnished by the —+ Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: None in Project 60-02 Samples, tests, and cited specifications. Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected,tested,and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work.Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, quality assurance tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods, which are current on the date of advertisement for bids,will be made by and at the expense of the Engineer. The testing organizations performing on-site quality assurance field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his or her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples for quality assurance will be taken by a qualified representative of the Engineer. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at their request after review and approval of the s Engineer. The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required Quality Control tests. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of "1 Y t FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-21 Waterloo Regional Airport .� AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final report to the Engineer showing all test data reports, plus an analysis of all results showing ranges, averages,and corrective action taken on all failing tests. 60-03 Certification of compliance. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. r Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a.Conformance to the specified performance,testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an"or equal" material or assembly,the Contractor shall furnish .� the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. ti.. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 Plant inspection. The Engineer or his or her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections,the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with 4 whom the Engineer has contracted for materials. t 4 b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer,the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that .. may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested .. and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. E 60-05 Engineer's field office. An Engineer' s field office is not required. ... FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-22 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron t i 60-06 Storage of materials. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer.Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and —7 unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the Owner or lessee —+ of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property Owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his or her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing)by the Owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 Unacceptable materials. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 Owner furnished materials. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified, if any, to be furnished by the Owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished material is used. ' After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-furnished materials. END OF SECTION 60 i FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-23 Waterloo Regional Airport -� AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank 6 FAA AIP 93-19-0094-046 G-24 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 960562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i Section 70 Legal Regulations and Responsibility to Public 70-01 Laws to be observed. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances,regulations, orders,and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his or her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees. 70-02 Permits,licenses,and taxes.The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses,pay all charges, fees,and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful execution of the work. 70-03 Patented devices, materials, and processes. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, the Contractor shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the execution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 Restoration of surfaces disturbed by others. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: None Within Project Area Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or ,.� otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the Owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of --� another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such Owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by ..� others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 Federal aid participation. For Airport Improvement Program (AIP) contracts, the United States ..l Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-25 Waterloo Regional Airport —� AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r this contract pursuant to the requirements of Title 49 of the USC and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the FAA Administrator, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract,plans,or specifications. No requirement of the USC, the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way,with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 Sanitary, health, and safety provisions. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, �- sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his or her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary,hazardous,or dangerous to his or her health or safety. 70-07 Public convenience and safety. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. — The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his or her own operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance _ with the subsection 40-05 titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 Barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area (AOAs) shall be a maximum of 18 inches (0.5 m) high. Unless otherwise specified, barricades shall be spaced not more than 4 feet (1.2 m) apart. Barricades, warning signs, and markings shall be paid for under subsection 40-05. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of advisory circular(AC) 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and the Contractor's parked construction equipment that may be `' hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2,Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their removal is directed by the Engineer. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-26 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron .a. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted. 70-09 Use of explosives. The use use of explosives will not be permitted. When damage resulting f+afm the use of e?Eplesives. stefage plaees shall be elear-ly fnaf4ed. 147heare,PA- lee-All lamvs Per Ael�_'___ .. ly, storage shall be provided . .�', to the site of the A'A"Aric Af his or- her- intention to use explesives. Stiek fietiee shall be givef+ ,;114�0,iontly in advanee to efiable them to take sueh steps as they may deem neeessar) to pr-oteet theffi pr-epol ,fo The, use, of eleetrieal blasting eaps shall not be peFmitted ati or- within 1,000 feet (300 M) of the aifpeA 70-10 Protection and restoration of property and landscape. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the execution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in manner or method of -' executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility shall not be released until the project has been completed and accepted. _ When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof by the Contractor, the Contractor shall restore, at his or her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or the Contractor shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. _ 70-I1 Responsibility for damage claims. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims, of any character, brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his or her contract considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money is due, his or her _ surety may be held until such suits, actions, or claims for injuries or damages shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he or she is adequately protected by i public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 Third party beneficiary clause. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create for the public or any FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-27 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron member thereof, a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. 70-13 Opening sections of the work to traffic. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the difficulties involved in ` arranging the work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner as described helem- the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) . Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in ... writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are _ considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his or her expense. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of _ delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained AC 150/5370-2 (see Special Provisions). +� Contractor shall refer to the approved Construction Safety Phasing Plan (CSPP) to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. 70-14 Contractor's responsibility for work. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care �.. thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his or her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seeding, and sodding furnished under the contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 Contractor's responsibility for utility service and facilities of others. As provided in the subsection 70-04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section,the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-28 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ` "1 Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control their operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate .,+ locations have been indicated on the plans and the Owners are indicated as follows It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the —, plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the Owners of all utility services or other facilities of his or her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided in this subsection and subsection 70- -� 04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual Owners advised of changes in their plan of operations that would affect such Owners. Prior to beginning the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such Owner of their plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion,the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the Owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two days' notice shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. -.� Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use hand excavation methods within 3 feet(1 m)of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise,the Contractor shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to their operations whether due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct 1 such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his or her surety. 70-16 Furnishing rights-of-way. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. r 70-17 Personal liability of public officials.In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his or her FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-29 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i authorized representatives, or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 No waiver of legal rights. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not ` preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate,or certificate made before or after completion of the work,nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his or her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his or her obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 Environmental protection. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 Archaeological and historical findings. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his or her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume operations or to suspend operations as directed. .. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract change order or supplemental agreement as provided in the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract change order or supplemental agreement shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF �-• CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. r.. k END OF SECTION 70 ! L. 1 i FAA AIP 93-19-0094-046 G-30 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron f r-, Section 80 Execution and Progress --1 80-01 Subletting of contract. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide copies of all subcontracts to the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform, ~ with his organization, an amount of work equal to at least twenty-f ive (2 5) percent of the total contract cost. -� Should the Contractor elect to assign his or her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the { surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. 80-02 Notice to proceed. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written 1 notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance { of the time actual construction operations will begin. The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-03 Execution and progress. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit their progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when' approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify their operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the execution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 Limitation of operations. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and the operations of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas(AOA)of the airport. 1 When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his or her operations within an AOA of the airport,the l ...y work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AOA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the ..� subsection 70-08 titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AOA of the airport on an intermittent -� basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AOA), the Contractor shall maintain constant FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-31 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r L communications as specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AOA; immediately obey all `' instructions to resume work in such AOA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AOA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AOA cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the .- Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as €ellews identified in the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) . Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction(see Special Provisions). 80-04.1 Operational safety on airport during construction. All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) and the provisions set forth within the current version of AC 150/5370-2. The CSPP included within the contract documents conveys minimum requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the CSPP. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work .. activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. ... The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the CSPP and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved CSPP unless approved in writing by the -- Owner or Engineer. 80-05 Character of workers, methods, and equipment. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract,plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations y. or operational safety requirements and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such persons or person, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper execution of the work,the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until �- compliance with such orders. All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not .. prescribed in the contract,the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract,plans, and specifications. ti.. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of FAA AIP 43-19-0094-046 G-32 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron L equipment other than specified in the contract,the Contractor may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, —* or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 Temporary suspension of the work. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as the Owner may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the execution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing,to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown.No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his or her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. The Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on,to, or from the airport. 80-07 Determination and extension of contract time. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. I Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his or her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract(the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The Engineer shall base his or her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: 1 3 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-33 Waterloo Regional Airport -� AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the — principal item of work under construction at the time for at least six(6)hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the .. Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. (2) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4)The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance �- as defined in the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The Contractor will be allowed one(1)week in which to file a written protest setting forth his or her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection 20-05 titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal,the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. +•- b. Contract Time based on calendar days shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non-work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all work,due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final payment,the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. _ Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. c. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially complete. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his or her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, the Contractor may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written , request to the Owner for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which the Contractor believes will justify the granting of his or her request. Requests for extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount — of inclement weather exceeded what could normally be expected during the contract period. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the supporting documentation justify the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor,the Owner may extend the time for completion by a change order that — FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-34 Waterloo Regional Airport — AECOM Project 960562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron adjusts the contract time or completion date. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect,the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 Failure to complete on time. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his or her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages including but not limited to additional engineering services that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in their contract. Schedule Liquidated Damages Cost Allowed Construction Time Overall $500 . 00/Day 65 Calendar Days The maximum construction time allowed for Schedules overall will be the sum of the time allowed for individual schedules but not more than 65 calendar days. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 Default and termination of contract. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his or her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a.Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the Notice to Proceed, or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment and/or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable,or d.Discontinues the execution of the work, or e.Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f.Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or g.Allows any final judgment to stand against the Contractor unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or h.Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or i.For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. j ^ Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason above, the Engineer shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. j If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the execution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-35 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract,then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 Termination for national emergencies. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the execution of war or in the interest of national defense. i When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his or her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 Work area,storage area and sequence of operations. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport.No operating runway,taxiway, or air operations area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his or her work in such a manner as to ensure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 400 feet from the centerline of an active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time. No equipment shall be within 2 0 0 feet of an active runway at any time. END OF SECTION 80 k FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-36 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Section 90 Measurement and Payment 90-01 Measurement of quantities. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his or her authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs)having an area of 9 square feet(0.8 square meters)or less. Unless otherwise specified,transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be .� used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inch. The term"ton"will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 lb(907 km) avoirdupois.All materials that are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material is paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable for the materials hauled, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic —" yards (cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon(liter) or ton (kg). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60°F (16°C) or will be corrected to the volume at 60°F (16°C) using ASTM D1250 for asphalts or ASTM D633 for tars. i FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-37 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor,wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton(kg)or hundredweight(km). 6W Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (MFBM) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. �- The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement,the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT _ FOR EXTRA WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gauge,unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications,manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned-or measured and paid for by weight 6' shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within 1/2% of the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of 1%of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound(454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams, dials,platforms,and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound (2.3 km) weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. — Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1%. _ In the event inspection reveals the scales have been underweighing (indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-38 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 Scope of payment. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the execution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection 70-18 titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the"basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price(price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract,plans, or specifications. 90-03 Compensation for altered quantities. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection 40-02 titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his or her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 Payment for omitted items. As specified in the subsection 40-03 titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or non-perform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the ^ Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall theretipon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. 90-05 Payment for extra work. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. 90-06 Partial payments. Partial payments will be made to the Contractor at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates, prepared by the Engineer, of the value of "1 the work performed and materials complete and in place, in accordance with the contract, plans, and FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-39 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 460562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection 90-07 titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section.No partial payment will be made when the amount due to the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. The Contractor is required to pay all subcontractors for satisfactory performance of their contracts no later than 30 days after the Contractor has received a partial payment. The Owner must ensure prompt and full payment of retainage from the prime Contractor to the subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. A subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed when all the tasks called for in the subcontract have been accomplished and documented as required by the Owner. When the Owner has made an incremental acceptance of a portion of a prime contract, the work of a subcontractor covered by that acceptance is deemed to be satisfactorily completed. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, five (5) percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor' s option) in the subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (ninety-five (95) percent) ie '^^ '�^~~ of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his or her option, as provided in the _ subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such percent retainage shall be deducted. When at least 95% of the work has been completed, the Engineer shall, at the Owner' s discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare estimates of both the contract value and the cost of the remaining work to be done. The Owner may retain an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the _ Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection 90-09 titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of this contract before the final payment is made. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such ' a release in full, the Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any potential lien or other such claim. The bond or collateral shall include all costs, expenses, and attorney fees the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging any such lien or — claim. 90-07 Payment for materials on hand. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-40 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron a. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d. The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. e. The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract,plans,and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 Payment of withheld funds. At the Contractor's option, if an Owner withholds retainage in accordance with the methods described in subsection 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS,the Contractor may request that the Owner deposit the retainage into an escrow account. The Owner's deposit of retainage into an escrow account is subject to the following conditions: a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the Owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and having a value not less than the retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owner. d. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 Acceptance and final payment. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of the Contractor's objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a ' I dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection 50-16 titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, and after the Engineer's receipt of the project closeout documentation required in subsection 90-11 Project Closeout, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-41 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract.All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection 50 IBM - 16 titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. Pursuant to Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa, the Owner is required to retain, from all payments to the Contractor, 5 percent of the payment amount to be held for a period of not less than 30 days following final acceptance of the work. The amount so retained will be paid to the Contractor at the end of said 30-day period, provided that no claims or liens have been filed against said Contract. In the event that, at the end of said 30-day period, claims are on file as herein provided, the Owner shall continue to retain from said unpaid funds a sum not less than double the total amount of all claims on file, or the full 5 percent retainage amount, whichever is less. 90-10 Construction warranty. a. In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect in equipment, material, workmanship, or design furnished, or performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor or supplier at any tier. b.This warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. If the Owner takes possession of any part of the work before final acceptance,this warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date the Owner takes possession. However, this will not relieve the ... z Contractor from corrective items required by the final acceptance of the project work. I c. The Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any failure to conform, or any defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any damage to Owner real or personal property,when that damage is the result of: (1)The Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements; or (2)Any defect of equipment,material,workmanship, or design furnished by the Contractor. d. The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms and conditions of this clause. } The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced will run for one year from the date of repair or replacement. e. The Owner will notify the Contractor, in writing, within seven (7) days after the discovery of any failure,defect, or damage. f. If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage within fourteen (14) days after receipt of notice, the Owner shall have the right to replace, repair, or otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense. g. With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers for work performed and materials furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall: (1) Obtain all 40 warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; (2) Require all warranties to be executed, in writing, for the benefit of the Owner, as directed by the Owner, and (3) Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the Owner. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-42 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 960562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron h. This warranty shall not limit the Owner's rights with respect to latent defects, gross mistakes, or fraud. 90-11 Project closeout. Approval of final payment to the Contractor is contingent upon completion and submittal of the items listed below. The final payment will not be approved until the Engineer approves -- the Contractor's final submittal. The Contractor shall: a. Provide two (2) copies of all manufacturers warranties specified for materials, equipment, and installations. b. Provide weekly payroll records (not previously received) from the general Contractor and all subcontractors. c. Complete final cleanup in accordance with subsection 40-08, FINAL CLEANUP. d. Complete all punch list items identified during the Final Inspection. _ e.Provide complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of the Contract. f. Provide a certified statement signed by the subcontractors, indicating actual amounts paid to the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE) subcontractors and/or suppliers associated with the project. g. When applicable per state requirements, return copies of sales tax completion forms. h. Manufacturer's certifications for all items incorporated in the work. i. All required record drawings, as-built drawings or as-constructed drawings. j.Project Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Manual. k. Security for Construction Warranty. 1. Equipment commissioning documentation submitted, if required. m. Lien waivers from Prime Contractor and all subcontractors . END OF SECTION 90 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-43 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank L FAA AIP 43-19-0094-046 G-44 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i Section 100 Contractor Quality Control Program 100-01 General. When the specification requires a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans,technical specifications and other requirements,whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified here and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: a.Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification i requirements can be met. c.Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. .i The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference, their ? understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. Paving projects over$250,000 shall have a Quality Control (QC)/Quality Assurance(QA)workshop with the Engineer, Contractor, subcontractors, testing laboratories, and Owner's representative and the FAA prior to or at start of construction. The workshop shall address QC and QA requirements of the project specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Airport and the Engineer on time and location of the QC/QA workshop. 100-02 Description of program. a. General description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform quality control inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. b. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document that shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction, or off-site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval at least five (5) calendar days before the start of work. The FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-45 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Contractor's Quality Control Plan and Quality Control testing laboratory must be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to the Notice to Proceed(NTP). The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address, as a minimum,the following items: a.Quality control organization b.Project progress schedule c. Submittals schedule d.Inspection requirements e.Quality control testing plan — E Documentation of quality control activities g.Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that is deemed necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. 100-03 Quality control organization. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program, including inspection and testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be used for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100-03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall,as a minimum, consist of the following personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program Administrator shall have a minimum _ of five (5) years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least one of the following requirements: (1)Professional Engineer with one(1)year of airport paving experience. (2)Engineer-in-training with two(2)years of airport paving experience. (3) An individual with three (3) years of highway and/or airport paving experience, with a .- Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering,Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials technician certified at Level III by the National Institute for _ Certification in Engineering Technologies(NICET). (5)Highway materials technician certified at Level III by NICET. L (6)Highway construction technician certified at Level III by NICET. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-46 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project 460562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron L (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology, with five (5) years of highway and/or airport paving experience. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more j than one project provided that person can be at the job site within two (2) hours after being notified of a problem. ! b. Quality control technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either Engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of two(2)years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform j the following functions: (1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications,and as required by subsection 100-06. I (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and subsection 100-07. (3)Performance of density tests for the Engineer when required by the technical specifications. Certification at an equivalent level,by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable .•y in lieu of NICET certification. c. Staffing levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into r'1 the work, separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. I The scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different -� work elements. 100-04 Project progress schedule. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedule for all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities, milestone dates, and activity duration. The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. 100-05 Submittals schedule.The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals(for example, mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number b.Item description c.Description of submittal d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-47 Waterloo Regional Airport .. AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 1 e. Scheduled date of submittal _ 100-06 Inspection requirements. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by subsection 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All +.- equipment used in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. b. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment used in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. 100-07 Quality control testing plan. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum, include the following: a. Specification item number(for example,P-401) _ b.Item description(for example,Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements) c.Test type(for example,gradation,grade,asphalt content) d. Test standard (for example, ASTM or American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)test number,as applicable) e. Test frequency (for example, as required by technical specifications or minimum frequency when — requirements are not stated) f.Responsibility(for example,plant technician) g.Control requirements(for example,target,permissible deviations) The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D3665. The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by subsection 100-08. 100-08 Documentation. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved;results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective I actions taken. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-48 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall I cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include, but are not necessarily j limited to,the following records: -� a. Daily inspection reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed r . and shall, as a minimum, include the following: i r (1)Technical specification item number and description (2)Compliance with approved submittals AS 1 (3)Proper storage of materials and equipment (4)Proper operation of all equipment (5)Adherence to plans and technical specifications i (6)Review of quality control tests (7) Safety inspection. -� j The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found,causes for rejection,and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. ..� The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. b. Daily test reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that will record all quality control test results.Daily test reports shall document the following information: ..4 (1)Technical specification item number and description (2)Test designation (3)Location (4)Date of test (5) Control requirements (6)Test results (7)Causes for rejection (8)Recommended remedial actions (9)Retests Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 Corrective action requirements. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed,to be out of control(out of tolerance)and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for r� individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-49 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and use statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 Surveillance by the Engineer. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production, manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed here and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of either on-site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 Noncompliance. " a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer or his or her authorized representative to the Contractor or his or her authorized representative at the site of the work, shall be considered sufficient notice. b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program,as determined by the Engineer,the Engineer may: (1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2)Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions are taken. END OF SECTION 100 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-50 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron t Section 105 Mobilization 105-1 Description. This item shall consist of work and operations, but is not limited to, work and operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, material and supplies to and from the project site for work on the project except as provided in the contract as separate pay items. 105-1.1 Posted notices. Prior to commencement of construction activities the Contractor must post the following documents in a prominent and accessible place where they may be easily viewed by all y employees of the prime Contractor and by all employees of subcontractors engaged by the prime l Contractor: Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Poster "Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" in accordance with the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Executive Order 11246, as 7 amended; Davis Bacon Wage Poster (WH 1321) - DOL "Notice to All Employees" Poster; Applicable Davis-Bacon Wage Rate Determination and listing of 24—hour emergency contacts. These notices must remain posted until final acceptance of the work by the Owner. j .. 105-2 Basis of measurement and payment. Based upon the contract lump sum price for"Mobilization" partial payments will be allowed as follows: • a.With first pay request,25%. b.When 25%or more of the original contract is earned, an additional 25%. c.When 50%or more of the original contract is earned,an additional 40%. d. After Final Inspection, Staging area clean-up and delivery of all Project Closeout materials as required by 90-11,the final 10%. 'r END OF SECTION 105 d I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-51 Waterloo Regional Airport I AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Y Intentionally Left Blank f 4 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-52 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron �. i I i I Section 110 Method of Estimating Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL) 110-01 General. When the specifications provide for acceptance of material based on the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL), the PWL will be determined in accordance with this section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. The PWL is computed using the sample average (X) and sample standard deviation (So) of the specified number (n) of sublots for the lot and the specification tolerance limits, L for lower and U for upper, for the particular acceptance parameter. From these values, the respective Quality index, QL for Lower Quality Index and/or Qu for Upper Quality Index, is computed and the PWL for the lot for the specified n is determined from Table 1. All specification limits specified in the technical sections shall be absolute values. Test results used in the calculations shall be to the significant figure given in the test procedure. There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only a small fraction of production material (the population) is sampled and tested. This uncertainty exists because all i i portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability that material produced at the acceptable quality level is rejected or subjected to a -� pay adjustment. The Owner's risk is the probability that material produced at the rejectable quality level j is accepted. It is the intent of this section to inform the Contractor that, in order to consistently offset the Contractor's risk for material evaluated, production quality (using population average and population standard deviation) must be maintained at the acceptable quality specified or higher. In all cases, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to produce at quality levels that will meet the specified acceptance criteria 1 when sampled and tested at the frequencies specified. 110-02 Method for computing PWL.The computational sequence for computing PWL is as follows: ,.� a.Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the random sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the requirements of the specification. c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. .� d.Find the sample average(X)for all sublot values within the lot by using the following formula: X=(XI+x2+x3+. . .Xo)/n Where: X= Sample average of all sublot values within a lot xl,x2=Individual sublot values n=Number of sublots e.Find the sample standard deviation(S.)by use of the following formula: Mot So= [(di'+d22+d32+. .A 2)/(n-1)]112 Where: S„= Sample standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-53 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I r di, d2=Deviations of the individual sublot values xi,x2, ... from the average value X that is: d, _(xl -X), d2=(X2 -X) ... d„_(xn-X) _ n=Number of sublots L For single sided specification limits(that is, L only),compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula: QL=(X-L)/So - Where: L=specification lower tolerance limit Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements. If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table,use the next higher value of PWL. g. For double-sided specification limits(that is, L and U), compute the Quality Indexes QL and Qu by use of the following formulas: QL=(X-L)/So and QU-(U-X)/So Where: L and U=specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower(L) and upper(U)tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Qu, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below Pu for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or Pu.Determine the PWL by use of the following formula: PWL=(PU+PL)- 100 Where: PL=percent within lower specification limit Pu=percent within upper specification limit EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401,Lot A. A.PWL Determination for Mat Density. 1.Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. _ A-1 =96.60 A-2=97.55 A-3 =99.30 A-4=98.35 -- n=4 2.Calculate average density for the lot. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-54 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 1 r X=(xi +x2+x3+ . . .xn)/n X=(96.60+97.55 +99.30+98.35)/4 X=97.95%density 3.Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. Sn= [((96.60-97.95)2+(97.55 -97.95)2+(99.30 -97.95)2 +(98.35 -97.95)2))/(4- 1)]1/2 Sn= [(1.82+0.16+ 1.82+0.16)/311/2 S„= 1.15 4.Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L=96.3) QL=(X-L)/ S. QL=(97.95 -96.30)/ 1.15 QL= 1.4348 5.Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL= 1.44 and n=4. PWL=98 B.PWL Determination for Air Voids. I 1.Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 =5.00 A-2=3.74 A-3 =2.30 A-4=3.25 2.Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X=(XI +x2+x3 . . .n)/n X=(5.00+3.74+2.30+3.25)/4 X=3.57% 3. Calculate the standard deviation S„for the lot. S.= [((3.57 - 5.00)2+(3.57 - 3.74)2+(3.57-2.30)2+(3.57 -3.25)2)/(4 - 1)]1/2 , Sn= [(2.04+0.03 + 1.62+0.10)/3] S„= 1.12 i "1 4.Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L=2.0) QL=(X-L)/S„ QL=(3.57-2.00)/ 1.12 7 QL= 1.3992 5.Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL= 1.41 and n=4. PL=97 6.Calculate the Upper Quality Index QU for the lot. (U=5.0) Mat QU=(U-X)/Sn QU=(5.00-3.57)/ 1.12 QU= 1.2702 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-55 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 7.Determine PU by entering Table 1 with QU= 1.29 and n=4. PU=93 8.Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL=(PL+PU)- 100 PWL=(97+93) - 100 =90 EXAMPLE OF OUTLIER CALCULATION(REFERENCE ASTM E178) Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. Outlier Determination for Mat Density. 1.Density of four random cores taken from Lot A arranged in descending order. A-3 =99.30 A-4=98.35 A-2=97.55 A-1 =96.60 v 2.Use n=4 and upper 5% significance level of to find the critical value for test criterion= 1.463. 3. Use average density, standard deviation, and test criterion value to evaluate density measurements. a.For measurements greater than the average: If(measurement-average)/(standard deviation)is less than test criterion, �r then the measurement is not considered an outlier For A-3,check if(99.30-97.95)/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.174 is less than 1.463,the value is not an outlier. b.For measurements less than the average: If(average -measurement)/(standard deviation)is less than test criterion, then the measurement is not considered an outlier. For A-1, check if(97.95 -96.60)/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.435 is less than 1.463,the value is not an outlier. Note: In this example, a measurement would be considered an outlier if the density were: Greater than(97.95 + 1.463 x 1.15)=99.63% •— OR less than(97.95 - 1.463 x 1.15)=96.27%. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-56 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Table 1.Table for Estimating Percent of Lot Within Limits(PWL) Percent Within Positive Values of Q(Qi and QU) Limits n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 (Pi and PU) 99 1.1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1.9520 1.9994 2.0362 98 1.1524 1.4400 1.6016 1.6982 1.7612 1.8053 1.8379 1.8630 97 1.1496 1.4100 1.5427 1.6181 1.6661 1.6993 1.7235 1.7420 96 1.1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.5497 1.5871 1.6127 1.6313 1.6454 95 1.1405 1.3500 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 1.5381 1.5525 1.5635 .� 94 1.1342 1.3200 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4717 1.48291.4 93 1.1269 1.2900 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112 1.419 9 1.426 45 92 1.1184 1.2600 1.3088 1.3323 1.34 11 1.3554 1.3620 1.3670 91 1.1089 1.2300 1.2683 1.2860 1.2964 1.3032 1.3081 1.3118 90 1.0982 1.2000 1.2290 1.2419 1.2492 1.2541 1.2576 1.2602 89 1.0864 1.1700 1.1909 1.1995 1.2043 1.2075 1.2098 1.2115 88 1.0736 1.1400 1.1537 1.1587 1.1613 1.1630 1.1643 1.1653 87 1.0597 1.1100 1.1173 1.1192 1.1199 1.1204 1.1208 1.1212 86 1.0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1.0794 1.0791 1.0789 85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1.0435 1.0413 1.0399 1.0389 1.0382 84 1.0119 1.0200 1.01 44 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 1.0000 0.9990 83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 1 0.9671 0.9643 0.9624 0.9610 82 0.9749 0.9600 0.9452 0.9367 0.9315 0.9281 0.9258 0.9241 81 0.9550 0.9300 0.9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928 0.8901 0.8882 80 0.9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583 0.8554 0.8533 79 0.9124 0.8700 0.8478 0.8360 0.8291 0.8245 0.8214 0.8192 78 0.8897 0.8400 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0.7915 0.7882 0.7858 77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 0.7716 0.7640 0.7590 0.7556 0.7531 76 0.8417 0.7800 0.7535 0.7401 1 0.7322 0.7271 0.7236 0.7211 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 0.70 99 0.6958 0.6922 0.6896 74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649 0.6613 0.6587 �. 73 0.7636 0.6900 0.6617 0.6477 0.6396 0.6344 0.6308 0.6282 72 0.7360 0.6600 0.6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044 0.6008 0.5982 71 0.7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747 0.5712 0.5686 70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5582 0.5504 0.5454 0.5419 0.5394 69 0.6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164 0.5130 0.5105 68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 0.4844 0.4820 67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 0.4560 0.4537 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4355 0.4310 0.4280 0.4257 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4030 0.4001 0.3980 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0.3753 0.3725 0.3705 63 0.4586 0.3900 0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0.3477 0.3451 0.3432 62 0.4251 0.3600 0.3392 0.3295 0.3239 0.3203 0.3179 0.3161 61 0.3911 0.3300 0.3107 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931 0.2908 0.2892 60 0.3568 0.3000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 0.2660 0.2639 0.2624 _ 59 0.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391 0.2372 0.2358 58 0.2872 0.2400 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 1 0.2122 0.2105 0.2093 57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 1 0.1855 0.1840 0.1829 56 0.2164 0.1800 0.1688 0.1636 0.1607 1 0.1588 0.1575 0.1566 55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1406 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322 0.1312 0.1304 54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057 0.1049 0.1042 53 0.1087 0.0900 0.0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0793 0.0786 1 0.0781 52 0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 0.0534 0.0528 0.0524 0.0521 51 0.0363 =0300 0.0281 0.0272 0.0267 0.0264 0.0262 0.0260 50 0.0000 1 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 1 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-57 Waterloo Regional Airport .� AECOM Project 460562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Percent Within Negative Values of Q(QL and QL) Limits (PL and PU) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 �-49 -0.0363 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0.0267 -0.0264 -0.0262 -0.0260 48 -0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 -0.0534 -0.0528 -0.0524 -0.0521 47 -0.1087 -0.0900 70. 8843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0.0793 -0.0786 -0.0781 46 -0.1447 -0.1200 -0.1125 -0.1090 -0.1070 -0.1057 -0.1049 -0.1042 45 -0.1806 -0.1500 -0.1406 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 -0.1312 -0.1304 44 -0.2164 -0.1800 -0.1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1588 -0.1575 -0.1566 43 -0.2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -0.1911 -0.1877 -0.1855 -0.1840 -0.1829 y 42 -0.2872 -0.2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122 -0.2105 -0.2093 41 -0.3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0.2391 -0.2372 -0.2358 40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0.2738 -0.2691 -0.2660 -0.2639 -0.2624 39 -0.3911 -0.3300 -0.3107 -0.3016 -0.2964 -0.2931 -0.2908 -0.2892 38 -0.4251 -0.3600 -0.3392 -0.3295 0.3239 -0.3203 -0.3179 -0.3161 37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0.3477 -0.3451 -0.3432 36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0.3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0.3753 -0.3725 -0.3705 t 35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4030 -0.4001 -0.3980 �.. 34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4355 -0.4310 -0.4280 -0.4257 33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 -0.4560 -0.4537 32 -0.6187 -0.5400 -0.5129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877 -0.4844 -0.4820 31 -0.6490 -0.5700 -0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164 -0.5130 -0.5105 ,... 30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0.5719 -0.5582 -0.5504 -0.5454 -0.5419 -0.5394 29 -0.7077 -0.6300 -0.6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747 -0.5712 -0.5686 28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0.6095 -0.6044 -0.6008 -0.5982 27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344 46308 -0.6282 ` 26 -0.7904 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0.6649 -0.6613 -0.6587 25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0.7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 76922 -0.6896 24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 -0.7236 -0.7211 23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0.7640 -0.7590 -0.7556 -0.7531 22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915 -0.7882 -0.7858 V 21 -0.9124 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0.8360 -0.8291 -0.8245 -0.8214 -0.8192 20 -0.9342 -0.9000 -0.8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 -0.8554 -0.8533 19 -0.9550 -0.9300 -0.9123 -0.9025 -0.8966 -0.8928 -0.8901 -0.8882 18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0.9367 -0.9315 -0.9281 -0.9258 -0.9241 .... 17 -0.9939 -0.9900 -0.9785 -0.9715 -0.9671 -0.9643 -0.9624 -0.9610 16 1.0119 -1.0200 -1.0124 -1.0071 -1.0037 -1.0015 -1.0000 -0.9990 15 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1.0467 -1.0435 -1.0413 -1.0399 -1.0389 -1.0382 14 1.0448 -1.0800 -1.0817 -1.0808 -1.0800 -1.0794 -1.0791 -1.0789 a.. 13 -1.0597 -1.1100 -1.1173 -1.1192 -1.1199 -1.1204 -1.1208 -1.1212 12 -1.0736 -1.1400 -1.1537 -1.1587 -1.1613 -1.1630 -1.1643 -1.1653 11 -1.0864 -1.1700 -1.1909 -1.1995 -1.2043 -1.2075 -1.2098 -1.2115 10 -1.0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1.2492 -1.2541 -1.2576 -1.2602 9 -1.1089 -1.2300 -1.2683 -1.2860 -1.2964 -1.3032 -1.3081 -1.3118 8 -1.1184 -1.2600 -1.3088 -1.3323 -1.3461 -1.3554 -1.3620 -1.3670 7 -1.1269 -1.2900 -1.3508 -1.3810 -1.3991 -1.4112 -1.4199 -1.4265 6 -1.1342 -1.3200 -1.3946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4717 -1.4829 -1.4914 �.. 5 -1.1405 -1.3500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 -1.5525 -1.5635 4 -1.1456 -1.3800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1.5871 -1.6127 -1.6313 -1.6454 3 -1.1496 -1.4100 -1.5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 -1.7235 -1.7420 2 -1.1524 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1.7612 -1.8053 -1.8379 -1.8630 1 -1.1541 -1.4700 -1.6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 -1.9520 -1.9994 -2.0362 END OF SECTION 110 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 G-58 Waterloo Regional Airport .... AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i i 1 I g,but not limited to attorney's fees,arising out of or resulting claims,damages,losses and expenses,includin from the performance of the work,provided that any such claim,damage,loss or expense: (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the work itself)including the loss of use resulting therefrom,and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Section 4. b. In any and all claims against the Waterloo Regional Airport,the City of Waterloo and AECOM,or any oftheir agents, officers or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,the indemnification obligation under this Section 4, shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts,disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts. c. The obligations of the Contractor under this Section 4,shall not extend to the liability of AECOM,their agents or employees,arising out of: (1) The preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions,reports, surveys, change orders, designs or Specifications,or (2) The giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by AECOM,their agents or employees providing such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 5. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE FOR OTHER LOSSES. For the consideration in this agreement heretofore stated, in addition to Contractor's other obligations,the Contractor assumes full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools owned by the mechanics, any tool machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor,the Contractor's agents,Subcontractors material men or the Contractor's or their ..� employees,as well as to shed or other temporary structures,scaffolding and stagings,protective fences,bridges and 1 sidewalk hooks. s� The Contractor shall also assume responsibility for all loss or damage caused by, arising out of or incident to °~ larceny,theft or any cause whatsoever(except as hereinbefore provided)to the structure on which the work of this Contract,and any modifications alterations,enlargement thereto,is to be done,and to items and labor connected or to be used as a part of the permanent materials,and supplies necessary to the work. —I 6. NOTIFICATION IN EVENT OF LIABILITY OR DAMAGE. Upon the occurrence of any event,the liability for which is herein assumed,the Contractor agrees to forthwith notify the Waterloo Regional Airport in writing,such happening,which notice shall forthwith give the details as to the happening,the cause as far as can be ascertained, the estimate of loss or damage done,the names of witnesses,if any,and stating the amount of any claim. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES. The construction progress schedule shall be prepared in accordance with the following: i a) Contractor shall indicate hours of daily operations. b) No work shall be done on Sundays or legal holidays without written permission of Owner. However,emergency work may be done without prior permission. c) The schedule shall be in the form of a horizontal bar chart. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 SP-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron I. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade,activity or operation. 2. Horizontal Time Scale: Identify first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacings to allow space for notations and future revisions. +.. d) The format of the listing shall be in chronological order of the start of each item of work. e) Show dates for beginning and completion of each major element of construction. �.. f) Show projected percentage of completion for each item as of first day of each month. 1.04 CONVICT LABOR. No convict labor may be employed under this contract. 1.05 WITHHOLDING: SPONSOR FROM CONTRACTOR. Whether or not payments or advances to the Waterloo ... Regional Airport are withheld or suspended by the FAA,the Waterloo Regional Airport may withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. 1.06 NONPAYMENT OF WAGES. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages required by this contract,the Waterloo Regional Airport,after written notice to the contractor,shall take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of . funds until the violations cease. 1.07 SUBCONTRACTS. The contractor shall insert in each ofhis subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraph 1.04 and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter ~ into,together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. _ END OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 SP-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron , PART 2 FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT PROJECTS SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS PART A - FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT CONTRACTS APPLICATION OF REFERENCES ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "CONTRACTOR", "BIDDER", AND "OFFEROR" SHALL PERTAIN TO THE PRIME CONTRACTOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SUBCONTRACTOR" SHALL PERTAIN TO ANY AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE PRIME CONTRACTOR OR A SUBCONTRACTOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "CONSULTANT" SHALL PERTAIN TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER (A/E) UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE SPONSOR. ALL _. REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SUBCONSULTANT" SHALL PERTAIN TO ANY AND ALL SUBCONSULTANTS UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE A/E. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SPONSOR" AND "OWNER" SHALL PERTAIN TO THE STATE, CITY, AIRPORT AUTHORITY OR OTHER PUBLIC ENTITY EXECUTING CONTRACTS WITH THE PRIME CONTRACTOR AND/OR THE A/E. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS......................................................................................................3 BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCE ................................................................................................................3 CIVILRIGHTS—GENERAL........................................................................................................................3 CIVIL RIGHTS—TITLE VI ASSURANCES....................................................................................................3 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE..............................................................................................6 ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................7 FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT(FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE)..................................................7 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970.............................................................................8 RIGHTTO INVENTIONS...........................................................................................................................8 SEISMICSAFETY......................................................................................................................................8 TAX DELINQUENCY AND FELONY CONVICTIONS ...................................................................................8 TRADE RESTRICTION CERTIFICATION.....................................................................................................9 VETERAN'S PREFERENCE......................................................................................................................10 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $2,000 COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK' ACT........................................................................................................11 DAVIS-BACON REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................................................................11 Page 1 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $3,500 DISTRACTEDDRIVING ..........................................................................................................................17 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $10,000 .— AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENT.................................................................................................17 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY(EEO)........................................................................................18 PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS ......................................................................................24 PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES ..........................................................................................24 TERMINATIONOF CONTRACT..............................................................................................................25 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $25,000 DEBARMENTAND SUSPENSION...........................................................................................................27 _ PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $100,000 CONTRACT WORKHOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT REQUIREMENTS ........................................27 LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES..........................................................................28 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $150,000 BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS............................................................................................................29 CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL...................................................................................29 Page 2 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200.333, 2 CFR § 200.336, and FAA Order 5100.38 The Contractor must maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Contractor agrees to provide the Owner, the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives, access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor, which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts and transcriptions. The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three years after final payment is made and all pending matters are closed. BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCE Reference: 49 USC§ 50101 The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 USC § 50101, which provides that Federal funds may not be obligated unless all steel and manufactured goods used in AIP funded projects are produced in the United States, unless the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has issued a waiver for the '— product; the product is listed as an Excepted Article, Material Or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation subpart 25.108; or is included in the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued list. _ A Bidder or Offeror must complete and submit the Buy America certification included herein with their bid or offer. The Owner will reject as nonresponsive any bid or offer that does not include a completed Certificate of Buy American Compliance. CIVIL RIGHTS—GENERAL '— Reference: 49 USC § 47123 The Contractor agrees that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive Orders and such rules as are promulgated to ensure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision binds the Contractor and subcontractors from the bid solicitation period through the completion of the contract. This provision is in addition to that required of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. CIVIL RIGHTS—TITLE VI ASSURANCES Title VI Solicitation Notice The Sponsor, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964(78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders or offerers that it will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in Page 3 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. Compliance with Nondiscrimination Requirements During the performance of this contract,the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors — in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor (hereinafter includes Consultants) will comply with the Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, as they — may be amended from time to time, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Non-discrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, will not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor will not participate directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by the Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, including employment practices when the contract covers any activity, project, or program set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR Part 21. 3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations, either by competitive bidding, or negotiation made by the Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials, or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier will be notified by the Contractor of — the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Nondiscrimination Acts And Authorities on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports: The Contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration to be pertinent to -- ascertain compliance with such Nondiscrimination Acts And Authorities and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish the information, the Contractor will so certify to the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration, as appropriate, and will set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of a Contractor's noncompliance with the non- discrimination provisions of this contract, the Sponsor will impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Aviation Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but _ not limited to: a. Withholding payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor complies; and/or b. Cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs one — through six in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant T thereto. The Contractor will take action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such Page 4 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 — provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such direction, the Contractor may request the Sponsor to enter into any litigation to protect the -- interests of the Sponsor. In addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Title Vl List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees to comply with the following non-discrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited to: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964(42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq., 78 stat. 252), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin); • 49 CFR Part 21 (Non-discrimination In Federally-Assisted Programs of The Department of Transportation—Effectuation of Title VI of The Civil Rights Act of 1964); • The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 U.S.C. § 4601), (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects); • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.), as amended, —_ (prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR part 27; • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of age); • Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 USC § 471, Section 47123), as amended, (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex); -' • The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987, (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope, coverage and applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms "programs or activities" to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not); • Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131- 12189) as implemented by U.S. Department of Transportation regulations at 49 CFR parts 37 and 38; • The Federal Aviation Administration's Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. §47123) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex); —` • Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, which ensures non-discrimination against minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations; -- Page 5 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 • Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency, and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of limited English proficiency(LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs (70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100); • Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating because of sex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq). DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE Reference: 49 CFR Part 26 Solicitation Language(Project Goal) Information Submitted as a matter of bidder responsiveness: The Owner's award of this contract is conditioned upon Bidder or Offeror satisfying the good faith effort requirements of 49 CFR §26.53.As a condition of bid responsiveness, the Bidder or Offeror must submit the following information with their proposal on the forms provided herein: 1) The names and addresses of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) firms that will participate in the contract; 2) A description of the work that each DBE firm will perform; 3) The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm listed under(1) 4) Written statement from Bidder or Offeror that attests their commitment to use the DBE firm(s) listed under(1)to meet the Owner's project goal; 5) If Bidder or Offeror cannot meet the advertised project DBE goal; evidence of good faith efforts undertaken by the Bidder or Offeror as described in appendix A to 49 CFR Part 26. Information submitted as a matter of bidder responsibility: The Owner's award of this contract is conditioned upon Bidder or Offeror satisfying the good faith effort requirements of 49 CFR §26.53. The successful Bidder or Offeror must provide written confirmation of participation from each of the DBE firms the Bidder or Offeror lists in its commitment within five (5) days after bid opening. — 1) The names and addresses of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) firms that will participate in the contract; 2) A description of the work that each DBE firm will perform; 3) The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm listed under(1) 4) Written statement from Bidder or Offeror that attests their commitment to use the DBE firm(s) listed under (1) to meet the Owner's project goal; and 5) If Bidder or Offeror cannot meet the advertised project DBE goal, evidence of good faith efforts undertaken by the Bidder or Offeror as described in appendix A to 49 CFR part 26. Page 6 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 — Race/Gender Neutral The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 apply to this contract. It is the policy of the Owner to practice nondiscrimination based on race, color, sex or national origin in the award or performance of this contract. The Owner encourages participation by all firms qualifying under this solicitation regardless of business size or ownership. Contract Assurance(§26.13) The Contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of U.S. Department of Transportation-assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this _ contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the Owner deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to: 1) Withholding monthly progress payments; 2) Assessing sanctions; 3) Liquidated damages; and/or 4) Disqualifying the Contractor from future bidding as non-responsible. Prompt Payment( 26.29) The Prime Contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than thirty(30) calendar days from the receipt of each payment the Prime Contractor receives from the Owner. The Prime Contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within thirty(30) calendar days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the Owner. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(H) Contractor and Subcontractor(s) agree to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency as contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6201 et seq). FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT(FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE) Reference: 29 USC § 201, et seq. All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the provisions of 29 CFR Part 201, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), with the same force and effect as if given in full text. The FLSA sets minimum wage, overtime pay, recordkeeping, and child labor standards for full and part time workers. The Contractor has full responsibility to monitor compliance to the referenced statute or regulation. The Contractor must address any claims or disputes that arise from this requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor—Wage and Hour Division. -- Page 7 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 Reference: 20 CFR Part 1910 All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910 with the same force and effect as if given in full text. The employer must provide a work environment that is free from recognized hazards that may cause death or serious physical harm to the employee. The employer retains full responsibility to monitor its compliance and their subcontractor's compliance with the applicable requirements of the „ Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (20 CFR Part 1910). The employe must address any claims or disputes that pertain to a referenced requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor—Occupational Safety and Health Administration. RIGHT TO INVENTIONS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(F) and 37 CFR §401 Contracts or agreements that include the performance of experimental, developmental, or research work must provide for the rights of the Federal Government and the Owner in any resulting invention as established by 37 CFR Part 401, Rights to Inventions Made by Non-profit Organizations and Small Business Firms under Government Grants, Contracts, and Cooperative Agreements. This .. contract incorporates by reference the patent and inventions rights as specified within in the 37 CFR §401.14. Contractor must include this requirement in all sub-tier contracts involving experimental, developmental or research work. — SEISMIC SAFETY '— Reference: 49 CFR Part 41 The Contractor agrees to ensure that all work performed under this contract, including work performed by subcontractors, conforms to a building code standard that provides a level of seismic safety substantially equivalent to standards established by the National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program (NEHRP). Local building codes that model their code after the current version of — the International Building Code (IBC) meet the NEHRP equivalency level for seismic safety. TAX DELINQUENCY AND FELONY CONVICTIONS Reference: Sections 415 and 416 of Title IV, Division L of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2014 (Pub. L. 113-76) and DOT Order 4200.6 The Contractor certifies: 1) It is not a corporation that has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority — responsible for collecting the tax liability. A tax delinquency is any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted, or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an _ agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability. Page 8 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 — 2) It is not a corporation that was convicted of a criminal violation under any Federal law within the preceding 24 months. A felony conviction is a conviction within the preceding twenty four (24) months of a felony criminal violation under any Federal law and includes -� conviction of an offense defined in a section of the U.S. code that specifically classifies the offense as a felony and conviction of an offense that is classified as a felony under 18 U.S.C. § 3559. The Contractor agrees to incorporate the above certification in all lower tier subcontracts. TRADE RESTRICTION CERTIFICATION Reference: 49 USC § 50104 and 49 CFR Part 30 By submission of an offer, the Offeror certifies that with respect to this solicitation and any resultant contract, the Offeror: 1) is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (U.S.T.R.); 2) has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the U.S.T.R; and 3) has not entered into any subcontract for any product to be used on the Federal project that is produced in a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of -- America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. The Offeror/Contractor must provide immediate written notice to the Owner if the Offeror/Contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The Contractor must _ require subcontractors provide immediate written notice to the Contractor if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no contract shall be awarded to an Offeror or subcontractor: 1) who is owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country — included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. or 2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list or 3) who incorporates in the public works project any product of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list; Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge — Page 9 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 and information of a Contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. The Offeror agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely on the certification of a prospective subcontractor that it is not a firm from a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by U.S.T.R, unless the Offeror has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making an award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration. VETERAN'S PREFERENCE Reference: 49 USC § 47112(c) In the employment of labor (excluding executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), the Contractor and all sub-tier contractors must give preference to covered veterans as defined within Title 49 United States Code Section 47112. Covered veterans include Vietnam-era veterans, Persian Gulf veterans, Afghanistan-Iraq war veterans, disabled veterans, and small business concerns (as defined by 15 U.S.C. 632) owned and controlled by disabled veterans. This preference only applies when there are covered veterans readily available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. Page 10 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$2,000 -- COPELAND"ANTI-KICKBACK'ACT Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(D) and 29 CFR Parts 3 and 5 -- Contractor must comply with the requirements of the Copeland "Anti-Kickback"Act (18 U.S.C. 874 and 40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulation 29 CFR part 3. Contractor and subcontractors are prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed on the -- project to give up any part of the compensation to which the employee is entitled. The Contractor and each Subcontractor must submit to the Owner, a weekly statement on the wages paid to each employee performing on covered work during the prior week. Owner must report any violations of the Act to the Federal Aviation Administration. DAVIS-BACON REQUIREMENTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(D) and 29 CFR Part 5 1. Minimum Wages (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalent thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to —. exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section — 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under(1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster(WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. (ii) (A) thru (D) (A)The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under -- Page 11 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe — benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and _ (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if _ known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within thirty(30) days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the thirty (30)-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the Contractor, the laborers, or mechanics to be employed in the classification, or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits _ where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will _ issue a determination within thirty (30) days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the thirty (30)-day period that additional time is necessary. (D)The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(ii) (B) or(C) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or — mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. — (iv) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs — reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program: Provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2. Withholding — Page 12 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 — The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same Prime Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, —' including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Federal Aviation Administration may, after written notice to the Contractor, Sponsor, Applicant, or Owner, take such action as — may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 3. Payrolls and basic records (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker; his or her correct classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records that show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and that show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing — apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable -- programs. (ii) (A) thru (D) (A)The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the Federal Aviation Administration if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit the —" payrolls to the applicant, Sponsor, or Owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g. the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at https://www.dol.gov/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The.Prime Page 13 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current — address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the Federal Aviation Administration if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit them to the applicant, Sponsor, or Owner, as the case — may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration, the Contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a Prime Contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the Prime Contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the sponsoring government agency (or the applicant, Sponsor, or Owner). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: — (1) The payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR § 5.5(a)(3)(ii), the appropriate information is being maintained under _ 29 CFR§ 5.5 (a)(3)(i) and that such information is correct and complete; (2) Each laborer and mechanic (including each helper, apprentice and trainee) — employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than _ permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; (3) Each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C)The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D)The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or '— subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (iii)The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit — such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the Contractor, Sponsor, Applicant, or Owner, take such — action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. — 4. Apprentices and Trainees (i) Apprentices Page 14 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first nintey (90) days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an — apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency(where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force — under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually -- performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a Contractor -' is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. -` Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. y Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, — apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii)Trainees Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and -" individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted — under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the -- Page 15 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination that provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate that is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1)through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. 7. Contract Termination: Debarment A breach of the contract clauses in paragraph 1 through 10 of this section may be grounds for _ termination of the contract, and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8 Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor (or any of its subcontractors) _ and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of Eligibility Page 16 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 (i) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii)The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. _ PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$3,500 DISTRACTED DRIVING Reference: Executive Order 13513 and DOT Order 3902.10 In accordance with Executive Order 13513, "Federal Leadership on Reducing Text Messaging While Driving" (10/1/2009) and DOT Order 3902.10 "Text Messaging While Driving" (12/30/2009), the Federal Aviation Administration encourages recipients of Federal grant funds to adopt and enforce safety policies that decrease crashes by distracted drivers, including policies to ban text messaging while driving when performing work related to a grant or sub-grant. In support of this initiative, the Owner encourages the Contractor to promote policies and initiatives for its employees and other work personnel that decrease crashes by distracted drivers, including policies that ban text messaging while driving motor vehicles while performing work activities associated with the project. The Contractor must include the substance of this clause in all sub-tier contracts exceeding $3,500 and involve driving a motor vehicle in performance of work activities associated with the project. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$10,000 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENT Reference: 41 CFR Part 60-4 and Executive Order 11246 1. The Bidder's or Offeror's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables: Goal: Goals for minority participation for each trade: 7.33% Goals.for female participation in each trade: 6.9% Page 17 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 These goals are applicable to all of the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally-assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and _ non-federally involved construction. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. _ 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) within ten (10) working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of$10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this notice and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is: _ State County City Iowa Black Hawk Waterloo — EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY(EEO) Reference: 2 CFR 200, Appendix II(C), 41 CFR § 60-1.4, 41 CFR § 60-4.3, and Executive Order 11246 Equal Opportunity Clause During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1)The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identify or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. Page 18 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 (2)The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. (3)The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (6) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (7)The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunitv Construction Contract Specifications 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; d. "Minority" includes: WINE Page 19 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 (1) Black (all) persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); — (2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (3) Asian and Pacific Islander(all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of$10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. — 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in — accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors shall be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith _ performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. — 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7.a through 7.p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of '— minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in a geographical area where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft _ during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the non-working training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting — the goals, such apprentices and trainees shall be employed by the Contractor during the training Page 20 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 — period and the Contractor shall have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees shall be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source, or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or female sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, Page 21 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 termination, or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of — construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. — h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female, and community — organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of — applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. -- j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to _ minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. — I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare — for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices,job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. — o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female Contractor associations and other business associations. — p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. — 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations, which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7.a through 7.p). The efforts of a Contractor association,joint Contractor union, Contractor community, or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7.a through 7.p of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively — participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the Page 22 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non- minority. Consequently, if the particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner(for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally), the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized. 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 _ and the Community Development Block Grant Program). Page 23 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS Reference: 2 CFR § 200.322, 40 CFR Part 247, and Solid Waste Disposal Act Contractor and subcontractor agree to comply with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR _ Part 247. In the performance of this contract and to the extent practicable, the Contractor and subcontractors are to use products containing the highest percentage of recovered materials for items designated by the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) under 40 CFR Part 247 whenever: _ a) The contract requires procurement of$10,000 or more of a designated item during the fiscal year; or, b) The Contractor has procured $10,000 or more of a designated item using Federal funding during the previous fiscal year. The list of EPA-designated items is available at: https•//www epa gov/smm/comprehensive-procurement-guidelines-construction-products Section 6002(c) establishes exceptions to the preference for recovery of EPA-designated products if the Contractor can demonstrate the item is: a) Not reasonably available within a timeframe providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; b) Fails to meet reasonable contract performance requirements; or c) Is only available at an unreasonable price. PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES Reference: 41 CFR § 60 (a)The Contractor agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any — segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Contractor agrees that a breach of this clause is a violation of the Equal — Opportunity clause in this contract. (b) "Segregated facilities," as used in this clause, means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact _ segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin because of written or oral policies or employee custom. The term does not include separate or single-user rest rooms or necessary dressing or sleeping areas provided to assure privacy between the sexes. (c)The Contractor shall include this clause in every subcontract and purchase order that is subject to the Equal Opportunity clause of this contract. _ Page 24 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 — TERMINATION OF CONTRACT Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(B) and FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10, Section 80-09 Termination for Convenience(Construction & Equipment Contracts) The Owner may terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time by providing written notice — to the Contractor. Such action may be without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner. Upon receipt of a written notice of termination, except as explicitly directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with the following obligations regardless of — any delay in determining or adjusting amounts due under this clause: 1. Contractor must immediately discontinue work as specified in the written notice. 2. Terminate all subcontracts to the extent they relate to the work terminated under the notice. 3. Discontinue orders for materials and services except as directed by the written notice. 4. Deliver to the Owner all fabricated and partially fabricated parts, completed and partially completed work, supplies, equipment and materials acquired prior to termination of the — work and as directed in the written notice. 5. Complete performance of the work not terminated by the notice. — 6. Take action as directed by the Owner to protect and preserve property and work related to this contract that Owner will take possession. Owner agrees to pay Contractor for: 1) completed and acceptable work executed in accordance with the contract documents prior to the effective date of termination; — 2) documented expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing work and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the contract documents in connection with uncompleted work; 3) reasonable and substantiated claims, costs and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and — 4) reasonable and substantiated expenses to the Contractor directly attributable to Owner's termination action Owner will not pay Contractor for loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from the Owner's termination action. The rights and remedies this clause provides are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. Termination for Default(Construction) —' Section 80-09 of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10 establishes conditions, rights and remedies associated with Owner termination of this contract due to default of the Contractor. Termination for Default(Equipment) The Owner may, by written notice of default to the Contractor, terminate all or part of this Contract if the Contractor: Page 25 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 1. Fails to commence the Work under the Contract within the time specified in the Notice-to- Proceed; — 2. Fails to make adequate progress as to endanger performance of this Contract in accordance with its terms; 3. Fails to make delivery of the equipment within the time specified in the Contract, including — any Owner approved extensions; 4. Fails to comply with material provisions of the Contract; 5. Submits certifications made under the Contract and as part of their proposal that include false or fraudulent statements; or _ 6. Becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy; If one or more of the stated events occur, the Owner will give notice in writing to the Contractor — and Surety of its intent to terminate the contract for cause. At the Owner's discretion, the notice may allow the Contractor and Surety an opportunity to cure the breach or default. If within ten (10) days of the receipt of notice, the Contractor or Surety fails to remedy the breach or default to the satisfaction of the Owner, the Owner has authority to acquire equipment by other procurement action. The Contractor will be liable to the Owner for any excess costs the Owner incurs for acquiring such similar equipment. Payment for completed equipment delivered to and accepted by the Owner shall be at the Contract price. The Owner may withhold from amounts otherwise due the Contractor for such completed equipment, such sum as the Owner determines to be necessary to protect the Owner against loss because of Contractor default. Owner will not terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work under this clause if the — delay in completing the work arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such acceptable causes include: acts of God, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, and _ severe weather events that substantially exceed normal conditions for the location. If, after termination of the Contractor's right to proceed, the Owner determines that the Contractor — was not in default, or that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the same as if the Owner issued the termination for the convenience the Owner. The rights and remedies of the Owner in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. Page 26 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$25,000 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION Reference: 2 CFR Part 180 (Subpart C), 2 CFR Part 1200, DOT Order 4200.5 Certification of Bidder/Offerer Regarding Debarment By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, the Bidder or Offeror certifies that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred or suspended by any Federal department or agency from participation in this transaction. Certification of Lower Tier Contractors Regarding Debarment The successful Bidder, by administering each lower tier subcontract that exceeds $25,000 as a "covered transaction", must verify each lower tier participant of a "covered transaction" under the _ project is not presently debarred or otherwise disqualified from participation in this federally assisted project. The successful Bidder will accomplish this by: 1. Checking the System for Award Management at website: https://www.sam.gov. 2. Collecting a certification statement similar to the Certificate Regarding Debarment and Suspension (Bidder or Offeror), above. 3. Inserting a clause or condition in the covered transaction with the lower tier contract If the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) later determines that a lower tier participant failed to disclose to a higher tier participant that it was excluded or disqualified at the time it entered the covered transaction, the FAA may pursue any available remedies, including suspension and debarment of the non-compliant participant. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$100,000 CONTRACT WORKHOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT REQUIREMENTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II (E) 1. Overtime Requirements. -- No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for Page 27 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth _ in paragraph (1) of this clause, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause. _ 3. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same Prime _ Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same Prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and _ liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2) of this clause. 4. Subcontractors. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor _ or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this clause. LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES Reference: 31 U.S.C. § 1352 —Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 2 CFR part 200, Appendix II(J), and 49 CFR part 20, Appendix A CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING The Bidder or Offeror certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal,to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the Bidder or — Offeror, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of _ Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in _ accordance with its instructions. 3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub-grants, and contracts Page 28 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub-recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352,Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$150,000 BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix ll(A) Any violation or breach of terms of this contract on the part of the Contractor or its subcontractors may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action that may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. Owner will provide Contractor written notice that describes the nature of the breach and corrective actions the Contractor must undertake in order to avoid termination of the contract. Owner reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor until such time the Contractor corrects the breach or the Owner elects to terminate the contract. The Owner's notice will identify a specific date by which the Contractor must correct the breach. Owner may proceed with termination of the contract if the Contractor fails to correct the breach by deadline indicated in the Owner's notice. The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies — available thereunder are in addition to, and not a limitation of, any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL References: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(G) Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, and regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 740-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. § 1251-1387). The Contractor agrees to report any violation to the Owner immediately upon discovery. The Owner assumes responsibility for notifying the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Federal Aviation Administration. The Contractor agrees to incorporate the above certification in all lower tier subcontracts that exceed $150,000. Page 29 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK _ Page 30 of 30 Revised February 8, 2018 PART 3 FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR 150/5370-2G OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORTS DURING CONSTRUCTION Advisory U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Circular Administration Subject: Operational Safety on Date: 12/13/2017 AC No: 150/5370-2G Airports During Construction Initiated By: AAS-100 Change: i 1 Purpose. This AC sets forth guidelines for operational safety on airports during construction. 2 Cancellation. This AC cancels AC 150/5370-2F, Operational Safety on Airports during Construction, dated September 29, 2011. i i 3 Application. This AC assists airport operators in complying with Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 139, Certification of Airports. For those certificated airports, this AC provides one way, but not the only way, of meeting those requirements. The use of this AC is mandatory for those airport construction projects receiving funds under the Airport Improvement Program (AIP). See Grant Assurance No. 34, Policies, Standards, and Specifications. While we do not require non-certificated airports without grant 1 agreements or airports using Passenger Facility Charge (PFC)Program funds for construction projects to adhere to these guidelines, we recommend that they do so to help these airports maintain operational safety during construction. 4 Related Documents. ACs and Orders referenced in the text of this AC do not include a revision letter, as they refer to the latest version. Appendix A contains a list of reading material on airport construction, design, and potential safety hazards during construction, as well as instructions for obtaining these documents. 5 Principal Changes. The AC incorporates the following principal changes: 1 1. Notification about impacts to both airport owned and FAA-owned NAVAIDs was II added. See paragraph 2.13.5.3,NAVAIDs. 1 1 I i 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G — 2. Guidance for the use of orange construction signs was added. See paragraph — 2.18.4.2, Temporary Signs. 3. Open trenches or excavations may be permitted in the taxiway safety area while the taxiway is open to aircraft operations, subject to restrictions. See paragraph 2.22.3.4, — Excavations. 4. Guidance for temporary shortened runways and displaced thresholds has been — enhanced. See Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2. 5. Figures have been improved and a new Appendix F on the placement of orange construction signs has been added. — Hyperlinks (allowing the reader to access documents located on the internet and to maneuver within this document) are provided throughout this document and are identified with underlined text. When navigating within this document, return to the previously viewed page by pressing the "ALT" and " <—"keys simultaneously. Figures in this document are schematic representations and are not to scale. 6 Use of Metrics. — Throughout this AC, U.S. customary units are used followed with"soft" (rounded) conversion to metric units. The U.S. customary units govern. 7 Where to Find this AC. You can view a list of all ACs at — http://www.faa. og v/regulations policies/advisory circulars/. You can view the Federal Aviation Regulations at http://www.faa. og v/regulations policies/faa regulations/. 8 Feedback on this AC. If you have suggestions for improving this AC, you may use the Advisory Circular Feedback form at the end of this AC. R. Dermo y — Director of Airport Safety and Standards 11 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G CONTENTS Paragraph Page Chapter 1. Planning an Airfield Construction Project......................................................... 1-1 1.1 Overview....................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Plan for Safety............................................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Develop a Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP)............................................ 1-3 1.4 Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction?.................................................. 1-4 Chapter 2. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans ..............................................................2-1 2.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Assume Responsibility..................................................................................................2-1 2.3 Submit the CSPP...........................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Meet CSPP Requirements.............................................................................................2-2 2.5 Coordination. ................................................................................................................2-6 2.6 Phasing..........................................................................................................................2-7 2.7 Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity. ...........................................2-7 2.8 Navigation Aid (NAVAID) Protection.......................................................................2-11 2.9 Contractor Access. ......................................................................................................2-11 2.10 Wildlife Management. ................................................................................................2-15 2.11 Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management. ..............................................................2-16 2.12 Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT) Management.........................................................2-16 2.13 Notification of Construction Activities.......................................................................2-16 2.14 Inspection Requirements.............................................................................................2-18 2.15 Underground Utilities. ................................................................................................2-19 2.16 Penalties......................................................................................................................2-19 2.17 Special Conditions. .....................................................................................................2-19 2.18 Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. ............................................................................2-19 2.19 Marking and Signs for Access Routes........................................................................2-29 - 2.20 Hazard Marking, Lighting and Signing. .....................................................................2-30 2.21 Work Zone Lighting for Nighttime Construction.......................................................2-32 2.22 Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. .....................................................2-33 2.23 Other Limitations on Construction. ............................................................................2-37 iii 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Chapter 3. Guidelines for Writing a CSPP............................................................................3-1 3.1 General Requirements...................................................................................................3-1 3.2 Applicability of Subjects...............................................................................................3-1 3.3 Graphical Representations. ...........................................................................................3-1 3.4 Reference Documents. ..................................................................................................3-2 3.5 Restrictions. ..................................................................................................................3-2 3.6 Coordination. ................................................................................................................3-2 3.7 Phasing..........................................................................................................................3-2 3.8 Areas and Operations Affected by Construction. .........................................................3-2 3.9 NAVAID Protection. ....................................................................................................3-2 3.10 Contractor Access. ........................................................................................................3-3 3.11 Wildlife Management. ..................................................................................................3-4 3.12 FOD Management.........................................................................................................3-4 3.13 HAZMAT Management................................................................................................3-4 3.14 Notification of Construction Activities.........................................................................3-4 3.15 Inspection Requirements...............................................................................................3-5 3.16 Underground Utilities. ..................................................................................................3-5 3.17 Penalties........................................................................................................................3-5 3.18 Special Conditions. ....................................................................................................... 3-5 3.19 Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. ..............................................................................3-6 3.20 Marking and Signs for Access Routes..........................................................................3-6 3.21 Hazard Marking and Lighting.......................................................................................3-6 3.22 Work Zone Lighting for Nighttime Construction.........................................................3-6 3.23 Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. .......................................................3-7 3.24 Other Limitations on Construction. ..............................................................................3-7 Appendix A. Related Reading Material................................................................................A-1 Appendix B. Terms and Acronyms........................................................................................B-1 Appendix C. Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist.................................................................. C-1 Appendix D. Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist...............................D-1 Appendix E. Sample Operational Effects Table....................................................................E-1 Appendix F. Orange Construction Signs...............................................................................F-1 iv 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G FIGURES Number Page Figure 2-1. Temporary Partially Closed Runway........................................................................2-9 Figure 2-2. Temporary Displaced Threshold.............................................................................2-10 Figure 2-3. Markings for a Temporarily Closed Runway..........................................................2-21 Figure 2-4. Temporary Taxiway Closure...................................................................................2-22 Figure 2-5. Temporary Outboard White Threshold Bars and Yellow Arrowheads ..................2-24 -- Figure 2-6. Lighted X in Daytime..............................................................................................2-26 Figure 2-7. Lighted X at Night...................................................................................................2-26 Figure 2-8. Interlocking Barricades...........................................................................................2-31 Figure 2-9. Low Profile Barricades ...........................................................................................2-32 FigureE-1. Phase I Example .......................................................................................................E-1 FigureE-2. Phase II Example......................................................................................................E-2 Figure E-3. Phase III Example.....................................................................................................E-3 Figure F-1. Approved Sign Legends............................................................................................F-1 Figure F-2. Orange Construction Sign Example 1.......................................................................F-2 Figure F-3. Orange Construction Sign Example 2.......................................................................F-3 TABLES Number Page TableA-1. FAA Publications .....................................................................................................A-1 Table A-2. Code of Federal Regulation......................................................................................A-3 Table B-1 Terms and Acronyms B-1 TableC-1. CSPP Checklist......................................................................................................... C-1 Table D-1. Potentially Hazardous Conditions............................................................................D-1 Table E-1. Operational Effects Table ..........................................................................................E-4 Table E-2. Runway and Taxiway Edge Protection......................................................................E-6 Table E-3. Protection Prior to Runway Threshold.......................................................................E-7 v f 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G I L Page Intentionally Blank I 4• 4.. L i i i L i L vi f 6. 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G CHAPTER 1. PLANNING AN AIRFIELD CONSTRUCTION PROJECT 1.1 Overview. Airports are complex environments, and procedures and conditions associated with construction activities often affect aircraft operations and can jeopardize operational safety. Safety considerations are paramount and may make operational impacts unavoidable. However, careful planning, scheduling, and coordination of construction —` activities can minimize disruption of normal aircraft operations and avoid situations that compromise the airport's operational safety. The airport operator must understand how construction activities and aircraft operations affect one another to be able to develop an effective plan to complete the project. While the guidance in this AC is primarily used for construction operations,the concepts, methods and procedures described may also enhance the day-to-day airport maintenance operations, such as lighting maintenance and snow removal operations. 1.2 Plan for Safety. Safety, maintaining aircraft operations, and construction costs are all interrelated. Since safety must not be compromised,the airport operator must strike a balance between maintaining aircraft operations and construction costs. This balance will vary widely depending on the operational needs and resources of the airport and will require early coordination with airport users and the FAA. As the project design progresses, the necessary construction locations, activities, and associated costs will be identified and y their impact to airport operations must be assessed. Adjustments are made to the proposed construction activities, often by phasing the project, and/or to airport operations to maintain operational safety. This planning effort will ultimately result in a project Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). The development of the CSPP takes place through the following five steps: 1.2.1 Identify Affected Areas. Aft The airport operator must determine the geographic areas on the airport affected by the construction project. Some, such as a runway extension, will be defined by the project. Others may be variable, such as the location of haul routes and material stockpiles. 1.2.2 Describe Current Operations. Identify the normal airport operations in each affected area for each phase of the project. -� This becomes the baseline from which the impact on operations by construction activities can be measured. This should include a narrative of the typical users and aircraft operating within the affected areas. It should also include information related to airport operations: the Aircraft Approach Category(AAC) and Airplane Design Group (ADG) of the airplanes that operate on each runway; the ADG and Taxiway Design Group (TDG)1 for each affected taxiway; designated approach visibility minimums; ' Find Taxiway Design Group information in AC 15015300-13,Airport Design. 1-1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G available approach and departure procedures; most demanding aircraft; declared distances; available air traffic control services; airport Surface Movement Guidance and Control System(SMGCS)plan; and others. The applicable seasons, days and times for certain operations should also be identified as applicable. 1.2.3 Allow for Temporary Changes to Operations. To the extent practical, current airport operations should be maintained during the construction. In consultation with airport users, Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF)personnel, and FAA Air Traffic Organization(ATO)personnel,the airport operator should identify and prioritize the airport's most important operations. The construction activities should be planned,through project phasing if necessary, to safely accommodate these operations. When the construction activities cannot be adjusted to safely maintain current operations, regardless of their importance, then the operations -- must be revised accordingly. Allowable changes include temporary revisions to approach procedures, restricting certain aircraft to specific runways and taxiways, suspension of certain operations, decreased weights for some aircraft due to shortened runways, and other changes. An example of a table showing temporary operations versus current operations is shown in Appendix E. 1.2.4 Take Required Measures to Revise Operations. Once the level and type of aircraft operations to be maintained are identified,the airport operator must determine the measures required to safely conduct the planned operations during the construction. These measures will result in associated costs, which can be broadly interpreted to include not only direct construction costs, but also loss of revenue from impacted operations. Analysis of costs may indicate a need to reevaluate allowable changes to operations. As aircraft operations and allowable changes will vary widely among airports,this AC presents general guidance on those subjects. 1.2.5 Manage Safety Risk.The FAA is committed to incorporating proactive safety risk management(SRM)tools into its decision-making processes. FAA Order 5200.11, FAA Airports (ARP) Safety Management System (SMS), requires the FAA to conduct a Safety Assessment for certain triggering actions. Certain airport projects may require the airport operator to provide a Project Proposal Summary to help the FAA determine whether a Safety Assessment is required prior to FAA approval of the CSPP. The airport operator must coordinate with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office early in the development of the CSPP to determine the need for a Safety Risk Assessment. If the FAA requires an assessment,the airport operator must at a minimum: 1. Notify the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office during the project "scope development"phase of any project requiring a CSPP. 2. Provide documents identified by the FAA as necessary to conduct SRM. 3. Participate in the SRM process for airport projects. 4. Provide a representative to participate on the SRM panel. 1-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G `1 5. Ensure that all applicable SRM identified risks elements are recorded and mitigated within the CSPP. 1.3 Develop a Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). Development of an effective CSPP will require familiarity with many other documents referenced throughout this AC. See Appendix A for a list of related reading material. 1.3.1 List Requirements. A CSPP must be developed for each on-airfield construction project funded by the _ Airport Improvement Program(AIP) or located on an airport certificated under Part 139. For on-airfield construction projects at Part 139 airports funded without AIP funds, the preparation of a CSPP represents an acceptable method the certificate holder may use to meet Part 139 requirements during airfield construction activity. As per FAA Order 5200.11, projects that require Safety Assessments do not include construction, rehabilitation, or change of any facility that is entirely outside the air operations area, does not involve any expansion of the facility envelope and does not involve construction equipment, haul routes or placement of material in locations that require access to the air operations area, increase the facility envelope, or impact line-of-sight. ..� Such facilities may include passenger terminals and parking or other structures. However, extraordinary circumstances may trigger the need for a Safety Assessment and a CSPP. The CSPP is subject to subsequent review and approval under the FAA's ... Safety Risk Management procedures (see paragraph 1.2.5). 1.3.2 Prepare a Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD). The Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD) details how the contractor will comply with the CSPP. Also, it will not be possible to determine all safety plan details (for example specific hazard equipment and lighting, contractor's points of contact, -* construction equipment heights) during the development of the CSPP. The successful contractor must define such details by preparing an SPCD that the airport operator reviews for approval prior to issuance of a notice-to-proceed. The SPCD is a subset of the CSPP, similar to how a shop drawing review is a subset to the technical specifications. 1.3.3 Assume Responsibility for the CSPP. The airport operator is responsible for establishing and enforcing the CSPP. The airport operator may use the services of an engineering consultant to help develop the CSPP. However,writing the CSPP cannot be delegated to the construction contractor. Only those details the airport operator determines cannot be addressed before contract award are developed by the contractor and submitted for approval as the SPCD. The SPCD does not restate nor propose differences to provisions already addressed in the CSPP. 1-3 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 1.4 Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction? 1.4.1 Establish a Safety Culture. Everyone has a role in operational safety on airports during construction: the airport operator,the airport's consultants,the construction contractor and subcontractors, airport users, airport tenants, ARFF personnel, Air Traffic personnel, including Technical Operations personnel, FAA Airports Division personnel, and others, such as military personnel at any airport supporting military operations (e.g. national guard or a joint use facility). Close communication and coordination between all affected parties is the key to maintaining safe operations. Such communication and coordination should start at the project scoping meeting and continue through the completion of the project. The airport operator and contractor should conduct onsite safety inspections throughout the project and immediately remedy any deficiencies, whether caused by negligence, oversight, or project scope change. 1.4.2 Assess Airport Operator's Responsibilities. �- An airport operator has overall responsibility for all activities on an airport, including construction. This includes the predesign, design, preconstruction, construction, and inspection phases. Additional information on the responsibilities listed below can be found throughout this AC. The airport operator must: 1-4 I 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G "t +, 1.4.2.1 Develop a CSPP that complies with the safety guidelines of Chapter 2, Construction Safety and Phasing Plans, and Chapter 3, Guidelines for Writing a CSPP. The airport operator may develop the CSPP internally or have a consultant develop the CSPP for approval by the airport operator. For tenant sponsored projects, approve a CSPP developed by the tenant or its consultant. 1.4.2.2 Require, review and approve the SPCD by the contractor that indicates how it will comply with the CSPP and provides details that cannot be determined before contract award. i 1.4.2.3 Convene a preconstruction meeting with the construction contractor, consultant, airport employees and, if appropriate, tenant sponsor and other tenants to review and discuss project safety before beginning construction activity. The appropriate FAA representatives should be invited to attend the meeting. See AC 150/5370-12, Quality Management for Federally Funded Airport Construction Projects. (Note "FAA"refers to the Airports Regional or District Office,the Air Traffic Organization, Flight Standards Service, and other offices that support airport operations, flight regulations, and construction/environmental policies.) 1.4.2.4 Ensure contact information is accurate for each representative/point of contact identified in the CSPP and SPCD. 1.4.2.5 Hold weekly or, if necessary, daily safety meetings with all affected parties to coordinate activities. 1.4.2.6 Notify users,ARFF personnel, and FAA ATO personnel of construction and conditions that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport via Notices to Airmen(NOTAM) and other methods, as appropriate. Convene a meeting for review and discussion if necessary. 1.4.2.7 Ensure construction personnel know applicable airport procedures and changes to those procedures that may affect their work. 1.4.2.8 Ensure that all temporary construction signs are located per the scheduled list for each phase of the project. 1.4.2.9 Ensure construction contractors and subcontractors undergo training required by the CSPP and SPCD. 1.4.2.10 Ensure vehicle and pedestrian operations addressed in the CSPP and SPCD are coordinated with airport tenants,the airport traffic control tower (ATCT), and construction contractors. 1.4.2.11 At certificated airports, ensure each CSPP and SPCD is consistent with Part 139. 1-5 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 1.4.2.12 Conduct inspections sufficiently frequently to ensure construction ., contractors and tenants comply with the CSPP and SPCD and that there are no altered construction activities that could create potential safety hazards. 1.4.2.13 Take immediate action to resolve safety deficiencies. 1.4.2.14 At airports subject to 49 CFR Part 1542,Airport Security, ensure construction access complies with the security requirements of that regulation. 1.4.2.15 Notify appropriate parties when conditions exist that invoke provisions of the CSPP and SPCD (for example, implementation of low-visibility , operations). 1.4.2.16 Ensure prompt submittal of a Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration(Form 7460-1) for conducting an aeronautical study of potential obstructions such as tall equipment(cranes, concrete pumps, other), stock piles, and haul routes. A separate form may be filed for each potential obstruction, or one form may be filed describing the entire construction area and maximum equipment height. In the latter case, a separate form must be filed for any object beyond or higher than the originally evaluated area/height. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency at https:Hoeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/extemal/portal.isp. The appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office can provide assistance in determining which objects require an aeronautical study. 1.4.2.17 Ensure prompt transmission of the Airport Sponsor Strategic Event Submission, FAA Form 6000-26, located at https:Hoeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/external/content/AIRPORT SPONSOR STR ATEGIC EVENT_SUBMISSION_FORM.pdf,to assure proper coordination for NAS Strategic Interruption per Service Level Agreement with ATO. 1.4.2.18 Promptly notify the FAA Airports Regional or District Office of any proposed changes to the CSPP prior to implementation of the change. Changes to the CSPP require review and approval by the airport operator and the FAA. The FAA Airports Regional or District office will determine if further coordination within the FAA is needed. Coordinate with - appropriate local and other federal government agencies, such as Environmental Protection Agency(EPA), Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA), Transportation Security Administration(TSA), and the state environmental agency. �- 1.4.3 Define Construction Contractor's Responsibilities. The contractor is responsible for complying with the CSPP and SPCD. The contractor must: 1-6 low 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 1.4.3.1 Submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD)to the airport operator describing how it will comply with the requirements of the CSPP and supply any details that could not be determined before contract award. The SPCD must include a certification statement by the contractor, indicating an understanding of the operational safety requirements of the CSPP and the assertion of compliance with the approved CSPP and SPCD unless written approval is granted by the airport operator. Any construction practice proposed by the contractor that does not conform to the CSPP and SPCD may impact the airport's operational safety and will require a revision to the CSPP and SPCD and re-coordination with the airport operator and the FAA in advance. 1.4.3.2 Have available at all times copies of the CSPP and SPCD for reference by the airport operator and its representatives, and by subcontractors and contractor employees. 1.4.3.3 Ensure that construction personnel are familiar with safety procedures and regulations on the airport. Provide a point of contact who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction-related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. Many projects will require 24-hour coverage. 1.4.3.4 Identify in the SPCD the contractor's on-site employees responsible for monitoring compliance with the CSPP and SPCD during construction. At least one of these employees must be on-site when active construction is taking place. 1.4.3.5 Conduct sufficient inspections to ensure construction personnel comply with the CSPP and SPCD and that there are no altered construction activities that could create potential safety hazards. 1.4.3.6 Restrict movement of construction vehicles and personnel to permitted construction areas by flagging,barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate, and as specified in the CSPP and SPCD. 1.4.3.7 Ensure that no contractor employees, employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or other persons enter any part of the air operations area(AOA) from the construction site unless authorized. 1.4.3.8 Ensure prompt submittal through the airport operator of Form 7460-1 for the purpose of conducting an aeronautical study of contractor equipment such as tall equipment (cranes, concrete pumps, and other equipment), stock piles, and haul routes when different from cases previously filed by the airport operator. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency at https://oeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/extemal/portal.isp. 1-7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 1.4.3.9 Ensure that all necessary safety mitigations are understood by all parties involved, and any special requirements of each construction phase will be fulfilled per the approved timeframe. 1.4.3.10 Participate in pre-construction meetings to review construction limits, safety mitigations,NOTAMs, and understand all special airport operational needs during each phase of the project. �. 1.4.4 Define Tenant's Responsibilities. If planning construction activities on leased property,Airport tenants, such as airline ... operators, fixed base operators, and FAA ATO/Technical Operations sponsoring construction are strongly encouraged to: 1. Develop, or have a consultant develop, a project specific CSPP and submit it to the airport operator. The airport operator may forgo a complete CSPP submittal and instead incorporate appropriate operational safety principles and measures addressed in the advisory circular within their tenant lease agreements. 2. In coordination with its contractor, develop an SPCD and submit it to the airport operator for approval issued prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed. •- 3. Ensure that construction personnel are familiar with safety procedures and regulations on the airport during all phases of the construction. 4. Provide a point of contact of who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction-related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of i the airport. •� 5. Identify in the SPCD the contractor's on-site employees responsible for monitoring compliance with the CSPP and SPCD during construction. At least one of these employees must be on-site when active construction is taking place. 6. Ensure that no tenant or contractor employees, employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or any other persons enter any part of the AOA from the construction site �.. unless authorized. 7. Restrict movement of construction vehicles to construction areas by flagging and barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate, as specified in the CSPP and SPCD. - 8. Ensure prompt submittal through the airport operator of Form 7460-1 for conducting an aeronautical study of contractor equipment such as tall equipment (cranes, concrete pumps, other), stock piles, and haul routes. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency at https:Hoeaaa.faa.gov/oeaaa/extemal/l)ortal.isp. 9. Participate in pre-construction meetings to review construction limits, safety mitigations,NOTAMs, and understand all special airport operational needs during each phase of the project. 1-8 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G "1 i. CHAPTER 2. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND PHASING PLANS 2.1 Overview. Aviation safety is the primary consideration at airports, especially during construction. The airport operator's CSPP and the contractor's Safety Plan Compliance Document (SPCD) are the primary tools to ensure safety compliance when coordinating construction activities with airport operations. These documents identify all aspects of the construction project that pose a potential safety hazard to airport operations and outline respective mitigation procedures for each hazard. They must provide information necessary for the Airport Operations department to conduct airfield inspections and expeditiously identify and correct unsafe conditions during construction. All aviation safety provisions included within the project drawings, contract specifications, and other related documents must also be reflected in the CSPP and SPCD. 2.2 Assume Responsibility. Operational safety on the airport remains the airport operator's responsibility at all times. The airport operator must develop, certify, and submit for FAA approval each CSPP. It is the airport operator's responsibility to apply the requirements of the FAA approved CSPP. The airport operator must revise the CSPP when conditions warrant changes and must submit the revised CSPP to the FAA for approval. The airport operator must also require and approve a SPCD from the project contractor. 2.3 Submit the CSPP. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans should be developed concurrently with the project design. Milestone versions of the CSPP should be submitted for review and approval as follows. While these milestones are not mandatory, early submission will help to avoid delays. Submittals are preferred in 8.5 X 11 inch or 11 X 17 inch format for compatibility with the FAA's Obstruction Evaluation/Airport Airspace Analysis (OE/AAA)process. 2.3.1 Submit an Outline/Draft. By the time approximately 25%to 30%of the project design is completed, the principal elements of the CSPP should be established. Airport operators are encouraged to submit an outline or draft, detailing all CSPP provisions developed to date,to the FAA for review at this stage of the project design. .., 2.3.2 Submit a CSPP. l The CSPP should be formally submitted for FAA approval when the project design is 80 percent to 90 percent complete. Since provisions in the CSPP will influence contract "1 costs, it is important to obtain FAA approval in time to include all such provisions in the procurement contract. 2-1 r 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G �- i 2.3.3 Submit an SPCD. The contractor should submit the SPCD to the airport operator for approval-to be issued prior to the Notice to Proceed. 2.3.4 Submit CSPP Revisions. All revisions to a previously approved CSPP must be re-submitted to the FAA for review and approval/disapproval action. 2.4 Meet CSPP Requirements. 2.4.1 To the extent possible, the CSPP should address the following as outlined in Cha tp er 3, Guidelines for Writing a CSPP. Details that cannot be determined at this stage are to be -- included in the SPCD. 1. Coordination. a. Contractor progress meetings. b. Scope or schedule changes. c. FAA ATO coordination. 2. Phasing. a. Phase elements. b. Construction safety drawings. 3. Areas and operations affected by the construction activity. _ a. Identification of affected areas. b. Mitigation of effects. 4. Protection of navigation aids (NAVAIDs). 5. Contractor access. a. Location of stockpiled construction materials. b. Vehicle and pedestrian operations. 6. Wildlife management. a. Trash. ._ b. Standing water. c. Tall grass and seeds. d. Poorly maintained fencing and gates. e. Disruption of existing wildlife habitat. 7. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) management. - 8. Hazardous materials(HAZMAT) management. 9. Notification of construction activities. 2-2 i 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G '1 a. Maintenance of a list of responsible representatives/points of contact. ..� b. NOTAM. c. Emergency notification procedures. d. Coordination with ARFF Personnel. e. Notification to the FAA. 10. Inspection requirements. a. Daily(or more frequent) inspections. b. Final inspections. 11. Underground utilities. 12. Penalties. 13. Special conditions. 14. Runway and taxiway visual aids. Marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs. a. General. b. Markings. c. Lighting and visual NAVAIDs. d. Signs, temporary, including orange construction signs, and permanent signs. 15. Marking and signs for access routes. 16. Hazard marking and lighting. a. Purpose. b. Equipment. -o. 17. Work zone lighting for nighttime construction(if applicable). 18. Protection of runway and taxiway safety areas, object free areas, obstacle free zones, and approach/departure surfaces. a. Runway Safety Area(RSA). -� b. Runway Object Free Area(ROFA). c. Taxiway Safety Area(TSA). Provide details for any adjustments to Taxiway Safety Area width to allow continued operation of smaller aircraft. See paragraph 2. 22.3. d. Taxiway Object Free Area(TOFA). Provide details for any continued aircraft -� operations while construction occurs within the TOFA. See paragraph 2.22.4. e. Obstacle Free Zone (OFZ). £ Runway approach/departure surfaces. 19. Other limitations on construction. —, a. Prohibitions. "1 2-3 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G b. Restrictions. 2.4.2 The Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD) should include a general statement by the construction contractor that he/she has read and will abide by the CSPP. In addition, the SPCD must include all supplemental information that could not be included in the CSPP prior to the contract award. The contractor statement should include the name of the contractor, the title of the project CSPP,the approval date of the CSPP, and a �. reference to any supplemental information(that is, "I, (Name of Contractor), have read the (Title of Project) CSPP, approved on(Date), and will abide by it as written and with the following additions as noted:"). The supplemental information in the SPCD should be written to match the format of the CSPP indicating each subject by corresponding CSPP subject number and title. If no supplemental information is necessary for any specific subject,the statement, "No supplemental information," should be written after .. the corresponding subject title. The SPCD should not duplicate information in the CSPP: I. Coordination. Discuss details of proposed safety meetings with the airport operator and with contractor employees and subcontractors. - 2. Phasing. Discuss proposed construction schedule elements, including: a. Duration of each phase. b. Daily start and finish of construction, including"night only" construction. c. Duration of construction activities during: i. Normal runway operations. 4_ ii. Closed runway operations. iii. Modified runway"Aircraft Reference Code"usage. 3. Areas and operations affected by the construction activity. These areas and operations should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. 4. Protection of NAVAIDs. Discuss specific methods proposed to protect operating NAVAIDs. 5. Contractor access. Provide the following: a. Details on how the contractor will maintain the integrity of the airport security _ fence (gate guards, daily log of construction personnel, and other). b. Listing of individuals requiring driver training (for certificated airports and as requested). c. Radio communications. i. Types of radios and backup capabilities. •- ii. Who will be monitoring radios. iii. Who to contact if the ATCT cannot reach the contractor's designated person by radio. k 2-4 i r.. 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G d. Details on how the contractor will escort material delivery vehicles. 6. Wildlife management. Discuss the following: a. Methods and procedures to prevent wildlife attraction. b. Wildlife reporting procedures. 7. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) management. Discuss equipment and methods for control of FOD, including construction debris and dust. 8. Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT)management. Discuss equipment and methods for responding to hazardous spills. 9. Notification of construction activities. Provide the following: a. Contractor points of contact. -� b. Contractor emergency contact. c. Listing of tall or other requested equipment proposed for use on the airport and the timeframe for submitting 7460-1 forms not previously submitted by the airport operator. d. Batch plant details, including 7460-1 submittal. 10. Inspection requirements. Discuss daily(or more frequent) inspections and special inspection procedures. -- 11. Underground utilities. Discuss proposed methods of identifying and protecting underground utilities. 12. Penalties. Penalties should be identified in the CSPP and should not i equire an entry in the SPCD. 13. Special conditions. Discuss proposed actions for each special condition identified in the CSPP. 14. Runway and taxiway visual aids. Including marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs. Discuss proposed visual aids including the following: a. Equipment and methods for covering signage and airfield lights. b. Equipment and methods for temporary closure markings (paint, fabric, other). —y c. Temporary orange construction signs. i d. Types of temporary Visual Guidance Slope Indicators (VGSI). i —• 15. Marking and signs for access routes. Discuss proposed methods of demarcating access routes for vehicle drivers. 16. Hazard marking and lighting. Discuss proposed equipment and methods for identifying excavation areas. 17. Work zone lighting for nighttime construction(if applicable). Discuss proposed equipment, locations, aiming, and shielding to prevent interference with air traffic f control and aircraft operations. 4 2-5 i I 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 18. Protection of runway and taxiway safety areas, object free areas, obstacle free _ zones, and approach/departure surfaces. Discuss proposed methods of identifying, demarcating, and protecting airport surfaces including: a. Equipment and methods for maintaining Taxiway Safety Area standards. b. Equipment and methods to ensure the safe passage of aircraft where Taxiway Safety Area or Taxiway Object Free Area standards cannot be maintained. c. Equipment and methods for separation of construction operations from aircraft operations, including details of barricades. 19. Other limitations on construction should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. 2.5 Coordination. Airport operators, or tenants responsible for design, bidding and conducting construction on their leased properties, should ensure at all project developmental stages, such as predesign,prebid, and preconstruction conferences,they capture the subject of airport operational safety during construction(see AC 150/5370-12, Quality .. Management for Federally Funded Airport Construction Projects). In addition,the following should be coordinated as required: 2.5.1 Progress Meetings. Operational safety should be a standing agenda item for discussion during progress meetings throughout the project developmental stages. 2.5.2 Scope or Schedule Changes. Changes in the scope or duration at any of the project stages may require revisions to the CSPP and review and approval by the airport operator and the FAA (see paragraph 1.4.2.17). 2.5.3 FAA ATO Coordination. Early coordination with FAA ATO is highly recommended during the design phase and is required for scheduling Technical Operations shutdowns prior to construction. Coordination is critical to restarts of NAVAID services and to the establishment of any special procedures for the movement of aircraft. Formal agreements between the airport operator and appropriate FAA offices are recommended. All relocation or adjustments to NAVAIDs, or changes to final grades in critical areas, should be coordinated with FAA ATO and may require an FAA flight inspection prior to restarting the facility. Flight inspections must be coordinated and scheduled well in advance of the intended facility restart. Flight inspections may require a reimbursable agreement between the airport operator and FAA ATO. Reimbursable agreements should be coordinated a minimum of 12 months prior to the start of construction. (See paragraph 2.13.5.3.2 for required FAA notification regarding FAA-owned NAVAIDs.) b1W k 2-6 I ° 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.6 Phasing. Once it has been determined what types and levels of airport operations will be maintained, the most efficient sequence of construction may not be feasible. In this case, the sequence of construction may be phased to gain maximum efficiency while allowing for the required operations. The development of the resulting construction phases should be coordinated with local Air Traffic personnel and airport users. The sequenced construction phases established in the CSPP must be incorporated into the project design and must be reflected in the contract drawings and specifications. 2.6.1 Phase Elements. ., For each phase the CSPP should detail: • Areas closed to aircraft operations. • Duration of closures. + • Taxi routes and/or areas of reduced TSA and TOFA to reflect reduced ADG use. .� • ARFF access routes. • Construction staging, disposal, and cleanout areas. • Construction access and haul routes. • Impacts to NAVAIDs. —, • Lighting, marking, and signing changes. • Available runway length and/or reduced RSA and ROFA to reflect reduced ADG use. • Declared distances (if applicable). • Required hazard marking, lighting, and signing. • Work zone lighting for nighttime construction(if applicable). • Lead times for required notifications. 2.6.2 Construction Safety Drawings. Drawings specifically indicating operational safety procedures and methods in affected areas (i.e., construction safety drawings) should be developed for each construction phase. Such drawings should be included in the CSPP as referenced attachments and should also be included in the contract drawing package. 2.7 Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity. Runways and taxiways should remain in use by aircraft to the maximum extent possible i without compromising safety. Pre-meetings with the FAA ATO will support operational -. simulations. See Appendix E for an example of a table showing temporary operations versus current operations. The tables in Appendix E can be useful for coordination among all interested parties, including FAA Lines of Business. 2-7 `1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.7.1 Identification of Affected Areas. Identifying areas and operations affected by the construction helps to determine possible safety problems. The affected areas should be identified in the construction safety drawings for each construction phase. (See paragraph 2.6.2.) Of particular concern are: 2.7.1.1 Closing, or Partial Closing, of Runways, Taxiways and Aprons, and M Displaced Thresholds. When a runway is partially closed, a portion of the pavement is unavailable for any aircraft operation, meaning taxiing, landing, or takeoff in either direction on that pavement is prohibited. A displaced threshold, by contrast, is established to ensure obstacle clearance and adequate safety area for landing aircraft. The pavement prior to the displaced threshold is low normally available for take-off in the direction of the displacement and for landing and takeoff in the opposite direction. Misunderstanding this difference, may result in issuance of an inaccurate NOTAM, and can lead to a hazardous condition. 2.7.1.1.1 Partially Closed Runways. The temporarily closed portion of a partially closed runway will generally extend from the threshold to a taxiway that may be used for entering and exiting the runway. If the closed portion extends to a point between taxiways,pilots will have to back-taxi on the runway, which is an undesirable operation. See Figure 2-1 for a desirable configuration. 2.7.1.1.2 Displaced Thresholds. Since the portion of the runway pavement between the permanent threshold and a standard displaced threshold is available for takeoff and for landing in the opposite direction,the temporary displaced threshold need not be located at an entrance/exit taxiway. See Figure 2-2. ... 2.7.1.2 Closing of aircraft rescue and fire fighting access routes. 2.7.1.3 Closing of access routes used by airport and airline support vehicles. 2.7.1.4 Interruption of utilities, including water supplies for fire fighting. 2.7.1.5 Approach/departure surfaces affected by heights of objects. 2.7.1.6 Construction areas, storage areas, and access routes near runways, taxiways, aprons, or helipads. 2-8 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 1 Figure 2-1. Temporary Partially Closed Runway CHANGE LENSES AS NECESSARY OBLITERATE AIMING POINT MARKING c USE DECLARED DISTANCES TO PROVIDE RSA COVER DISTANCE __ AND CLEAR REMAINING SIGN APPROACH AND IN THIS DIRECTION _ DEPARTURE SURFACE INSTALL SIGN AT _ BOTH ENDS OF THE RUNWAY(OPTIONAL) E =I O9L9 3-18V I1 dAV Nna 3303NVi Z WA l INSTALL TEMPORARY RUNWAY DESIGNATION 1101 AND THRESHOLD BAR OBLITERATE TAXIWAY CENTERLINE MARKINGS _ TO CLOSED AREAS )/ INSTALL TEMPORARY RUNWAY THRESHOLD/END LIGHTING NSTALLTEMPORARY - TAXIWAY CLOSED MARKING INSTALL TEMPORARY REIL (OPTIONAL) BLAST FENCE TO PROTECT RUNWAY SAFETY _ CONSTRUCTION ZONE(MAY AREA EXTENDS BE REQUIRED).IF BLAST _OBLITERATE REQUIRED DISTANCE FENCE IS NOT USED,INSTALL TOUCHDOWN PRIOR LOW PROFILE BARRICADES ZONE MARKING THRESHOLD INSTALL TEMPORARY LOW PROFILE BARRICADES CHEVRONS WITH FLASHERS SEE NOTE 1 0 OBLITERATE RUNWAY DESIGNATION AND CENTERLINE MARKINGS I DISCONNECT/COVER NOTES: TAXIWAY DIRECTION 1.PLACE LOW PROFILE BARRICADES AT SIGNS ALL ACCESS POINTS TO CLOSED SECTION OF RUNWAY. 2.THIS FIGURE IS A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION AND NOT INTENDED FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES.REFER TO THE APPLICABLE ACs FOR GUIDANCE. 3.THIS FIGURE DEPICTS A TYPICAL �. TEMPORARY PARTIALLY CLOSED RUNWAY.THE ACTUAL TEMPORARY MEASURES WILL VARY PER EACH SPECIFIC SITUATION. '�C t. 4.DISCONNECT/COVER LIGHTS IN CLOSED O C. _.... _ I AREAS. DISCONNECT/COVER ' i 5.DURING CONSTRUCTION VAST AND PAPI TAXIWAY DIRECTION SYSTEMS SHOULD BE TAKEN OUT OF SIGN SERVICE. r CONSTRUCTION AREA +� DISCONNECT LIGHTS(TYPICAL) �J OBLITERATE THRESHOLD MARKINGS NOT TO SCALE 2-9 I 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G - Figure 2-2. Temporary Displaced Threshold OBLITERATE AIMING POINT MARKING s • INSTALL TEMPORARY RUNWAY DESIGNATION, ARROWHEADS AND DISPLACED THRESHOLD BAR • USE DECLARED DISTANCES INSTALL TEMPORARY - TO PROVIDE RUNWAY THRESHOLD LIGHTING RSA AND CLEAR (INBOARD LIGHT IS YELLOW(GREEN, INSTALL APPROACH/DEPARTURE ALL OTHERS ARE BLANK/GREEN) TEMPORARY SURFACE 2 REIL(OPTIONAL) INSTALL TEMPORARY • G G G w -m- - ARROWS TO EXISTING CENTERLINE MARKING, SEE NOTE 99 OBLITERATE TOUCHDOWN ZONE TURN CENTERLINE LIGHTS AND CENTERLINE OFF IF DISPLACEMENT OF MARKING THRESHOLD IS MORE THAN 700' OBLITERATE RUNWAY DESIGNATION MARKING CHANGE EXISTING LIGHTS TO YELLOW/RED RUNWAY SAFETY AREA EXTENDS p: REQUIRED DISTANCE PRIOR TO '6 THRESHOLD OBLITERATE .... THRESHOLD MARKINGS •!�• •*• Q INSTALL RED/RED LIGHTS NOTES: 1.THIS FIGURE IS A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION 2 �� BLAST FENCE OUTSIDE AND NOT INTENDED FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES. CONSTRUCTION AREA REFER TO THE APPLICABLE ACs FOR GUIDANCE. { ti TOFA TO R PROTECT t � CONSTRUCTION ZONE 2.THIS FIGURE DIPICTS A TYPICAL TEMPORARY (MAY BE REQUIRED) DISPLACED THRESHOLD.THE ACTUAL TEMPORARY MEASURES WILL VARY PER EACH SPECIFIC SITUATION. NOT TO SCALE 3.DURING CONSTRUCTION VASI AND PAPI SYSTEMS SHOULD BE TAKEN OUT OF SERVICE. Note: See paragraph 2.18.2.5. 2-10 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G "1 2.7.2 Mitigation of Effects. Establishment of specific procedures is necessary to maintain the safety and efficiency of airport operations. The CSPP must address: 2.7.2.1 Temporary changes to runway and/or taxi operations. 2.7.2.2 Detours for ARFF and other airport vehicles. 2.7.2.3 Maintenance of essential utilities. 2.7.2.4 Temporary changes to air traffic control procedures. Such changes must be coordinated with the ATO. 2.8 Navigation Aid (NAVAID) Protection. Before commencing construction activity,parking vehicles, or storing construction equipment and materials near a NAVAID, coordinate with the appropriate FAA ATO/Technical Operations office to evaluate the effect of construction activity and the required distance and direction from the NAVAID. (See paragraph 2.13.5.3.) Construction activities, materials/equipment storage, and vehicle parking near electronic NAVAIDs require special consideration since they may interfere with signals essential to air navigation. If any NAVAID may be affected, the CSPP and SPCD must show an understanding of the "critical area"associated with each NAVAID and describe how it will be protected. Where applicable,the operational critical areas of NAVAIDs should be graphically delineated on the project drawings. Pay particular attention to stockpiling material, as well as to movement and parking of equipment that may interfere with line of sight from the ATCT or with electronic emissions. Interference from construction equipment and activities may require NAVAID shutdown or adjustment of instrument approach minimums for low visibility operations. This condition requires that a NOTAM be filed(see paragraph 2.13.2). Construction activities and materials/equipment storage near a NAVAID must not obstruct access to the equipment and instruments for maintenance. Submittal of a 7460-1 form is required for construction vehicles operating near FAA NAVAIDs. (See paragraph 2.13.5.3.) 2.9 Contractor Access. The CSPP must detail the areas to which the contractor must have access, and explain how contractor personnel will access those areas. Specifically address: I 2.9.1 Location of Stockpiled Construction Materials. 7 Stockpiled materials and equipment storage are not permitted within the RSA and OFZ, and if possible should not be permitted within the Object Free Area(OFA) of an operational runway. Stockpiling material in the OFA requires submittal of a 7460-1 ..� form and justification provided to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office for approval. The airport operator must ensure that stockpiled materials and I equipment adjacent to these areas are prominently marked and lighted during hours of --� restricted visibility or darkness. (See paragraph 2.18.2.) This includes determining and 2-11 7 i 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G verifying that materials are stabilized and stored at an approved location so as not to be a hazard to aircraft operations and to prevent attraction of wildlife and foreign object damage from blowing or tracked material. See paragraphs 2.10 and 2.11. 2.9.2 Vehicle and Pedestrian Operations. The CSPP should include specific vehicle and pedestrian requirements. Vehicle and pedestrian access routes for airport construction projects must be controlled to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized entry of persons, vehicles, or animals onto the AOA. The airport operator should coordinate requirements for vehicle operations with airport tenants, contractors, and the FAA air traffic manager. In regard to vehicle and pedestrian operations,the CSPP should include the following, with associated training requirements: 2.9.2.1 Construction Site Parking. Designate in advance vehicle parking areas for contractor employees to prevent any unauthorized entry of persons or vehicles onto the AOA. These areas should provide reasonable contractor employee access to the job site. 2.9.2.2 Construction Equipment Parking. Contractor employees must park and service all construction vehicles in an area designated by the airport operator outside the OFZ and never in the safety area of an active runway or taxiway. Unless a complex setup procedure makes movement of specialized equipment infeasible, inactive equipment must not be parked on a closed taxiway or runway. If it is necessary to leave specialized equipment on a closed taxiway or runway at night, the equipment must be well lighted. Employees should also park .. construction vehicles outside the OFA when not in use by construction personnel (for example, overnight, on weekends, or during other periods when construction is not active). Parking areas must not obstruct the clear ` line of sight by the ATCT to any taxiways or runways under air traffic control nor obstruct any runway visual aids, signs, or navigation aids. The FAA must also study those areas to determine effects on airport design criteria, surfaces established by 14 CFR Part 77, Safe, Efficient Use, and Preservation of the Navigable Airspace (Part 77), and on NAVAIDs and Instrument Approach Procedures (IAP). See paragraph 2.13.1 for further information. 2.9.2.3 Access and Haul Roads. Determine the construction contractor's access to the construction sites and haul roads. Do not permit the construction contractor to use any access or haul roads other than those approved. Access routes used by contractor vehicles must be clearly marked to prevent inadvertent entry to areas open to airport operations. Pay special attention to ensure that if construction traffic is to share or cross any ARFF routes that ARFF right of way is not impeded at any time, and that construction traffic on haul 2-12 j 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G roads does not interfere with NAVAIDs or approach surfaces of operational runways. Address whether access gates will be blocked or inoperative or if a rally point will be blocked or inaccessible. 2.9.2.4 Marking and lighting of vehicles in accordance with AC 150/5210-5, Painting, Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport. 2.9.2.5 Description of proper vehicle operations on various areas under normal, lost communications, and emergency conditions. 2.9.2.6 Required escorts. 2.9.2.7 Training Requirements for Vehicle Drivers to Ensure Compliance with the Airport Operator's Vehicle Rules and Regulations. Specific training should be provided to vehicle operators, including those providing escorts. See AC 150/5210-20, Ground Vehicle Operations on Airports, for information on training and records maintenance requirements. 2.9.2.8 Situational Awareness. Vehicle drivers must confirm by personal observation that no aircraft is approaching their position(either in the air or on the ground)when given clearance to cross a runway,taxiway, or any other area open to airport operations. In addition, it is the responsibility of the escort vehicle driver to verify the movement/position of all escorted vehicles at any given time. At non-towered airports, all aircraft movements and flight operations rely on aircraft operators to self-report their positions and intentions. However, there is no requirement for an aircraft to have radio communications. Because aircraft do not always broadcast their positions or intentions, visual checking, radio monitoring, and situational awareness of the surroundings is critical to safety. 2.9.2.9 Two-Way Radio Communication Procedures. 2.9.2.9.1 General. The airport operator must ensure that tenant and construction contractor personnel engaged in activities involving unescorted operation on aircraft movement areas observe the proper procedures for communications, including using appropriate radio frequencies at airports with and without ATCT. When operating vehicles on or near open runways or taxiways, construction personnel must understand the critical importance of maintaining radio contact, as directed by the airport operator, with: 1. Airport operations 2. ATCT 2-13 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 3. Common Traffic Advisory Frequency (CTAF), which may include UNICOM, MULTICOM. 4. Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS). This frequency isti useful for monitoring conditions on the airport. Local air traffic will broadcast information regarding construction related runway closures and"shortened"runways on the ATIS frequency. 2.9.2.9.2 Areas Requiring Two-Way Radio Communication with the ATCT. Vehicular traffic crossing active movement areas must be controlled either by two-way radio with the ATCT, escort, flagman, signal light, or other means appropriate for the particular airport. 2.9.2.9.3 Frequencies to be Used. `~ The airport operator will specify the frequencies to be used by the contractor, which may include the CTAF for monitoring of aircraft operations. Frequencies may also be assigned by the airport operator for other communications, including any radio frequency in compliance with Federal Communications Commission requirements. At airports with an ATCT,the airport operator will specify the frequency assigned by the ATCT to be used between contractor vehicles and the ATCT. 2.9.2.9.4 Proper radio usage, including read back requirements. 2.9.2.9.5 Proper phraseology, including the International Phonetic Alphabet. 2.9.2.9.6 Light Gun Signals. Even though radio communication is maintained, escort vehicle drivers must also familiarize themselves with ATCT light gun signals in the event of radio failure. See the FAA safety placard"Ground Vehicle Guide to Airport Signs and Markings." This safety placard may be downloaded through the Runway Safety Program Web site at http://www.faa.gov/airports/runway safety/publications/(see"Signs & Markings Vehicle Dashboard Sticker") or obtained from the FAA Airports �.. Regional Office. 2.9.2.10 Maintenance of the secured area of the airport, including: k.. 2.9.2.10.1 Fencing and Gates. Airport operators and contractors must take care to maintain security during construction when access points are created in the security fencing to permit the passage of construction vehicles or personnel. Temporary gates should be equipped so they can be securely closed and locked to prevent access by animals and unauthorized people. Procedures should be in place to ensure that only authorized persons and vehicles have access to the AOA and to prohibit"piggybacking"behind another person or vehicle. The Department of Transportation(DOT)document DOT/FAA/AR- 2-14 a 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G '1 00/52, Recommended Security Guidelines for Airport Planning and Construction, provides more specific information on fencing. A copy of this document can be obtained from the Airport Consultants Council, Airports Council International, or American Association of Airport Executives. 2.9.2.10.2 Badging Requirements. Airports subject to 49 CFR Part 1542,Airport Security, must meet standards for access control, movement of ground vehicles, and identification of construction contractor and tenant personnel. 2.10 Wildlife Management. The CSPP and SPCD must be in accordance with the airport operator's wildlife hazard management plan, if applicable. See AC 150/5200-33,Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near Airports, and CertAlert 98-05, Grasses Attractive to Hazardous Wildlife. Construction contractors must carefully control and continuously remove waste or loose materials that might attract wildlife. Contractor personnel must be aware of and avoid construction activities that can create wildlife hazards on airports, such as: 2.10.1 Trash. Food scraps must be collected from construction personnel activity. 2.10.2 Standing Water. 2.10.3 Tall Grass and Seeds. Requirements for turf establishment can be at odds with requirements for wildlife control. Grass seed is attractive to birds. Lower quality seed mixtures can contain seeds of plants (such as clover)that attract larger wildlife. Seeding should comply with the guidance in AC 150/5370-10,Standards for Specifying Construction of Airports, Item T-901, Seeding. Contact the local office of the United Sates Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service or the State University Agricultural Extension Service (County Agent or equivalent) for assistance and recommendations. These agencies can also provide liming and fertilizer recommendations. 2.10.4 Poorly Maintained Fencing and Gates. See paragraph 2.9.2.10.1. 2.10.5 Disruption of Existing Wildlife Habitat. While this will frequently be unavoidable due to the nature of the project,the CSPP should specify under what circumstances (location, wildlife type) contractor personnel should immediately notify the airport operator of wildlife sightings. 9 � 2-15 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.11 Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management. Waste and loose materials, commonly referred to as FOD, are capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears,propellers, and jet engines. Construction contractors must not leave or place FOD on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials capable of creating FOD must be continuously removed during the construction project. Fencing (other than security fencing) or covers may be necessary to contain material that can be carried by wind into areas where aircraft operate. See AC 150/5210-24, Foreign Object Debris (FOD)Management. 2.12 Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT) Management. Contractors operating construction vehicles and equipment on the airport must be prepared to expeditiously contain and clean-up spills resulting from fuel or hydraulic law fluid leaks. Transport and handling of other hazardous materials on an airport also requires special procedures. See AC 150/5320-15, Management of Airport Industrial Waste. 2.13 Notification of Construction Activities. The CSPP and SPCD must detail procedures for the immediate notification of airport users and the FAA of any conditions adversely affecting the operational safety of the airport. It must address the notification actions described below, as applicable. 2.13.1 List of Responsible Representatives/points of contact for all involved parties, and Imo procedures for contacting each of them, including after hours. 2.13.2 NOTAMs. Only the airport operator may initiate or cancel NOTAMs on airport conditions, and is the only entity that can close or open a runway. The airport operator must coordinate the issuance, maintenance, and cancellation of NOTAMs about airport conditions resulting from construction activities with tenants and the local air traffic facility(control tower, approach control, or air traffic control center), and must either enter the NOTAM into NOTAM Manager, or provide information on closed or hazardous conditions on airport movement areas to the FAA Flight Service Station(FSS) so it can issue a NOTAM. The airport operator must file and maintain a list of authorized representatives with the FSS. Refer to AC 150/5200-28,Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs)for Airport Operators, for a sample NOTAM form. Only the FAA may issue or cancel NOTAMs on shutdown or irregular operation of FAA owned facilities. Any person having reason to believe that a NOTAM is missing, incomplete, or inaccurate must notify the airport operator. See paragraph 2.7.1.1 about issuing NOTAMs for partially closed runways versus runways with displaced thresholds. L. f 2-16 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.13.3 Emergency notification procedures for medical, fire fighting, and police response. 2.13.4 Coordination with ARFF. The CSPP must detail procedures for coordinating through the airport sponsor with ARFF personnel, mutual aid providers, and other emergency services if construction requires: 1. The deactivation and subsequent reactivation of water lines or fire hydrants, or 2. The rerouting, blocking and restoration of emergency access routes, or 3. The use of hazardous materials on the airfield. 2.13.5 Notification to the FAA. 2.13.5.1 Part 77. Any person proposing construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable airspace, as defined in Part 77, must notify the FAA. This includes construction equipment and proposed parking areas for this equipment(i.e., cranes, graders, other equipment) on airports. FAA Form 7460-1,Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration, can be used for this purpose and submitted to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office. See Appendix A to download the form. Further guidance is available on the FAA web site at oeaaa.faa.gov. 2.13.5.2 Part 157. With some exceptions, Title 14 CFR Part 157,Notice of Construction, Alteration, Activation, and Deactivation of Airports, requires that the airport operator notify the FAA in writing whenever a non-Federally funded project involves the construction of a new airport; the construction, realigning, altering, activating, or abandoning of a runway, landing strip, or associated taxiway; or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire _ airport.Notification involves submitting FAA Form 7480-1,Notice of Landing Area Proposal, to the nearest FAA Airports Regional or District Office. See Appendix A to download the form. 2.13.5.3 NAVAIDs. For emergency (short-notice)notification about impacts to both airport owned and FAA owned NAVAIDs, contact: 866-432-2622. 2.13.5.3.1 Airport Owned/FAA Maintained. If construction operations require a shutdown of 24 hours or greater in duration, or more than 4 hours daily on consecutive days, of a NAVAID owned by the airport but maintained by the FAA,provide a 45-day minimum notice to FAA ATO/Technical Operations prior to facility shutdown,using Strategic Event Coordination(SEC)Form 6000.26 contained within FAA Order 6000.15, General Maintenance Handbook for National Airspace System (NAS)Facilities. 2-17 7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.13.5.3.2 FAA Owned. _. 1. The airport operator must notify the appropriate FAA ATO Service Area Planning and Requirements (P&R) Group a minimum of 45 days prior to implementing an event that causes impacts to NAVAIDs, using SEC Form 6000.26. 2. Coordinate work for an FAA owned NAVAID shutdown with the local FAA ATO/Technical Operations office, including any necessary reimbursable agreements and flight checks. Detail procedures that address unanticipated utility outages and cable cuts that could impact �. FAA NAVAIDs. Refer to active Service Level Agreement with ATO for specifics. 2.14 Inspection Requirements. 2.14.1 Daily Inspections. Inspections should be conducted at least daily, but more frequently if necessary to ensure conformance with the CSPP. A sample checklist is provided in Appendix D, �. Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist. See also AC 150/5200-18, Airport Safety Self-Inspection. Airport operators holding a Part 139 certificate are required to conduct self-inspections during unusual conditions, such as construction �. activities,that may affect safe air carrier operations. 2.14.2 Interim Inspections. Inspections should be conducted of all areas to be (re)opened to aircraft traffic to ensure the proper operation of lights and signs, for correct markings, and absence of FOD. The contractor should conduct an inspection of the work area with airport operations personnel. The contractor should ensure that all construction materials have been secured, all pavement surfaces have been swept clean, all transition ramps have been Imp properly constructed, and that surfaces have been appropriately marked for aircraft to operate safely. Only if all items on the list meet with the airport operator's approval should the air traffic control tower be notified to open the area to aircraft operations. The contractor should be required to retain a suitable workforce and the necessary equipment at the work area for any last minute cleanup that may be requested by the airport operator prior to opening the area. 2.14.3 Final Inspections. �. New runways and extended runway closures may require safety inspections at certificated airports prior to allowing air carrier service. Coordinate with the FAA Airport Certification Safety Inspector (ACSI)to determine if a final inspection will be necessary. 2-18 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.15 Underground Utilities. The CSPP and/or SPCD must include procedures for locating and protecting existing underground utilities, cables,wires,pipelines, and other underground facilities in excavation areas. This may involve coordinating with public utilities and FAA ATO/Technical Operations.Note that"One Call" or"Miss Utility" services do not include FAA ATO/Technical Operations. 2.16 Penalties. The CSPP should detail penalty provisions for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations and the safety plans (for example, if a vehicle is involved in a runway incursion). Such penalties typically include rescission of driving privileges or access to the AOA. 2.17 Special Conditions. The CSPP must detail any special conditions that affect the operation of the airport and will require the activation of any special procedures (for example, low-visibility operations, snow removal, aircraft in distress, aircraft accident, security breach, Vehicle /Pedestrian Deviation(VPD)and other activities requiring construction suspension/resumption). 2.18 Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. This includes marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs. The CSPP must ensure that areas where aircraft will be operating are clearly and visibly separated from construction areas, including closed runways. Throughout the duration of the construction project, verify that these areas remain clearly marked and visible at all times and that marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs that are to continue to perform their functions during construction remain in place and operational. Visual NAVAIDs that are not serving their intended function during construction must be -- temporarily disabled, covered, or modified as necessary. The CSPP must address the following, as appropriate: -, 2.18.1 General. Airport markings, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs must be clearly visible to pilots, not misleading, confusing, or deceptive. All must be secured in place to prevent movement by prop wash,jet blast, wing vortices, and other wind currents and constructed of materials that will minimize damage to an aircraft in the event of inadvertent contact. Items used to secure such markings must be of a color similar to the marking. I I { 2.18.2 Markings. During the course of construction projects,temporary pavement markings are often required to allow for aircraft operations during or between work periods. During the design phase of the project,the designer should coordinate with the project manager, 71 2-19 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G airport operations, airport users,the FAA Airports project manager, and Airport Certification Safety Inspector for Part 139 airports to determine minimum temporary markings. The FAA Airports project manager will, wherever a runway is closed, coordinate with the appropriate FAA Flight Standards Office and disseminate findings — to all parties. Where possible,the temporary markings on finish grade pavements should be placed to mirror the dimensions of the final markings. Markings must be in compliance with the standards of AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings, except as noted herein. Runways and runway exit taxiways closed to aircraft operations are marked with a yellow X. The preferred visual aid to depict temporary runway closure is the lighted X signal placed on or near the runway designation numbers. (See paragraph 2.18.2.1.2.) 2.18.2.1 Closed Runways and Taxiways. — 2.18.2.1.1 Permanently Closed Runways. For runways, obliterate the threshold marking, runway designation marking, and touchdown zone markings, and place an X at each end and at 1,000-foot(300 m) intervals. For a multiple runway environment, if the lighted X on a designated number will be located in the RSA of an adjacent active runway, locate the lighted X farther down the closed runway to clear the RSA of the active runway. In addition,the closed runway numbers located in the RSA of an active runway must be marked with a flat yellow X. 2.18.2.1.2 Temporarily Closed Runways. For runways that have been temporarily closed, place an X at each end of the runway directly on or as near as practicable to the runway designation numbers. For a multiple runway environment, if the lighted X on a designated number will be located in the RSA of an adjacent active runway, locate the lighted X farther down the closed runway to clear the RSA of the active runway. In addition,the closed runway numbers located in the RSA of an active runway must be marked with a flat yellow X. See Figure 2-3. See also paragraph 2.18.3.3. 2.18.2.1.3 Partially Closed Runways and Displaced Thresholds. When threshold markings are needed to identify the temporary beginning of the runway that is available for landing,the markings must comply with AC 150/5340-1. An X is not used on a partially closed runway or a runway with a displaced threshold. See paragraph 2.7.1.1 for the difference between partially closed runways and runways with displaced thresholds. Because of the temporary nature of threshold displacement due to construction, it is not necessary to re-adjust the existing runway centerline markings to meet standard spacing for a runway with a visual approach. Some of the requirements below may be waived in the cases of L =4 low-activity airports and/or short duration changes that are measured in days rather than weeks. Consider whether the presence of an airport traffic 2-20 s.. 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G control tower allows for the development of special procedures. Contact the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office for assistance. { Figure 2-3. Markings for a Temporarily Closed Runway Air "t\tl I z 1. Partially Closed Runways. Pavement markings for temporary closed portions of the runway consist of a runway threshold bar, runway designation, and yellow chevrons to identify pavement areas that are unsuitable for takeoff or landing (see AC 150/5340-1). Obliterate or cover markings prior to the moved threshold. Existing touchdown zone markings beyond the moved threshold may remain in place. Obliterate aiming point markings. Issue appropriate NOTAMs regarding any nonstandard markings. See Figure 2-4. ... 2. Displaced Thresholds. Pavement markings for a displaced threshold consist of a runway threshold bar, runway designation, and white arrowheads with and without arrow shafts. These markings are r-. required to identify the portion of the runway before the displaced threshold to provide centerline guidance for pilots during approaches, takeoffs, and landing rollouts from the opposite direction. See AC 150/5340-1. Obliterate markings prior to the displaced threshold. Existing touchdown zone markings beyond the displaced threshold may remain in place. Obliterate aiming point markings. Issue appropriate NOTAMs regarding any nonstandard markings. See Figure 2-2. 2-21 , 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G L. 2.18.2.1.4 Taxiways. l. Permanently Closed Taxiways. AC 150/5300-13 Airport Design, notes that it is preferable to remove the pavement, but for pavement that is to remain,place an X at the entrance to both ends of the closed section. Obliterate taxiway centerline markings, including runway leadoff lines, leading to the closed taxiway. See Figure 2-4. Figure 2-4. Temporary Taxiway Closure z= asssza =v nzazsza '`- 4:: si ...,, ,,,,,...2.,f 1 _,„, ._„, -,,,, --„ , .-.- ,?._.,-: ,..,,,,..,..., .,,,..,., _ ,..,.. „.„ ",._,.„ _ .,.a- -. ,...;.,, ,,,,,,,r. Y m I _ -ate- ` .,., - - r hRm.. 2-22 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2. Temporarily Closed Taxiways. Place barricades outside the safety area of intersecting taxiways. For runway/taxiway intersections,place an X at the entrance to the closed taxiway from the runway. If the taxiway will be closed for an extended period, obliterate taxiway centerline markings, including runway leadoff lines and taxiway to taxiway turns, leading to the closed section. Always obliterate runway • lead-off lines for high speed exits, regardless of the duration of the closure. If the centerline markings will be reused upon reopening the taxiway, it is preferable to paint over the marking. This will result in less damage to the pavement when the upper layer of paint is ultimately removed. See Figure 2-4. 2.18.2.1.5 Temporarily Closed Airport. When the airport is closed temporarily, mark all the runways as closed. 2.18.2.2 If unable to paint temporary markings on the pavement, construct them from any of the following materials: fabric, colored plastic,painted sheets of plywood, or similar materials. They must be properly configured and appropriately secured to prevent movement by prop wash,jet blast, or other wind currents. Items used to secure such markings must be of a color similar to the marking. 2.18.2.3 It may be necessary to remove or cover runway markings, including but not limited to, runway designation markings,threshold markings, centerline markings, edge stripes,touchdown zone markings and aiming point markings, depending on the length of construction and type of activity at the airport. When removing runway markings, apply the same treatment to areas between stripes or numbers, as the cleaned area will appear to pilots as a marking in the shape of the treated area. 2.18.2.4 If it is not possible to install threshold bars, chevrons, and arrows on the pavement, "temporary outboard white threshold bars and yellow arrowheads", see Figure 2-5,may be used. Locate them outside of the runway pavement surface on both sides of the runway. The dimensions must be as shown in Figure 2-5. If the markings are not discernible on grass or snow, apply a black background with appropriate material over the ground to ensure they are clearly visible. 2.18.2.5 The application rate of paint to mark a short-term temporary runway and taxiway markings may deviate from the standard (see Item P-620, "Runway and Taxiway Painting,"in AC 150/5370-10),but the dimensions must meet the existing standards. When applying temporary markings at night, it is recommended that the fast curing, Type II paint be used to help offset the higher humidity and cooler temperatures often experienced at night. Diluting the paint will substantially increase cure time and is not recommended. Glass beads are not recommended for temporary markings. Striated markings may also be used for certain temporary markings. AC 2-23 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G -- 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings, has additional guidance on temporary markings. Figure 2-5. Temporary Outboard White Threshold Bars and Yellow Arrowheads _ _r'={ INSTALL TEMPORARY WHITE k - THRESHOLD BARS AND YELLOW ARROWHEADS ON -- BOTH SIDES SEE DETAIL BELOW �t CLOSED PORTION OF RUNWAY . assa a�' W ► 11 Y;} YELLOW ARROWHEAD DETAIL _ 2-24 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.18.3 Lighting and Visual NAVAIDs. This paragraph refers to standard runway and taxiway lighting systems. See below for hazard lighting. Lighting installation must be in conformance with AC 150/5340-30, Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids, and fixture design in conformance with AC 150/5345-50 Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights. When disconnecting runway and taxiway lighting fixtures, disconnect the associated isolation transformers. See AC 150/5340-26,Maintenance of Airport Visual Aid Facilities, for disconnect procedures and safety precautions. Alternately, cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. Avoid removing the lamp from energized fixtures because an excessive number of isolation transformers with open secondaries may damage the regulators and/or increase the current above its normal value. Secure, identify, and place any above ground temporary wiring in conduit to prevent electrocution and fire ignition sources. Maintain mandatory hold signs to operate normally in any situation where pilots or vehicle drivers could mistakenly be in that location. At towered airports certificated under Part 139,holding position signs are required to be illuminated on open taxiways crossing to closed or inactive runways. If the holding position sign is installed on the runway circuit for the closed runway, install a jumper to the taxiway circuit to provide power to the holding position sign for nighttime operations. Where it is not possible to maintain power to signs that would normally be operational, install barricades to exclude aircraft. Figure 2-1, Figure 2-2, Figure 2-3, and Figure 2-4 illustrate temporary changes to lighting and visual I ' NAVAIDs. 2.18.3.1 Permanently Closed Runways and Taxiways. For runways and taxiways that have been permanently closed, disconnect the lighting circuits. 2.18.3.2 Temporarily Closed Runways and New Runways Not Yet Open to Air Traffic. If available, use a lighted X, both at night and during the day, placed at each end of the runway on or near the runway designation numbers facing the approach. (Note that the lighted X must be illuminated at all times that it is on a runway.) The use of a lighted X is required if night work requires runway lighting to be on. See AC 150/5345-55,Specification for L-893, Lighted Visual Aid to Indicate Temporary Runway Closure. For runways that have been temporarily closed, but for an extended period, and for those with pilot controlled lighting, disconnect the lighting circuits or secure switches to prevent inadvertent activation. For runways that will be opened periodically, coordinate procedures with the FAA air traffic manager or, at airports without an ATCT,the airport operator. Activate stop bars if available. Figure 2-6 shows a lighted X by day. Figure 2-7 shows a lighted X at night. 2-25 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G �- Figure 2-6. Lighted X in Daytime ... • • IMMN MMMI Figure 2-7. Lighted X at Night • • 2.18.3.3 Partially Closed Runways and Displaced Thresholds. When a runway is partially closed, a portion of the pavement is unavailable for any aircraft operation, meaning taxiing and landing or taking off in either direction. A displaced threshold, by contrast, is put in place to ensure obstacle clearance by landing aircraft. The pavement prior to the displaced threshold is available for takeoff in the direction of the �.. displacement, and for landing and takeoff in the opposite direction. Misunderstanding this difference and issuance of a subsequently inaccurate NOTAM can result in a hazardous situation. For both partially �. 2-26 7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G closed runways and displaced thresholds, approach lighting systems at the affected end must be placed out of service. 2.18.3.3.1 Partially Closed Runways. Disconnect edge and threshold lights on that part of the runway at and behind the threshold(that is,the portion of the runway that is closed). Alternately, cover the light fixtures in such a way as to prevent light leakage. See Figure 2-1. 2.18.3.3.2 Temporary Displaced Thresholds. Edge lighting in the area of the displacement emits red light in the direction of approach and yellow light(white for visual runways) in the opposite direction. If the displacement is 700 feet or less, blank out centerline lights in the direction of approach or place the centerline lights out of service. If the displacement is over 700 feet,place the centerline lights out of service. See AC 150/5340-30 for details on lighting displaced thresholds. See Figure 2-2. 2.18.3.3.3 Temporary runway thresholds and runway ends must be lighted if the runway is lighted and it is the intended threshold for night landings or instrument meteorological conditions. 2.18.3.3.4 A temporary threshold on an unlighted runway may be marked by retroreflective, elevated markers in addition to markings noted in paragraph 2.18.2.1.3. Markers seen by aircraft on approach are green. Markers at the rollout end of the runway are red. At certificated airports, temporary elevated threshold markers must be mounted with a frangible fitting (see 14 CFR Part 139.309). At non-certificated airports, the temporary elevated threshold markings may either be mounted with a frangible fitting or be flexible. See AC 150/5345-39, Specification for L- 853, Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers. 2.18.3.3.5 Temporary threshold lights and runway end lights and related visual NAVAIDs are installed outboard of the edges of the full-strength pavement only when they cannot be installed on the pavement. They are installed with bases at grade level or as low as possible,but not more than 3 inch(7.6 cm) above ground. (The standard above ground height for airport lighting fixtures is 14 inches (35 cm)). When any portion of a base is above grade,place properly compacted fill around the base to minimize the rate of gradient change so aircraft can, in an emergency, cross at normal landing or takeoff speeds without incurring significant damage. See AC 150/5370-10. 2.18.3.3.6 Maintain threshold and edge lighting color and spacing standards as described in AC 150/5340-30. Battery powered, solar, or portable lights that meet the criteria in AC 150/5345-50 may be used. These systems are intended primarily for visual flight rules (VFR) aircraft operations but may 2-27 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G be used for instrument flight rules (IFR) aircraft operations, upon _ individual approval from the Flight Standards Division of the applicable FAA Regional Office. 2.18.3.3.7 When runway thresholds are temporarily displaced, reconfigure yellow lenses (caution zone), as necessary, and place the centerline lights out of service. 2.18.3.3.8 Relocate the Visual Glide Slope Indicator(VGSI), such as Visual Approach Slope Indicator(VASI) and Precision Approach Path Indicator(PAPI); other airport lights, such as Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL); and approach lights to identify the temporary threshold. Another option is to disable the VGSI or any equipment that would give misleading indications lom to pilots as to the new threshold location. Installation of temporary visual aids may be necessary to provide adequate guidance to pilots on approach to the affected runway. If the FAA owns and operates the VGSI, coordinate its installation or disabling with the local ATO/Technical Operations Office. Relocation of such visual aids will depend on the duration of the project and the benefits gained from the relocation, as this can result in great expense. See FAA JO 6850.2, Visual Guidance Lighting Systems, for installation criteria for FAA owned and operated NAVAIDs. 2.18.3.3.9 Issue a NOTAM to inform pilots of temporary lighting conditions. 2.18.3.4 Temporarily Closed Taxiways. If possible, deactivate the taxiway lighting circuits. When deactivation is not possible (for example other taxiways on the same circuit are to remain open), cover the light fixture in a way as to prevent light leakage. �•., 2.18.4 Signs. To the extent possible, signs must be in conformance with AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs, and AC 150/5340-18,Standard for Airport Sign Systems. 2.18.4.1 Existing Signs. Runway exit signs are to be covered for closed runway exits. Outbound destination signs are to be covered for closed runways. Any time a sign does not serve its normal function or would provide conflicting information, it must be covered or removed to prevent misdirecting pilots. Note that information signs identifying a crossing taxiway continue to perform their normal function even if the crossing taxiway is closed. For long term construction projects, consider relocating signs, especially runway distance remaining signs. tom 2-28 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.18.4.2 Temporary Signs. Orange construction signs comprise a message in black on an orange background. Orange construction signs may help pilots be aware of changed conditions. The airport operator may choose to introduce these signs as part of a movement area construction project to increase situational awareness when needed. Locate signs outside the taxiway safety limits and ahead of construction areas so pilots can take timely .. action. Use temporary signs judiciously, striking a balance between the need for information and the increase in pilot workload. When there is a concern of pilot"information overload,"the applicability of mandatory hold signs must take precedence over orange construction signs recommended during construction. Temporary signs must meet the standards for such signs in Engineering Brief 93, Guidance for the .., Assembly and Installation of Temporary Orange Construction Signs. Many criteria in AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs, are referenced in the Engineering Brief. Permissible sign legends are: 1. CONSTRUCTION AHEAD, 2. CONSTRUCTION ON RAMP, and i t 3. RWY XX TAKEOFF RUN-AVAILABLE XXX FT. Phasing, supported by drawings and sign schedule, for the installation of orange construction signs must be included in the CSPP or SPCD. • 2.18.4.2.1 Takeoff Run Available (TORA) signs. Recommended: Where a runway has been shortened for takeoff, install orange TORA signs well before the hold lines, such as on a parallel taxiway prior to a turn to a runway hold position. See EB 93 for sign size and location. 2.18.4.2.2 Sign legends are shown in Figure F-1. Note: See Figure E-1, Figure E-2, Figure E-3, Figure F-2, and Figure F-3 for examples of orange construction sign locations. 1 2.19 Marking and Signs for Access Routes. '1 i The CSPP should indicate that pavement markings and signs for construction personnel will conform to AC 150/5340-18 and, to the extent practicable, with the Federal Highway Administration Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and/or 1 State highway specifications. Signs adjacent to areas used by aircraft must comply with the frangibility requirements of AC 150/5220-23,Frangible Connections, which may require modification to size and height guidance in the MUTCD. 2-29 "1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.20 Hazard Marking,Lighting and Signing. 2.20.1 Hazard marking, lighting, and signing prevent pilots from entering areas closed to aircraft, and prevent construction personnel from entering areas open to aircraft. The CSPP must specify prominent, comprehensible warning indicators for any area affected by construction that is normally accessible to aircraft,personnel, or vehicles. Hazard marking and lighting must also be specified to identify open manholes, small areas Own under repair, stockpiled material, waste areas, and areas subject to jet blast. Also consider less obvious construction-related hazards and include markings to identify FAA, airport, and National Weather Service facilities cables and power lines; �. instrument landing system(ILS) critical areas; airport surfaces, such as RSA, OFA, and OFZ; and other sensitive areas to make it easier for contractor personnel to avoid these areas. �.. 2.20.2 Equipment. 2.20.2.1 Barricades. Low profile barricades, including traffic cones, (weighted or sturdily attached to the surface) are acceptable methods used to identify and define the limits of construction and hazardous areas on airports. Careful consideration must be given to selecting equipment that poses the least danger to aircraft but is sturdy enough to remain in place when subjected -- to typical winds, prop wash and jet blast. The spacing of barricades must be such that a breach is physically prevented barring a deliberate act. For example, if barricades are intended to exclude aircraft, gaps between barricades must be smaller than the wingspan of the smallest aircraft to be excluded; if barricades are intended to exclude vehicles, gaps between barricades must be smaller than the width of the excluded vehicles, "^ generally 4 feet(1.2 meters). Provision must be made for ARFF access if necessary. If barricades are intended to exclude pedestrians,they must be continuously linked. Continuous linking may be accomplished through the use of ropes, securely attached to prevent FOD. 2.20.2.2 Lights. Lights must be red, either steady burning or flashing, and must meet the luminance requirements of the State Highway Department. Batteries powering lights will last longer if lights flash. Lights must be mounted on barricades and spaced at no more than 10 feet(3 meters). Lights must be operated between sunset and sunrise and during periods of low visibility whenever the airport is open for operations. They may be operated by photocell, but this may require that the contractor turn them on manually during periods of low visibility during daytime hours. 2.20.2.3 Supplement Barricades with Signs (for example)As Necessary. Examples are "No Entry" and"No Vehicles."Be aware of the increased effects of wind and jet blast on barricades with attached signs. L 2-30 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.20.2.4 Air Operations Area—General. Barricades are not permitted in any active safety area or on the runway side of a runway hold line. Within a runway or taxiway object free area, and on aprons,use orange traffic cones, flashing or steady burning red lights as noted above, highly reflective collapsible barricades marked with diagonal, alternating orange and white stripes; and/or signs to separate all construction/maintenance areas from the movement area. Barricades may be supplemented with alternating orange and white flags at least 20 by 20 inch(50 by 50 cm) square and securely fastened to eliminate FOD. All barricades adjacent to any open runway or taxiway/taxilane safety area, or apron must be as low as possible to the ground, and no more than 18 inches high, exclusive of supplementary lights and flags. Barricades must be of low mass; easily collapsible upon contact with an aircraft or any of its components; and weighted or sturdily attached to the surface to prevent displacement from prop wash,jet blast, wing vortex, and other surface wind currents. If affixed to the surface,they must be frangible at grade level or as low as possible, but not to exceed 3 inch(7.6 cm) above the ground. Figure 2-8 and Figure 2-9 show sample barricades with proper coloring and flags. Figure 2-8. Interlocking Barricades ttatot .0.tt""e"su.,,,_ .,;w.e Ka ;00.,_.... ,, , w 00, '.r....m...; ..,z 0a on.,,,, 2-31 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Figure 2-9. Low Profile Barricades t .:.' mo ' ` Ut� 2 Ls,,.. s"'-",4"7., ... .. .—. _,rr"u. `;;,.,..w✓ m, ,a .a - y"„ a, + " �t Eft ..a.�, 2.20.2.5 Air Operations Area—Runway/Taxiway Intersections. Use highly reflective barricades with lights to close taxiways leading to closed runways. Evaluate all operating factors when determining how to mark temporary closures that can last from 10 to 15 minutes to a much longer period of time. However, even for closures of relatively short duration, close all taxiway/runway intersections with barricades. The use of traffic cones is appropriate for short duration closures. 2.20.2.6 Air Operations Area—Other. Beyond runway and taxiway object free areas and aprons, barricades intended for construction vehicles and personnel may be many different shapes and made from various materials, including railroad ties, sawhorses,jersey barriers, or barrels. 2.20.2.7 Maintenance. The construction specifications must include a provision requiring the contractor to have a person on call 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades. The contractor must file the contact person's information with the airport operator. Lighting should be checked for proper operation at least once per day,preferably at dusk. Imo 2.21 Work Zone Lighting for Nighttime Construction. Lighting equipment must adequately illuminate the work area if the construction is to be performed during nighttime hours. Refer to AC 150/5370-10 for minimum illumination levels for nighttime paving projects. Additionally, it is recommended that all support equipment, except haul trucks, be equipped with artificial illumination to safely 2-32 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G illuminate the area immediately surrounding their work areas. The lights should be positioned to provide the most natural color illumination and contrast with a minimum of shadows. The spacing must be determined by trial. Light towers should be positioned and adjusted to aim away from ATCT cabs and active runways to prevent blinding effects. Shielding may be necessary. Light towers should be removed from the construction site when the area is reopened to aircraft operations. Construction lighting units should be identified and generally located on the construction phasing plans in relationship to the ATCT and active runways and taxiways. 2.22 Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. Runway and taxiway safety areas, OFZs, OFAs, and approach surfaces are described in AC 150/5300-13. Protection of these areas includes limitations on the location and height of equipment and stockpiled material. An FAA airspace study may be required. Coordinate with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office if there is any doubt as to requirements or dimensions (see paragraph 2.13.5) as soon as the location j .. and height of materials or equipment are known. The CSPP should include drawings showing all safety areas, object free areas, obstacle free zones and approach departure surfaces affected by construction. 2.22.1 Runway Safety Area(RSA). A runway safety area is the defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway (see AC 150/5300-13). Construction activities within the • existing RSA are subject to the following conditions: 2.22.1.1 No construction may occur within the existing RSA while the runway is open for aircraft operations. The RSA dimensions may be temporarily .., adjusted if the runway is restricted to aircraft operations requiring an RSA that is equal to the RSA width and length beyond the runway ends available during construction. (See AC 150/5300-13). The temporary use .•., of declared distances and/or partial runway closures may provide the necessary RSA under certain circumstances. Coordinate with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office to have declared distances information published, and appropriate NOTAMs issued. See AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on the use of declared distances. ...� 2.22.1.2 The airport operator must coordinate the adjustment of RSA dimensions as permitted above with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office and the local FAA air traffic manager and issue a NOTAM. 2.22.1.3 The CSPP and SPCD must provide procedures for ensuring adequate distance for protection from blasting operations, if required by operational ...� considerations. 2-33 1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.22.1.4 Excavations. �. 2.22.1.4.1 Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within the RSA while the runway is open. Backfill trenches before the runway is opened. If backfilling excavations before the runway must be opened is impracticable, cover the excavations appropriately. Covering for open trenches must be designed to allow the safe operation of the heaviest aircraft operating on the runway across the trench without damage to the aircraft. 2.22.1.4.2 Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site with red or orange flags, as approved by the airport operator, and light them with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. 2.22.1.5 Erosion Control. Soil erosion must be controlled to maintain RSA standards,that is,the RSA must be cleared and graded and have no potentially hazardous ruts, humps, depressions, or other surface variations, and capable, under dry conditions, of supporting snow removal equipment, aircraft rescue and fire fighting equipment, and the occasional passage of aircraft without causing structural damage to the aircraft. 2.22.2 Runway Object Free Area(ROFA). Construction, including excavations, may be permitted in the ROFA. However, equipment must be removed from the ROFA when not in use, and material should not be stockpiled in the ROFA if not necessary. Stockpiling material in the OFA requires submittal of a 7460-1 form and justification provided to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office for approval. 2.22.3 Taxiway Safety Area(TSA). 2.22.3.1 A taxiway safety area is a defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway. (See AC 150/5300-13.) Since the width of the TSA is equal to the wingspan of the design aircraft, no construction may occur within the TSA while the taxiway is open for aircraft operations. The TSA dimensions may be temporarily adjusted if the taxiway is restricted to aircraft operations requiring a TSA that is equal to the TSA width available during construction. Give special consideration to TSA dimensions at taxiway turns and intersections. (see AC 150/5300-13). 2.22.3.2 The airport operator must coordinate the adjustment of the TSA width as permitted above with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office and the FAA air traffic manager and issue a NOTAM. 2-34 12/13/2017 \C 150/5370-2G 2.22.3.3 The CSPP and SPCD must provide procedures for ensuring adequate distance for protection from blasting operations. 2.22.3.4 Excavations. 1. Curves. Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within the TSA while the taxiway is open. Trenches should be backfilled before the taxiway is opened. If backfilling excavations before the taxiway must be opened is impracticable, cover the excavations appropriately. Covering for open trenches must be designed to allow the safe operation of the heaviest aircraft operating on the taxiway across the trench without damage to the aircraft. 2. Straight Sections. Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within the TSA while the taxiway is open for unrestricted aircraft operations. Trenches should be backfilled before the taxiway is opened. If backfilling excavations before the taxiway must be opened is impracticable, cover the excavations to allow the safe passage of ARFF equipment and of the heaviest aircraft operating on the taxiway across the trench without causing damage to the equipment or aircraft. In rare circumstances where the section of taxiway is indispensable for aircraft movement, open trenches or excavations may be permitted in the TSA while the taxiway is open to aircraft operations, subject to the following restrictions: a. Taxiing speed is limited to 10 mph. b. Appropriate NOTAMs are issued. c. Marking and lighting meeting the provisions of paragraphs 2.18 and 2.20 are implemented. d. Low mass, low-profile lighted barricades are installed. e. Appropriate temporary orange construction signs are installed. 3. Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site with red or orange flags, as _ approved by the airport operator, and light them with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. 2.22.3.5 Erosion control. Soil erosion must be controlled to maintain TSA standards,that is,the TSA must be cleared and graded and have no potentially hazardous ruts, humps, depressions, or other surface variations, and capable, under dry conditions, of supporting snow removal equipment, aircraft rescue and firefighting equipment, and the occasional passage of aircraft without causing structural damage to the aircraft. 2-35 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.22.4 Taxiway Object Free Area(TOFA). Unlike the Runway Object Free Area, aircraft wings regularly penetrate the taxiway object free area during normal operations. Thus,the restrictions are more stringent. Except as provided below, no construction may occur within the taxiway object free area while the taxiway is open for aircraft operations. 2.22.4.1 The taxiway object free area dimensions may be temporarily adjusted if the taxiway is restricted to aircraft operations requiring a taxiway object free area that is equal to the taxiway object free area width available. Give special consideration to TOFA dimensions at taxiway turns and intersections. 2.22.4.2 Offset taxiway centerline and edge pavement markings (do not use glass blow beads)may be used as a temporary measure to provide the required taxiway object free area. Where offset taxiway pavement markings are provided, centerline lighting, centerline reflectors, or taxiway edge reflectors are required. Existing lighting that does not coincide with the temporary markings must be taken out of service. 2.22.4.3 Construction activity, including open excavations, may be accomplished without adjusting the width of the taxiway object free area, subject to the following restrictions: 2.22.4.3.1 Taxiing speed is limited to 10 mph. 2.22.4.3.2 NOTAMs issued advising taxiing pilots of hazard and recommending reduced taxiing speeds on the taxiway. 2.22.4.3.3 Marking and lighting meeting the provisions of paragraphs 2.18 and 2.20 are implemented. 2.22.4.3.4 If desired, appropriate orange construction signs are installed. See paragraph 2.18.4.2 and Appendix F. 2.22.4.3.5 Five-foot clearance is maintained between equipment and materials and any part of an aircraft(includes wingtip overhang). If such clearance can only be maintained if an aircraft does not have full use of the entire taxiway width(with its main landing gear at the edge of the usable pavement),then it will be necessary to move personnel and equipment for the passage of that aircraft. 2.22.4.3.6 Flaggers furnished by the contractor must be used to direct and control construction equipment and personnel to a pre-established setback distance for safe passage of aircraft, and airline and/or airport personnel. Flaggers must also be used to direct taxiing aircraft. Due to liability issues, the airport operator should require airlines to provide flaggers for directing taxiing aircraft. 2-36 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.22.5 Obstacle Free Zone (OFZ). In general, personnel, material, and/or equipment may not penetrate the OFZ while the �' runway is open for aircraft operations. If a penetration to the OFZ is necessary, it may be possible to continue aircraft operations through operational restrictions. Coordinate with the FAA through the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office. "1 2.22.6 Runway Approach/Departure Areas and Clearways. All personnel,materials, and/or equipment must remain clear of the applicable threshold siting surfaces, as defined in AC 150/5300-13. Objects that do not penetrate these surfaces may still be obstructions to air navigation and may affect standard instrument approach procedures. Coordinate with the FAA through the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office. I „w 2.22.6.1 Construction activity in a runway approach/departure area may result in the need to partially close a runway or displace the existing runway threshold. Partial runway closure, displacement of the runway threshold, as well as closure of the complete runway and other portions of the movement area also require coordination through the airport operator with the appropriate FAA air traffic manager(FSS if non-towered) and ..,, ATO/Technical Operations (for affected NAVAIDS) and airport users. 2.22.6.2 Caution About Partial Runway Closures. When filing a NOTAM for a partial runway closure, clearly state that the portion of pavement located prior to the threshold is not available for landing and departing traffic. In this case,the threshold has been moved for both landing and takeoff purposes (this is different than a displaced threshold). There may be situations where the portion of closed runway is available for taxiing only. If so,the NOTAM must reflect this condition). 2.22.6.3 Caution About Displaced Thresholds. Implementation of a displaced threshold affects runway length available for aircraft landing over the displacement. Depending on the reason for the displacement(to provide obstruction clearance or RSA), such a displacement may also require an adjustment in the landing distance available and accelerate-stop distance available in the opposite direction. If project scope includes personnel, equipment, excavation, or other work within the existing RSA of any usable runway end, do not implement a displaced threshold unless arrivals and departures toward the construction activity are prohibited. Instead, implement a partial closure. 2.23 Other Limitations on Construction. The CSPP must specify any other limitations on construction, including but not limited to: ory 2-37 ...t 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 2.23.1 Prohibitions. 2.23.1.1 No use of tall equipment(cranes, concrete pumps, and so on)unless a 7460-1 determination letter is issued for such equipment. 2.23.1.2 No use of open flame welding or torches unless fire safety precautions are provided and the airport operator has approved their use. 2.23.1.3 No use of electrical blasting caps on or within 1,000 feet (300 meters) of the airport property. See AC 150/5370-10. 2.23.2 Restrictions. 2.23.2.1 Construction suspension required during specific airport operations. 2.23.2.2 Areas that cannot be worked on simultaneously. 2.23.2.3 Day or night construction restrictions. 2.23.2.4 Seasonal construction restrictions. 2.23.2.5 Temporary signs not approved by the airport operator. 2.23.2.6 Grades changes that could result in unplanned effects on NAVAIDs. tom Irmm IMO tom 2-38 1 12/13/2017 •kC 150/5370-2G '' CHAPTER 3. GUIDELINES FOR WRITING A CSPP 3.1 General Requirements. The CSPP is a standalone document written to correspond with the subjects outlined in Mal paragraph 2_4. The CSPP is organized by numbered sections corresponding to each subject listed in paragraph 2_4, and described in detail in paragraphs 2_5 - 2.23. Each section number and title in the CSPP matches the corresponding subject outlined in wag paragraph 2.4 (for example, 1. Coordination, 2. Phasing, 3. Areas and Operations Affected by the Construction Activity, and so on). With the exception of the project scope of work outlined in Section 2. Phasing, only subjects specific to operational .. safety during construction should be addressed. 3.2 Applicability of Subjects. Each section should, to the extent practical, focus on the specific subject. Where an overlapping requirement spans several sections, the requirement should be explained in detail in the most applicable section. A reference to that section should be included in all other sections where the requirement may apply. For example, the requirement to protect existing underground FAA ILS cables during trenching operations could be considered FAA ATO coordination(Coordination, paragraph 2.5.3), an area and operation affected by the construction activity(Areas and Operations Affected by the Construction Activity,paragraph 2.7.1.4), a protection of a NAVAID (Protection of Navigational Aids (NAVAIDs),paragraph 2.8), or a notification to the FAA of construction activities (Notification of Construction Activities, paragraph 2.13.5.3.2). However, it is more specifically an underground utility requirement (Underground Utilities,paragraph 2.15). The procedure for protecting underground ILS cables during trenching operations should therefore be described in 2.4.2.11: "The contractor must coordinate with the local FAA System Support Center(SSC)to mark existing ILS cable routes along Runway 17-35. The ILS cables will be located by hand digging whenever the trenching operation moves within 10 feet of the cable markings."All other ..� applicable sections should include a reference to 2.4.2.11: "ILS cables shall be identified and protected as described in 2.4.2.11" or"See 2.4.2.11 for ILS cable identification and protection requirements."Thus, the CSPP should be considered as a whole, with no need to duplicate responses to related issues. 3.3 Graphical Representations. Construction safety drawings should be included in the CSPP as attachments. When other graphical representations will aid in supporting written statements,the drawings, --� diagrams, and/or photographs should also be attached to the CSPP. References should be made in the CSPP to each graphical attachment and may be made in multiple sections. 3-1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 3.4 Reference Documents. ►- The CSPP must not incorporate a document by reference unless reproduction of the material in that document is prohibited. In that case, either copies of or a source for the referenced document must be provided to the contractor. Where this AC recommends references (e.g. as in paragraph 3_9)the intent is to include a reference to the corresponding section in the CSPP, not to this Advisory Circular. 3.5 Restrictions. The CSPP should not be considered as a project design review document. The CSPP -- should also avoid mention of permanent("as-built") features such as pavements, markings, signs, and lighting, except when such features are intended to aid in maintaining operational safety during the construction. 3.6 Coordination. Include in this section a detailed description of conferences and meetings to be held both before and during the project. Include appropriate information from AC 150/5370- 12. Discuss coordination procedures and schedules for each required FAA ATO Technical Operations shutdown and restart and all required flight inspections. 3.7 Phasing. Include in this section a detailed scope of work description for the project as a whole and each phase of work covered by the CSPP. This includes all locations and durations of the work proposed. Attach drawings to graphically support the written scope of work. Detail in this section the sequenced phases of the proposed construction. Include a reference to paragraph 3.8, as appropriate. 3.8 Areas and Operations Affected by Construction. Focus in this section on identifying the areas and operations affected by the construction. Describe corresponding mitigation that is not covered in detail elsewhere in the CSPP. Include references to paragraphs below as appropriate. Attach drawings as necessary to graphically describe affected areas and mechanisms proposed. See Appendix F for sample operational effects tables and figures. 3.9 NAVAID Protection. List in this section all NAVAID facilities that will be affected by the construction. Identify NAVAID facilities that will be placed out of service at any time prior to or during construction activities. Identify individuals responsible for coordinating each shutdown and when each facility will be out of service. Include a reference to paragraph 3.6 for FAA ATO NAVAID shutdown, restart, and flight inspection coordination. Outline in detail procedures to protect each NAVAID facility remaining in service from E,mt interference by construction activities. Include a reference to paragraph 3.14 for the 3-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G issuance of NOTAMs as required. Include a reference to paragraph 3.16 for the protection of underground cables and piping serving NAVAIDs. If temporary visual aids are proposed to replace or supplement existing facilities, include a reference to paragraph 3.19. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the affected NAVAIDS and the corresponding critical areas. 3.10 Contractor Access. This will necessarily be the most extensive section of the CSPP. Provide sufficient detail so that a contractor not experienced in working on airports will understand the unique restrictions such work will require. Due to this extent, it should be broken down into subsections as described below: 3.10.1 Location of Stockpiled Construction Materials. Describe in this section specific locations for stockpiling material.Note any height restrictions on stockpiles. Include a reference to paragraph 3.21 for hazard marking and lighting devices used to identify stockpiles. Include a reference to paragraph 3.11 for provisions to prevent stockpile material from becoming wildlife attractants. Include a reference to paragraph 3.12 for provisions to prevent stockpile material from becoming FOD. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the stockpile locations. 3.10.2 Vehicle and Pedestrian Operations. ..� While there are many items to be addressed in this major subsection of the CSPP, all are concerned with one main issue: keeping people and vehicles from areas of the airport where they don't belong. This includes preventing unauthorized entry to the AOA and preventing the improper movement of pedestrians or vehicles on the airport. In this section, focus on mechanisms to prevent construction vehicles and workers traveling to and from the worksite from unauthorized entry into movement areas. Specify locations of parking for both employee vehicles and construction equipment, and routes for access and haul roads. In most cases,this will best be accomplished by attaching a drawing. Quote from AC 150/5210-5 specific requirements for contractor vehicles rather than referring to the AC as a whole, and include special requirements for identifying HAZMAT vehicles. Quote from,rather than incorporate by reference, AC 150/5210-20 as appropriate to address the airport's rules for ground vehicle operations, '-‘ including its training program. Discuss the airport's recordkeeping system listing authorized vehicle operators. 3.10.3 Two-Way Radio Communications. Include a special section to identify all individuals who are required to maintain communications with Air Traffic(AT) at airports with active towers, or monitor CTAF at airports without or with closed ATCT. Include training requirements for all individuals required to communicate with AT. Individuals required to monitor AT frequencies should also be identified. If construction employees are also required to communicate by radio with Airport Operations,this procedure should be described in detail. Usage of vehicle mounted radios and/or portable radios should be addressed. Communication procedures for the event of disabled radio communication(that is, light 3-3 1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G signals,telephone numbers, others)must be included. All radio frequencies should by identified(Tower, Ground Control, CTAF,UNICOM, ATIS, and so on). 3.10.4 Airport Security. Address security as it applies to vehicle and pedestrian operations. Discuss TSA requirements, security badging requirements,perimeter fence integrity, gate security, and other needs. Attach drawings to graphically indicate secured and/or Security ►- Identification Display Areas (SIDA),perimeter fencing, and available access points. 3.11 Wildlife Management. Discuss in this section wildlife management procedures. Describe the maintenance of existing wildlife mitigation devices, such as perimeter fences, and procedures to limit — wildlife attractants. Include procedures to notify Airport Operations of wildlife encounters. Include a reference to paragraph 3.10 for security(wildlife) fence integrity maintenance as required. 3.12 FOD Management. In this section, discuss methods to control and monitor FOD: worksite housekeeping, ground vehicle tire inspections,runway sweeps, and so on. Include a reference to paragraph 3.15 for inspection requirements as required. 3.13 HAZMAT Management. Describe in this section HAZMAT management procedures: fuel deliveries, spill recovery procedures, Safety Data Sheet(SDS), Material Safety Data Sheet(MSDS) or Product Safety Data Sheet(PSDS) availability, and other considerations. Any specific airport HAZMAT restrictions should also be identified. Include a reference to paragraph 3.10 for HAZMAT vehicle identification requirements. Quote from, rather than incorporate by reference, AC 150/5320-15. 3.14 Notification of Construction Activities. List in this section the names and telephone numbers of points of contact for all parties affected by the construction project. We recommend a single list that includes all telephone numbers required under this section. Include emergency notification procedures for all representatives of all parties potentially impacted by the construction. Identify individual representatives-and at least one alternate-for each party. List both s.. on-duty and off-duty contact information for each individual, including individuals responsible for emergency maintenance of airport construction hazard lighting and barricades. Describe procedures to coordinate immediate response to events that might adversely affect the operational safety of the airport(such as interrupted NAVAID service). Explain requirements for and the procedures for the issuance of Notices to Airmen(NOTAMs), notification to FAA required by 14 CFR Part 77 and Part 157 and in the event of affected NAVAIDs. For NOTAMs, identify an individual, and at least one alternate, responsible for issuing and cancelling each specific type of Notice to 3-4 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Airmen(NOTAM)required. Detail notification methods for police, fire fighting, and medical emergencies. This may include 911,but should also include direct phone numbers of local police departments and nearby hospitals. Identify the E911 address of the airport and the emergency access route via haul roads to the construction site. Require the contractor to have this information available to all workers. The local Poison Control number should be listed. Procedures regarding notification of Airport Operations and/or the ARFF Department of such emergencies should be identified, as applicable. If airport radio communications are identified as a means of emergency notification, include a reference to paragraph 3.10. Differentiate between emergency and nonemergency notification of ARFF personnel, the latter including activities that affect ARFF water supplies and access roads. Identify the primary ARFF contact person and at least one alternate. If notification is to be made through Airport Operations,then detail this procedure. Include a method of confirmation from the ARFF department. 3.15 Inspection Requirements. Describe in this section inspection requirements to ensure airfield safety compliance. Include a requirement for routine inspections by the resident engineer(RE) or other airport operator's representative and the construction contractors. If the engineering consultants and/or contractors have a Safety Officer who will conduct such inspections, identify this individual. Describe procedures for special inspections, such as those required to reopen areas for aircraft operations. Part 139 requires daily airfield 7inspections at certificated airports, but these may need to be more frequent when construction is in progress. Discuss the role of such inspections on areas under construction. Include a requirement to immediately remedy any deficiencies, whether ..� caused by negligence, oversight, or project scope change. 3.16 Underground Utilities. Explain how existing underground utilities will be located and protected. Identify each utility owner and include contact information for each company/agency in the master ..� list. Address emergency response procedures for damaged or disrupted utilities. Include a reference to paragraph 3.14 for notification of utility owners of accidental utility disruption as required. 3.17 Penalties. Describe in this section specific penalties imposed for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations, including the CSPP: SIDA violations, VPD, and others. 3.18 Special Conditions. Identify any special conditions that may trigger specific safety mitigation actions -�+ outlined in this CSPP: low visibility operations, snow removal, aircraft in distress, aircraft accident, security breach, VPD, and other activities requiring construction suspension/resumption. Include a reference to paragraph 3.10 for compliance with --� airport safety and security measures and for radio communications as required. Include 3-5 • 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G �- a reference to paragraph 3.14 for emergency notification of all involved parties, including police/security, ARFF, and medical services. 3.19 Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. Include marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDS. Detail temporary runway and taxiway marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs required for the construction. Discuss existing marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs that are temporarily, altered, obliterated, or shut down. Consider non-federal facilities and address requirements for reimbursable agreements necessary for alteration of FAA facilities and for necessary flight checks. Identify temporary TORA signs or runway distance remaining signs if appropriate. Identify required temporary visual NAVAIDs such as REIL or PAPI. Quote from,rather than incorporate by reference, AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings; AC 150/5340-18, Standards for Airport Sign Systems; and AC 150/5340-30, as required. Attach drawings to graphically indicate proposed marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs. 3.20 Marking and Signs for Access Routes. Detail plans for marking and signs for vehicle access routes. To the extent possible, signs should be in conformance with the Federal Highway Administration MUTCD and/or State highway specifications, not hand lettered. Detail any modifications to the guidance in the MUTCD necessary to meet frangibility/height requirements. 3.21 Hazard Marking and Lighting. Specify all marking and lighting equipment, including when and where each type of device is to be used. Specify maximum gaps between barricades and the maximum spacing of hazard lighting. Identify one individual and at least one alternate responsible for maintenance of hazard marking and lighting equipment in the master telephone list. Include a reference to paragraph 3.14. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the placement of hazard marking and lighting equipment. 3.22 Work Zone Lighting for Nighttime Construction. If work is to be conducted at night, specify all lighting equipment, including when and where each type of device is to be used. Indicate the direction lights are to be aimed and any directions that aiming of lights is prohibited. Specify any shielding necessary in instances where aiming is not sufficient to prevent interference with air traffic control and aircraft operations. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the placement and aiming of lighting equipment. Where the plan only indicates directions that aiming of lights is prohibited,the placement and positioning of portable lights must be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the airport operator's representative each time lights are relocated or repositioned. 3-6 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G 3.23 Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. This section should focus exclusively on procedures for protecting all safety areas, including those altered by the construction: methods of demarcation, limit of access, movement within safety areas, stockpiling and trenching restrictions, and so on. Reference AC 150/5300-13, as required. Include a reference to paragraph 3.10 for procedures regarding vehicle and personnel movement within safety areas. Include a reference to paragraph 3.10 for material stockpile restrictions as required. Detail ,..� requirements for trenching, excavations, and backfill. Include a reference to paragraph 3.21 for hazard marking and lighting devices used to identify open excavations as required. If runway and taxiway closures are proposed to protect safety areas, or if ..� temporary displaced thresholds and/or revised declared distances are used to provide the required Runway Safety Area, include a reference to paragraphs 3.14 and 3.19. Detail procedures for protecting the runway OFZ, runway OFA,taxiway OFA and runway approach surfaces including those altered by the construction: methods of demarcation, limit of cranes, storage of equipment, and so on. Quote from, rather than incorporate by reference, AC 150/5300-13, as required. Include a reference to paragraph 3.24 for -" height(i.e., crane) restrictions as required. One way to address the height of equipment that will move during the project is to establish a three-dimensional "box"within which equipment will be confined that can be studied as a single object. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the safety area, OFZ, and OFA boundaries. 3.24 Other Limitations on Construction. This section should describe what limitations must be applied to each area of work and when each limitation will be applied: limitations due to airport operations, height(i.e., crane)restrictions, areas which cannot be worked at simultaneously, day/night work restrictions, winter construction, and other limitations. Include a reference to paragraph 3_7 for project phasing requirements based on construction limitations as required. 3-7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Page Intentionally Blank 3-8 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix A APPENDIX A. RELATED READING MATERIAL Obtain the latest version of the following free publications from the FAA on its Web site at http://www.faa.gov/airports/. Table A-1. FAA Publications Number Title and Description AC 150/5200-28 Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs)for Airport Operators Guidance for using the NOTAM System in airport reporting. AC 150/5200-30 Airport Field Condition Assessments and Winter Operations Safety Guidance for airport owners/operators on the development of an acceptable airport snow and ice control program and on appropriate field condition reporting procedures. AC 150/5200-33 Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near Airports Guidance on locating certain land uses that might attract hazardous wildlife to public-use airports. AC 150/5210-5 Painting, Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport Guidance, specifications, and standards for painting, marking, and lighting vehicles operating in the airport air operations areas. AC 150/5210-20 Ground Vehicle Operations to include Taxiing or Towing an Aircraft on Airports Guidance to airport operators on developing ground vehicle operation training programs. AC 150/5300-13 Airport Design FAA standards and recommendations for airport design. Establishes approach visibility minimums as an airport design parameter, and contains the Object Free area and the obstacle free-zone criteria. AC 150/5210-24 Airport Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management Guidance for developing and managing an airport foreign object debris (FOD) program A-1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix A Number Title and Description AC 150/5320-15 Management of Airport Industrial Waste Basic information on the characteristics, management, and regulations of industrial wastes generated at airports. Guidance for developing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)that applies best management practices to eliminate, prevent, or reduce pollutants in storm water runoff with particular airport industrial activities. AC 150/5340-1 Standards for Airport Markings FAA standards for the siting and installation of signs on airport runways and taxiways. AC 150/5340-18 Standards for Airport Sign Systems FAA standards for the siting and installation of signs on airport runways and taxiways. AC 150/5345-28 Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems FAA standards for PAPI systems, which provide pilots with visual glide slope guidance during approach for landing. AC 150/5340-30 Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids Guidance and recommendations on the installation of airport visual aids. AC 150/5345-39 Specification for L-853, Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers AC 150/5345-44 Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs FAA specifications for unlighted and lighted signs for taxiways and — runways. AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program -- Details on the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program (ALECP). _ AC 150/5345-50 Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights FAA standards for portable runway and taxiway lights and runway end — identifier lights for temporary use to permit continued aircraft operations while all or part of a runway lighting system is inoperative. AC 150/5345-55 Specification for L-893, Lighted Visual Aid to Indicate Temporary Runway Closure A-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix A Number Title and Description AC 150/5370-10 Standards for Specifying Construction of Airports Standards for construction of airports, including earthwork, drainage, paving, turfing, lighting, and incidental construction. AC 150/5370-12 Quality Management for Federally Funded Airport Construction Projects EB 93 Guidance for the Assembly and Installation of Temporary Orange Construction Signs FAA Order 5200.11 FAA Airports (ARP) Safety Management System (SMS) Basics for implementing SMS within ARP. Includes roles and responsibilities of ARP management and staff as well as other FAA lines of business that contribute to the ARP SMS. FAA Certalert 98-05 Grasses Attractive to Hazardous Wildlife Guidance on grass management and seed selection. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration FAA Form 7480-1 Notice of Landing Area Proposal FAA Form 6000.26 National NAS Strategic Interruption Service Level Agreement, Strategic Events Coordination, Airport Sponsor Form Obtain the latest version of the following free publications from the Electronic Code of Federal Regulations at http://www.ecfr.gov/. Table A-2. Code of Federal Regulation Number Title Title 14 CFR Part 77 Safe, Efficient Use and Preservation of the Navigable Airspace Title 14 CFR Part 139 Certification of Airports Title 49 CFR Part 1542 Airport Security Obtain the latest version of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices from the Federal Highway Administration at http://mutcd.thwa.dot.gov/. A-3 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G `' Appendix A Page Intentionally Blank Imo how lump A-4 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix B { APPENDIX B. TERMS AND ACRONYMS Table B-1. Terms and Acronyms Term Definition Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration. For on-airport projects,the form submitted to the FAA regional or airports division office as formal written notification of any kind of construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable airspace, as defined in 14 CFR Part 77,Safe, Efficient Use, and Preservation of the Navigable Airspace. (See guidance available on the FAA web site at https://oeaaa.faa.gov.)The form may be downloaded at http://www.faa.gov/airports/resources/forms/, or filed electronically at: https://oeaaa.faa.gov. Form 7480-1 Notice of Landing Area Proposal.Form submitted to the FAA Airports Regional Division Office or Airports District Office as formal written notification whenever a project without an airport layout plan on file with the FAA involves the construction of a new airport;the construction,realigning, altering, activating, or abandoning of a runway, landing strip,or associated taxiway; or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire airport The form may be downloaded at http://www.faa.gov/airports/resources/forms/. —� Form 6000-26 Airport Sponsor Strategic Event Submission Form AC Advisory Circular ACSI Airport Certification Safety Inspector ADG Airplane Design Group AIP Airport Improvement Program ALECP Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program ANG Air National Guard AOA Air Operations Area, as defined in 14 CFR Part 107. Means a portion of an airport, specified in the airport security program, in which security measures are carried out. This area includes aircraft movement areas,aircraft parking areas, loading ° ramps, and safety areas, and any adjacent areas(such as general aviation areas)that are not separated by adequate security systems, measures, or procedures.This area does not include the secured area of the airport terminal building. ARFF Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting ARP FAA Office of Airports ASDA Accelerate-Stop Distance Available AT Air Traffic ATCT Airport Traffic Control Tower ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service ATO Air Traffic Organization ,..� Certificated Airport An airport that has been issued an Airport Operating Certificate by the FAA under B-1 "'1 7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix B Term Definition �- the authority of 14 CFR Part 139, Certification of Airports. CFR Code of Federal Regulations Construction The presence of construction-related personnel,equipment, and materials in any location that could infringe upon the movement of aircraft. CSPP Construction Safety and Phasing Plan. The overall plan for safety and phasing of a construction project developed by the airport operator,or developed by the airport operator's consultant and approved by the airport operator.It is included in the invitation for bids and becomes part of the project specifications. CTAF Common Traffic Advisory Frequency Displaced A threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated Threshold beginning of the runway. The portion of pavement behind a displaced threshold is available for takeoffs in either direction or landing from the opposite direction. DOT Department of Transportation EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAA Federal Aviation Administration FOD Foreign Object Debris/Damage FSS Flight Service Station -- GA General Aviation HAZMAT Hazardous Materials HMA Hot Mix Asphalt IAP Instrument Approach Procedures IFR Instrument Flight Rules ILS Instrument Landing System LDA Landing Distance Available LOC Localizer antenna array Movement Area The runways,taxiways,and other areas of an airport that are used for taxiing or hover taxiing,air taxiing,takeoff,and landing of aircraft, exclusive of loading aprons and aircraft parking areas(reference 14 CFR Part 139). MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices _ NAVAID Navigation Aid NAVAID Critical An area of defined shape and size associated with a NAVAID that must remain Area clear and graded to avoid interference with the electronic signal. Non-Movement The area inside the airport security fence exclusive of the Movement Area.It is Area important to note that the non-movement area includes pavement traversed by aircraft. B-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix B Term Definition ..� NOTAM Notices to Airmen Obstruction Any object/obstacle exceeding the obstruction standards specified by 14 CFR Part 77, subpart C. OCC Operations Control Center OE/AAA Obstruction Evaluation/Airport Airspace Analysis OFA Object Free Area.An area on the ground centered on the runway,taxiway,or taxi lane centerline provided to enhance safety of aircraft operations by having the area free of objects except for those objects that need to be located in the OFA for air navigation or aircraft ground maneuvering purposes. (See AC 150/5300-13 for additional guidance on OFA standards and wingtip clearance criteria.) OFZ Obstacle Free Zone. The airspace below 150 ft(45 m)above the established airport elevation and along the runway and extended runway centerline that is required to be clear of all objects,except for frangible visual NAVAIDs that need to be located in the OFZ because of their function, in order to provide clearance protection for 10°' aircraft landing or taking off from the runway and for missed approaches. The OFZ is subdivided as follows: Runway OFZ, Inner Approach OFZ, Inner Transitional OFZ, and Precision OFZ. Refer to AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on OFZ. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration OTS Out of Service P&R Planning and Requirements Group NPI NAS Planning&Integration '9 PAPI Precision Approach Path Indicator PFC Passenger Facility Charge PLASI Pulse Light Approach Slope Indicator Project Proposal A clear and concise description of the proposed project or change that is the object Summary of Safety Risk Management. RA Reimbursable Agreement RE Resident Engineer REIL Runway End Identifier Lights RNAV Area Navigation ROFA Runway Object Free Area RSA Runway Safety Area.A defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway, in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. SDS Safety Data Sheet SIDA Security Identification Display Area SMS Safety Management System B-3 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G — Appendix B Term Definition — SPCD Safety Plan Compliance Document. Details developed and submitted by a contractor to the airport operator for approval providing details on how the performance of a construction project will comply with the CSPP. — SRM Safety Risk Management SSC System Support Center — Taxiway Safety A defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk Area of damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway, in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. — TDG Taxiway Design Group Temporary Any condition that is not intended to be permanent. Temporary Runway The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing and taking off in End one direction, and for landing in the other direction.Note the difference from a _ displaced threshold. Threshold The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing.In some instances,the landing threshold may be displaced. — TODA Takeoff Distance Available TOFA Taxiway Object Free Area TORA Takeoff Run Available. The length of the runway less any length of runway unavailable and/or unsuitable for takeoff run computations. See AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on declared distances. — TSA Taxiway Safety Area, or Transportation Security Administration UNICOM A radio communications system of a type used at small airports. VASI Visual Approach Slope Indicator VGSI Visual Glide Slope Indicator. A device that provides a visual glide slope indicator to landing pilots. These systems include precision approach path indicator(PAPI), visual approach slope indicator(VAST), and pulse light approach slope indicator (PLASI). VFR Visual Flight Rules VOR Very High Frequency Omnidirectional Radio Range VPD Vehicle/Pedestrian Deviation B-4 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix C APPENDIX C. SAFETY AND PHASING PLAN CHECKLIST This appendix is keyed to Chapter 2. In the electronic version of this AC, clicking on the paragraph designation in the Reference column will access the applicable paragraph. There may be instances where the CSPP requires provisions that are not covered by the list in this appendix. This checklist is intended as an aid, not a required submittal. Table C-1. CSPP Checklist Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA General Considerations Requirements for predesign, prebid, 2.5 and preconstruction conferences to introduce the subject of airport operational safety during construction are specified. Operational safety is a standing 2.5 agenda item for construction progress meetings. Scheduling of the construction phases 2.6 is properly addressed. Any formal agreements are 2.5.3 established. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity Drawings showing affected areas are 2.7.1 included. Closed or partially closed runways, 2.7.1.1 taxiways, and aprons are depicted on drawings. Access routes used by ARFF vehicles 2.7.1.2 affected by the project are addressed. Access routes used by airport and 2.7.1.3 airline support vehicles affected by the project are addressed. Underground utilities, including 2.7.1.4 water supplies for firefighting and drainage. C-1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G — Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA Approach/departure surfaces affected 2.7.1.5 by heights of temporary objects are addressed. — Construction areas, storage areas, and 2.7.1 access routes near runways, taxiways, _ aprons, or helipads are properly depicted on drawings. Temporary changes to taxi operations 2.7.2.1 — are addressed. Detours for ARFF and other airport 2.7.2.2 vehicles are identified. Maintenance of essential utilities and 2.7.2.3 underground infrastructure is addressed. Temporary changes to air traffic 2.7.2.4 control procedures are addressed. NAVAIDs Critical areas for NAVAIDs are 2.8 depicted on drawings. Effects of construction activity on the 2_8 — performance of NAVAIDS, including unanticipated power outages, are addressed. —' Protection of NAVAID facilities is 2.8 addressed. — The required distance and direction 2_8 from each NAVAID to any construction activity is depicted on —" drawings. Procedures for coordination with 2.8, 2.13.1, FAA ATO/Technical Operations, 2.13.5.3.1, including identification of points of 2.18.1 contact, are included. -- Contractor Access The CSPP addresses areas to which 2.9 contractor will have access and how C-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA the areas will be accessed. The application of 49 CFR Part 1542 2_9 Airport Security, where appropriate, is addressed. The location of stockpiled 2.9.1 _ construction materials is depicted on drawings. The requirement for stockpiles in the 2.9.1 ROFA to be approved by FAA is included. Requirements for proper stockpiling 2.9.1 of materials are included. Construction site parking is 2.9.2.1 addressed. Construction equipment parking is 2.9.2.2 addressed. Access and haul roads are addressed. 2.9.2.3 _ A requirement for marking and 2.9.2.4 lighting of vehicles to comply with AC 150/5210-5, Painting, Marking _ and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport, is included. Proper vehicle operations, including 2.9.2.5, 2.9.2.6 requirements for escorts, are described. Training requirements for vehicle 2.9.2.7 drivers are addressed. Two-way radio communications 2.9.2.9 procedures are described. Maintenance of the secured area of 2.9.2.10 the airport is addressed. Wildlife Management The airport operator's wildlife 2.10 management procedures are addressed. C-3 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA Foreign Object Debris Management The airport operator's FOD 2.11 management procedures are addressed. Hazardous Materials Management The airport operator's hazardous 2.12 materials management procedures are addressed. Notification of Construction Activities Procedures for the immediate 2.13 — notification of airport user and local FAA of any conditions adversely affecting the operational safety of the — airport are detailed. Maintenance of a list by the airport 2.13.1 — operator of the responsible representatives/points of contact for all involved parties and procedures — for contacting them 24 hours a day, seven days a week is specified. A list of local ATO/Technical 2.13.1 — Operations personnel is included. A list of ATCT managers on duty is 2.13.1 _ included. A list of authorized representatives to 2.13.2 the OCC is included. Procedures for coordinating, issuing, 2.8, 2.13.2, maintaining and cancelling by the 2.18.3.3.9 airport operator of NOTAMS about airport conditions resulting from construction are included. — Provision of information on closed or 2.13.2 hazardous conditions on airport movement areas by the airport operator to the OCC is specified. Emergency notification procedures 2.13.3 for medical, fire fighting, and police C-4 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA response are addressed. Coordination with ARFF personnel 2.13.4 for non-emergency issues is addressed. Notification to the FAA under 14 2.13.5 CFR parts 77 and 157 is addressed. Reimbursable agreements for flight 2.13.5.3.2 checks and/or design and construction for FAA owned NAVAIDs are addressed. Inspection Requirements Daily and interim inspections by both 2.14.1, 2.14.2 the airport operator and contractor are specified. Final inspections at certificated 2.14.3 airports are specified when required. Underground Utilities _ Procedures for protecting existing 2.15 underground facilities in excavation areas are described. Penalties Penalty provisions for noncompliance 2.16 with airport rules and regulations and the safety plans are detailed. Special Conditions Any special conditions that affect the 2.17 operation of the airport or require the activation of any special procedures are addressed. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids - Marking, Lighting, Signs, and Visual NAVAIDs The proper securing of temporary 2.18.1 airport markings, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs is addressed. Frangibility of airport markings, 2.18.1, 2.18.3, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs 2.18.4.2, is specified. 2.20.2.4 C-5 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA The requirement for markings to be 2.18.2 in compliance with AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings, is specified. Detailed specifications for materials 2.18.2 _ and methods for temporary markings are provided. The requirement for lighting to 2.18.3 conform to AC 150/5340-30,Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids; AC 150/5345-50, Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights; and AC 150/5345-53,Airport Lighting Certification Program, is specified. The use of a lighted X is specified 2.18.2.1.2, where appropriate. 2.18.3.2 The requirement for signs to conform 2.18.4 to AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs; AC 50/5340-18,Standards for Airport Sign Systems; and AC 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Certification Program, is specified. _ Marking and Signs For Access Routes The CSPP specifies that pavement 2.18.4.2 markings and signs intended for construction personnel should conform to AC 150/5340-18 and,to the extent practicable, with the MUTCD and/or State highway specifications. _ Hazard Marking and Lighting Prominent, comprehensible warning 2.20.1 indicators for any area affected by construction that is normally accessible to aircraft,personnel, or _ vehicles are specified. C-6 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA Hazard marking and lighting are 2.20.1 specified to identify open manholes, small areas under repair, stockpiled material, and waste areas. The CSPP considers less obvious 2.20.1 construction-related hazards. Equipment that poses the least danger 2.20.2.1 to aircraft but is sturdy enough to remain in place when subjected to typical winds, prop wash and jet blast is specified. The spacing of barricades is specified 2.20.2.1 such that a breach is physically prevented barring a deliberate act. Red lights meeting the luminance 2.20.2.2 requirements of the State Highway Department are specified. Barricades, temporary markers, and 2.20.2.3 other objects placed and left in areas adjacent to any open runway, taxiway,taxi lane, or apron are specified to be as low as possible to the ground, and no more than 18 inch high. Barricades are specified to indicate 2.20.2.3 construction locations in which no part of an aircraft may enter. Highly reflective barriers with lights 2.20.2.5 are specified to barricade taxiways leading to closed runways. Markings for temporary closures are 2.20.2.5 specified. The provision of a contractor's 2.20.2.7 representative on call 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades is specified. C-7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G '— Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks — Yes No NA Work Zone Lighting for Nighttime Construction If work is to be conducted at night, 2.21 the CSPP identifies construction lighting units and their general locations and aiming in relationship to the ATCT and active runways and taxiways. Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas The CSPP clearly states that no 2.22.1.1, construction may occur within a 2.22.3.1 safety area while the associated — runway or taxiway is open for aircraft operations. The CSPP specifies that the airport 2.22.1.2, operator coordinates the adjustment 2.22.3.2 of RSA or TSA dimensions with the -- ATCT and the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office and issues a local NOTAM. — Procedures for ensuring adequate 2.22.3.3 distance for protection from blasting operations, if required by operational considerations, are detailed. The CSPP specifies that open 2.22.1.4 — trenches or excavations are not permitted within a safety area while the associated runway or taxiway is open, subject to approved exceptions. Appropriate covering of excavations 2.22.1.4 in the RSA or TSA that cannot be backfilled before the associated runway or taxiway is open is detailed.The CSPP includes provisions for 2.22.1.4 prominent marking of open trenches and excavations at the construction site. Grading and soil erosion control to 2.22.3.5 — maintain RSA/TSA standards are C-8 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix C Coordination Reference Addressed? Remarks Yes No NA addressed. The CSPP specifies that equipment is 2.22.2 to be removed from the ROFA when not in use. The CSPP clearly states that no 2.22.3 construction may occur within a taxiway safety area while the taxiway is open for aircraft operations. -- Appropriate details are specified for 2.22.4 any construction work to be accomplished in a taxiway object free -- area. Measures to ensure that personnel, 2.22.4.3.6 material, and/or equipment do not penetrate the OFZ or threshold siting surfaces while the runway is open for aircraft operations are included. Provisions for protection of runway 2.22.6 approach/departure areas and clearways are included. Other Limitations on Construction The CSPP prohibits the use of open 2.23.1.2 flame welding or torches unless adequate fire safety precautions are provided and the airport operator has approved their use. The CSPP prohibits the use of 2.23.1.3 electrical blasting caps on or within 1,000 ft(300 m) of the airport property. C-9 7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix D APPENDIX D. CONSTRUCTION PROJECT DAILY SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST The situations identified below are potentially hazardous conditions that may occur during airport construction projects. Safety area encroachments, unauthorized and improper ground vehicle operations, and unmarked or uncovered holes and trenches near aircraft operating surfaces pose the most prevalent threats to airport operational safety during airport construction projects. The list below is one tool that the airport operator or contractor may use to aid in identifying and correcting potentially hazardous conditions. It should be customized as appropriate for each project including information such as the date,time and name of the person conducting the inspection. Table D-1. Potentially Hazardous Conditions No Action Item Action Required (Describe) Required (Check) Excavation adjacent to runways,taxiways, and aprons improperly backfilled. Mounds of earth, construction materials, temporary structures, and other obstacles near any open runway,taxiway, or taxi lane; in the related Object Free area and aircraft approach or departure areas/zones; I or obstructing any sign or marking. Runway resurfacing projects resulting in lips exceeding 3 inch(7.6 cm) from pavement edges and ends. Heavy equipment(stationary or mobile) operating or idle near AOA, in runway approaches and departures areas, or in OFZ. Equipment or material near NAVAIDs that may degrade or impair radiated signals and/or the monitoring of navigation and visual aids. Unauthorized or improper vehicle operations in localizer or glide slope critical areas, resulting in electronic interference and/or facility shutdown. Tall and especially relatively low visibility 1 units (that is, equipment with slim profiles) cranes, drills, and similar objects- located in critical areas, such as OFZ and D-1 .y 1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix D No Action Item Action Required (Describe) Required (Check) approach zones. Improperly positioned or malfunctioning lights or unlighted airport hazards, such as holes or excavations, on any apron, open taxiway, or open taxi lane or in a related safety, approach, or departure area. Obstacles, loose pavement,trash, and other debris on or near AOA. Construction debris (gravel, sand, mud, paving materials) on airport pavements may result in aircraft propeller,turbine engine, or tire damage.Also, loose materials may blow about, potentially causing personal injury or equipment damage. Inappropriate or poorly maintained fencing during construction intended to deter human and animal intrusions into the AOA. Fencing and other markings that are inadequate to separate construction areas — from open AOA create aviation hazards. Improper or inadequate marking or lighting of runways (especially thresholds that have been displaced or runways that have been closed) and taxiways that could cause pilot confusion and provide a potential for a —' runway incursion. Inadequate or improper methods of marking, barricading, and lighting of temporarily closed portions of AOA create aviation hazards. Wildlife attractants—such as trash(food — scraps not collected from construction personnel activity), grass seeds, tall grass, or standing water—on or near airports. — Obliterated or faded temporary markings on active operational areas. Misleading or malfunctioning obstruction lights. Unlighted or unmarked obstructions in the approach to any open runway pose — aviation hazards. D-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix D No Action 1 Item Action Required (Describe) Required (Check) Failure to issue, update, or cancel NOTAMs about airport or runway closures or other construction related airport conditions. Failure to mark and identify utilities or power cables. Damage to utilities and power cables during construction activity can result in the loss of runway/taxiway lighting; loss of navigation,visual, or approach aids; disruption of weather reporting services; and/or loss of communications. Restrictions on ARFF access from fire stations to the runway/taxiway system or �., airport buildings. Lack of radio communications with construction vehicles in airport movement areas. Objects, regardless of whether they are marked or flagged, or activities anywhere on or near an airport that could be distracting, confusing, or alarming to pilots 'Z during aircraft operations. Water, snow, dirt, debris, or other contaminants that temporarily obscure or derogate the visibility of runway/taxiway marking, lighting, and pavement edges. Any condition or factor that obscures or diminishes the visibility of areas under construction. Spillage from vehicles (gasoline, diesel fuel, oil) on active pavement areas, such as runways,taxiways, aprons, and airport roadways. Failure to maintain drainage system integrity during construction(for example, no temporary drainage provided when working on a drainage system). D-3 f 1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Mom Appendix D No Action Item Action Required (Describe) Required (Check) Failure to provide for proper electrical lockout and tagging procedures. At larger airports with multiple maintenance shifts/workers, construction contractors should make provisions for coordinating work on circuits.Failure to control dust. Consider limiting the amount of area from which the contractor is allowed to strip turf. Exposed wiring that creates an electrocution or fire ignition hazard. Identify and secure wiring, and place it in conduit or bury it. Site burning, which can cause possible — obscuration. Construction work taking place outside of designated work areas and out of phase. D-4 7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix E rt APPENDIX E. SAMPLE OPERATIONAL EFFECTS TABLE E.1 Project Description. Runway 15-33 is currently 7820 feet long, with a 500 foot stopway on the north end. . 1 This project will remove the stopway and extend the runway 1000 feet to the north and 500 feet to the south. Finally,the existing portion of the runway will be repaved. The runway 33 glide slope will be relocated. The new runway 33 localizer has already been installed by FAA Technical Operations and only needs to be switched on. Runway 15 is currently served only by a localizer,which will remain in operation as it will be beyond the future RSA. Appropriate NOTAMS will be issued throughout the project. E.1.1 During Phase I, the runway 15 threshold will be displaced 1000 feet to keep construction equipment below the approach surface. The start of runway 15 takeoff and 44 the departure end of runway 33 will also be moved 500 feet to protect workers from jet blast. Declared distances for runway 33 will be adjusted to provide the required RSA and applicable departure surface. Excavation near Taxiway G will require its ADG to be reduced from IV to III. See Figure E-1. Figure E-1. Phase I Example 7,320(TORA,TODA) ftir 7,320(TORA,TODA,ASDA) ► I6,820(ASDA,LDA) 1 1,000 6,820(LDA) 1.-- 1 500 -aft- 500 41 I it �'. �j.� RUNWAY I5-33 M K - - TAXIWAY G J tJJ v a l( (�, ' Z a i 0� TAXIWAY O y J v❑ < ' (SECURED TO BARRICADES) z D w '. DLL �= NORTHCC CO H -, r � �a I � NEW CONSTRUCTION ►- ---. CLOSED (/%/;j' CLOSED FOR Ai', .4 %i LANDING-DISPLACED THRESHOLD LEGEND Note 1: Where hold signs are installed on both sides of a taxiway,install the TORA sign on the left side of the taxiway before the final turn to the runway intersection. Note 2: Based on the declared distances for Runway 33 departures,the maximum equipment height in the construction area is 12.5 feet(500/40= 12.5). E-1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G ". Appendix E . E.2 During Phase II,the runway 33 threshold will be displaced 1000 feet to keep .n.t construction equipment below the approach surface. The start of runway 33 takeoff and the departure end of runway 15 will also be moved 500 feet to protect workers from jet blast. Declared distances for runway 15 will be adjusted to provide the required RSA -- and applicable departure surface. See Figure E-2. Figure E-2. Phase II Example ... 7,820 FEET(ASDA,LDA) 8,320(TORA,TODA,ASDA) 8,320(TORA,TODA) 7,820(LDA) 500 500 500 cr RUNWAY 15-33 M J'% ?', Ak 1 TAXIWAY G 4 4 MI I OM n TAXIWAY z z r; H Ilina �o NORTH =-LI_N m A D (SECURED TO BARRICADE) O� yC w YW 00 �y '� Z WO >> O M a Q -nc z " �►�, s NEW CONSTRUCTION ► �♦♦♦ CLOSED CLOSED FOR � LANDING-DISPLACED THRESHOLD LEGEND Note 1: Where hold signs are installed on both sides of a taxiway,install the TORA sign on the left side of the taxiway before the final turn to the runway intersection. Note 2: Based on the declared distances for Runway 15 departures,the maximum equipment height in the construction area is 12.5 feet(500/40= 12.5). E-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix E I aesi E.3 During Phase III,the existing portion of the runway will be repaved with Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA) and the runway 33 glide slope will be relocated. Construction will be "'11t accomplished between the hours of 8:00 pm and 5:00 am, during which the runway will be closed to operations. I Figure E-3. Phase III Example 9,320(TORA,TODA,ASDA,LDA) _. —9,320(TORA,TODA,ASDA,LDA) ccrr�� RUNWAY15-33 �.�. _,L _ _ TAXIWAY RAMP (BARRICADES WTH SIGN INSTALLED DURING HOURS OF CONSTRUCTION) NORTH (SECURED TO BARRICADE) __. NOTE.INSTALL LIGHTED"X"OR YELLOW"X"ON NUMBERS AND REMOVE WHEN RUNWAYS ARE OPEN FOR OPERATIONSRIM . NEW CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CLOSED FOR LANDING-DISPLACED THRESHOLD LEGEND E-3 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G — Appendix E Table E-1. Operational Effects Table — Project Runway 15-33 Extension and Repaving Phase Normal Phase I: Extend Phase II: Extend Phase III: Repave (Existing) Runway 15 End Runway 33 End Runway Scope of Work N/A Extend Runway Extend Runway Repave existing 15-33 1,000 ft on 15-33 500 ft on runway with HMA north end with Hot south end with Relocate Runway Mix Asphaltic Hot Mix Asphaltic 33 Glide Slope Concrete (HMA). Concrete (HMA). Effects of N/A Existing North Existing South Runway closed — Construction 500 ft closed 500 ft closed between 8:00 pm Operations and 5:00 am Edge lighting out of — service Construction Phase N/A Phase I Phase II Phase III _ (Anticipated) (Anticipated) (Anticipated) Runway 15 Average Carrier: 52 Carrier: 40 /day Carrier: 45 /day Carrier: 45 /day Aircraft Operations /day GA: 26/day GA: 26 /day GA: 20/day -- GA: 26 Military: 0 /day Military: 5 /day Military: 0/day /day Military: 11 -- /day Runway 33 Average Carrier: 40 Carrier: 30 /day Carrier: 25 /day Carrier: 20 /day Aircraft Operations /day GA: 18 /day GA: 18 /day GA: 5 /day GA: 18 Military: 0 /day Military: 5 /day Military: 0 /day /day _ Military: 10 /day Runway 15-33 C-IV C-IV C-IV C-IV -- Aircraft Category Runway 15 1 mile 1 mile 1 mile 1 mile Approach Visibility Minimums Runway 33 3/4 mile 3/4 mile 3/4 mile 1 mile Approach Visibility Minimums Note: Proper coordination with Flight Procedures group is necessary to maintain instrument approach procedures during construction. -' E-4 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix E Project Runway 15-33 Extension and Repaving Phase Normal Phase I: Extend Phase II: Extend Phase III: Repave (Existing) Runway 15 End Runway 33 End Runway Runway 15 TORA 7,820 7.320 8,320 9,320 Declared Distances TODA 7,820 7,320 8,320 9,320 ASDA 7,820 7,320 7,820 9,320 - LDA 7,820 6,820 7,820 9,320 Runway 33 TORA 7,820 7,320 8,320 9,320 - Declared Distances TODA 7,820 7,320 8,320 9,320 -• ASDA 8,320 6,820 8,320 9,320 LDA 7,820 6,820 7,820 9,320 Runway 15 LOC only LOC only LOC only LOC only Approach RNAV RNAV RNAV RNAV - Procedures VOR VOR VOR VOR Runway 33 ILS ILS ILS LOC only Approach RNAV RNAV RNAV RNAV Procedures VOR VOR VOR VOR Runway 15 LOC LOC LOC LOC NAVAIDs Runway 33 ILS, ILS, MALSR ILS, MALSR LOC, MALSR NAVAIDs MALSR Taxiway G ADG IV III IV IV Taxiway G TDG 4 4 4 4 ATCT (hours open) 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 0500 - 2000 ARFF Index D D D D E-5 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix E Project Runway 15-33 Extension and Repaving Phase Normal Phase I: Extend Phase II: Extend Phase III: Repave (Existing) Runway 15 End Runway 33 End Runway -- Special Conditions Air All military aircraft Some large All military aircraft National relocated to military aircraft relocated to Guard alternate ANG relocated to alternate ANG (ANG) Base alternate ANG Base military Base operations Information for Refer above for Refer above for Refer above for NOTAMs applicable applicable applicable declared distances. declared distances. declared distances. Taxiway G Airport closed limited to 118 ft 2000—0500. wingspan Runway 15 glide slope OTS. Note: This table is one example. It may be advantageous to develop a separate table for each project phase and/or to address the operational status of the associated NAVAIDs per construction phase. Complete the following chart for each phase to determine the area that must be protected along the runway and taxiway edges: Table E-2. Runway and Taxiway Edge Protection _ Aircraft Approach Airplane Design Runway/Taxiway Category* Group* Safety Area Width in -- Feet Divided by 2* A, B, C, or D I, II, III, or IV *See AC 150/5300-13 to complete the chart for a specific runway/taxiway. -- E-6 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix E Complete the following chart for each phase to determine the area that must be protected before the runway threshold: Table E-3. Protection Prior to Runway Threshold Airplane Aircraft Minimum Design Minimum Distance to Runway End Group* Approach Safety Area Threshold Based on Number Category* Prior to the I, II,III, or Threshold* Required Approach Slope* IV A,B, C, orD ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 *See AC 150/5300-13 to complete the chart for a specific runway. E-7 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix F APPENDIX F. ORANGE CONSTRUCTION SIGNS Figure F-1. Approved Sign Legends CONSTRUCTION AHEAD CONSTRUCTION ON RAMP RWY 4L TAKEOFF RUN AVAILABLE 9,780 FT F-1 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G -- Appendix F Figure F-2. Orange Construction Sign Example 1 — NO ENTRY SIGN LOW PROFILE -- BARRICADE WITH FLASHERS frArzu IJ zt j 1 CONSTRUCTION L AHEAD - INTERMEDIATE HOLDING POSITION MARKING 1T41 I) Note: For proper placement of signs, refer to EB 93. F-2 12/13/2017 AC 150/5370-2G Appendix F Figure F-3. Orange Construction Sign Example 2 -- CONSTRUCTION AREA TAXIWAY CENTERLINE TEMPORARILY RELOCATED CONSTRUCTION AHEAD Note: For proper placement of signs, refer to EB 93. F-3 Advisory Circular Feedback If you find an error in this AC, have recommendations for improving it, or have suggestions for new items/subjects to be added, you may let us know by (1) mailing this form to Manager, Airport Engineering Division, Federal Aviation Administration ATTN: AAS-100, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington DC 20591 or(2) faxing it to the attention of the Office of Airport Safety and Standards at(202) 267-5383. Subject: AC 150/5370-2G Date: Please check all appropriate line items: ❑ An error(procedural or typographical) has been noted in paragraph on page ❑ Recommend paragraph on page be changed as follows: ❑ In a future change to this AC,please cover the following subject: (Briefly describe what you want added.) ❑ Other comments: ❑ I would like to discuss the above. Please contact me at(phone number, email address). Submitted by: Date: PART 4 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE DETERMINATION General Decision Number: IA180001 01/05/2018 IA1 Superseded General Decision Number: IA20170001 State: Iowa Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Iowa Statewide. STATEWIDE EXCEPT SCOTT COUNTY HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Does not include work on or pertaining to the Mississippi or Missouri Rivers or on Water and Sewage Treatment Plants), AND HIGHWAY PROJECTS (does not include building structures in rest areas) Note: Under Executive Order(EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of$10.35 for calendar year 2018 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least$10.35 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2018.The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above-mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60).Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/05/2018 SU IA2017-001 10/18/2017 Rates Fringes Carpenter& Piledrivermen ZONE 1 $ 27.02 11.88 ZONE 2 $ 24.93 11.88 ZONE 3 $ 24.93 11.88 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ZONE 4 $ 24.15 9.60 ZONE 5 $ 23.25 8.20 CONCRETE FINISHER ZONE 1 $ 25.50 7.10 ZONE 2 $ 25.50 7.10 ZONE 3 $ 25.50 7.10 ZONE 4 $ 22.80 5.55 ZONE 5 $ 21.20 6.10 ELECTRICIAN (STREET AND HIGHWAY LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS) ZONE 1, 2,AND 3 $ 23.55 5.70 ZONE 4 $ 22.25 5.70 ZONE 5 $ 20.10 5.70 IRONWORKER (SETTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL) ZONE 1 $ 29.60 9.30 ZONE 2 $ 27.51 9.30 ZONE 3 $ 27.51 9.60 ZONE 4 $ 25.25 8.50 ZONE 5 $ 23.40 8.05 LABORER -' ZONE 1 AND 2 GROUP A $ 21.73 8.85 GROUP AA $ 24.11 8.85 GROUP B $ 19.88 8.85 GROUP C $ 16.80 8.85 ZONE 3 GROUP A $ 21.73 8.85 GROUP AA $ 24.11 8.85 GROUP B $ 19.88 8.85 GROUP C $ 19.80 8.85 ZONE 4 GROUP A $ 19.40 8.30 GROUP B $ 18.08 8.30 GROUP C $ 15.20 8.30 ZONE 5 GROUP A $ 19.90 6.85 GROUP B $ 17.40 6.85 GROUP C $ 16.55 6.85 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR ZONE 1 GROUP A $ 29.90 13.80 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron GROUP B $ 28.35 13.80 GROUP C $ 25.85 13.80 GROUP D $ 25.85 13.80 ZONE 2 GROUP A $ 29.20 13.80 GROUP B $ 27.60 13.80 GROUP C $ 25.05 13.80 GROUP D $ 25.05 13.80 ZONE 3 GROUP A $ 28.50 20.35 GROUP B $ 26.70 20.35 GROUP C $ 25.70 20.35 GROUP D $ 25.70 20.35 ZONE 4 GROUP A $ 29.05 10.05 GROUP B $ 27.91 10.05 GROUP C $ 25.83 10.05 GROUP D $ 25.83 10.05 ZONE 5 GROUP A $ 25.37 8.30 GROUP B $ 24.33 8.30 GROUP C $ 22.60 8.30 GROUP D $ 21.60 8.30 TRUCK DRIVER ZONE 1 $ 22.25 10.45 ZONE 2 $ 22.25 10.45 ZONE 3 $ 22.25 10.45 ZONE 4 $ 22.25 6.25 ZONE 5 $ 20.30 6.25 ZONE DEFINITIONS ZONE 1 The Counties of Polk, Warren, and Dallas for all Crafts, and Linn County Carpenters only. ZONE 2 The Counties of Dubuque for all Crafts and Linn County for all Crafts except Carpenters. ZONE 3 The Cities of Burlington, Clinton, Fort Madison, Keokuk, and Muscatine (and abutting municipalities of any such cities). ZONE 4 Story, Black Hawk, Cedar,Jasper,Jones,Jackson, Louisa, Madison, and Marion Counties; Clinton County (except the City of Clinton),Johnson County, Muscatine County(except the City of Muscatine),the City of Council Bluffs, Lee County and Des Moines County. ZONE 5 All areas of the state not listed above. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-3 Waterloo Regional Airport -- AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS-ALL ZONES _ GROUP AA I]{Skilled pipelayer(sewer, water and conduits) and tunnel laborers; asbestos abatement worker(Zones 1, 2 and 3). GROUP A-Carpenter tender on bridges and box culverts; curb machine (without a seat); deck hand; diamond & core drills; drill operator on air tracs, wagon drills and similar drills; form setter/stringman on paving work;gunnite nozzleman;joint sealer kettleman; laser operator; powderman tender; powderman/blaster; saw operator; _ {pipelayer(sewer, water, and conduits); tunnel laborer; asbestos abatement worker(Zones 4 and 5). GROUP B-Air, gas, electric tool operator; barco hammer; carpenter tender; caulker; chain sawman; compressor(under 400 cfm); concrete finisher tender; concrete processing materials and monitors; cutting torch on demolition; drill tender; dumpmen; electric drills; fence erectors; form line expansion joint assembler; form tamper; general laborer; grade checker; handling and placing metal mesh, dowel bars, _ reinforcing bars and chairs; hot asphalt laborer; installing temporary traffic control devices; jackhammerman; mechanical grouter; painter(all except stripers); paving breaker; planting trees, shrubs and flowers; power broom (not self-propelled); power buggyman; rakers; rodman (tying reinforcing steel); sandblaster; seeding and mulching; sewer utility topman/bottom man; spaders; stressor or stretcherman on pre or post tensioned concrete; stringman on re/surfacing/no grade control; swinging stage, tagline, or block and tackle; tampers; timberman; tool room men and checkers; tree climber; tree groundman; underpinning and shoring caissons over twelve feet deep;vibrators; walk behind trencher; walk behind paint stripers; walk behind vibrating compactor; water pumps(under three inch);work from bosun chair. GROUP C-Scale weigh person;traffic control/flagger, surveillance or monitor;water carrier. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS-ALL ZONES GROUP A El All terrain (off road) forklift; asphalt breakdown roller(vibratory); asphalt laydown machine; asphalt plant; asphalt screed; bulldozer(finish); central mix plant; concrete pump; crane; crawler tractor pulling scraper; directional drill (60,000(Ibs) pullback and above); dragline and power shovel; dredge engineer; excavator(over cu. yd.);front end loader(4 cy and over); horizontal boring machine; master mechanic; milling machine (over 350 hp); motor grader(finish); push cat; rubber tired backhoe (over 1/2 cu.yd.); scraper(12 cu.yd. and over or finish); FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Self-propelled rotary mixer/road reclaimer; sidebroom tractor; slipform portland concrete paver; tow or push boat;trenching machine (Cleveland 80 or similar). GROUP B-Articulated off road hauler, asphalt heater/planer; asphalt material transfer vehicle; asphalt roller; belt loader or similar loader; bulldozer(rough); churn or rotary drill; concrete curb machine; crawler tractor pulling ripper, disk or roller; deck hand/oiler; — directional drill (less than 60,000 (Ibs) pullback); distributor; excavator(1/2 cu.yd. and under); form riding concrete paver;front end loader(2 to less than 4 cu. —' yd.);group equipment greaser; mechanic; milling machine (350 hp. and less); paving breaker; portland concrete dry batch plant; rubber tired backhoe (1/2 cu.yd. and under); scraper(under 12 cu.yd.); screening, washing and crushing plant (mobile, portable or stationary); shoulder machine; skid loader(I cu.yd. and over); subgrader or trimmer; trenching machine; water wagon on compaction. GROUP C- Boom &winch truck; concrete spreader/belt placer; deep wells for dewatering; farm type tractor(over 75 hp.) pulling disc or roller; forklift; front end loader(under 2 cu. yd.); motor grader(rough); pile hammer power unit; pump (greater than three inch diameter); pumps on well '— points; safety boat; self-propelled roller(other than asphalt); self-propelled sand blaster or shot blaster, water blaster or striping grinder/remover; skid loader (under 1 cu. yd.); truck mounted post driver. GROUP D- Boiler; compressor; cure and texture machine; dow box; farm type or utility tractor(under 75 hp.) pulling disk, roller or other attachments;group greaser tender; light plants; mechanic tender; mechanical broom; mechanical heaters; oiler; pumps (under three inch diameter); tree chipping machine; truck crane driver/oiler. CARPENTERS AND PILEDRIVERMEN, or IRONWORKERS (ZONE 5) Setting of structural steel; any welding incidental to bridge or culvert construction; setting concrete beams. WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing -- operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the — Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-5 Waterloo Regional Airport -- AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron solicitation was issued)on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from,or to assist a family member(or person who is _ like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical _ order of"identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or _ "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number _ where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198.The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement(CBA) governing this classification and rate. ` Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that —' classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014.SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which '- these classifications and rates are based.The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100%of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state.The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date -- for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour _ Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory,then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party(those affected by the action)can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. FAA ATP#3-19-0094-046 W-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank • FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 W-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item P-101 Surface Preparation DESCRIPTION 101-1.1 This item shall consist of preparation of existing pavement surfaces for overlay, surface treatments, removal of existing pavement, and other miscellaneous items. The work shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications and the applicable drawings. EQUIPMENT 101-2.1 All equipment shall be specified here and in the following paragraphs or approved by the Engineer. The equipment shall not cause damage to the pavement to remain in place. CONSTRUCTION 101-3.1 Removal of existing pavement. a. Concrete pavement. The existing concrete pavement to be removed shall be freed from the pavement to remain by sawing through the complete depth of the slab one foot (30 cm) inside the perimeter of the final removal li it t is th a ' h '' i "ter "he" the limits of cric-civ-vPcr� vm-rcrrt-4�z—ro�rc...,.,. _..,_. ..... ___ `.. _ kg)or less, or other light duty equipment which will not cause distress in the pavement which is to remain in place. The Contractor shall have the option of sawing through the dowels at the joint, removing the pavement and installing new dowels. Where the perimeter of the removal limits is not located on the joint and there are no dowels present, then the perimeter shall be saw cut the full depth of the pavement. The shall be reduced to a maximum size-designated by the gineer The Contractor's removal operation shall , slabs that are damaged by tinder breaking s_"_all--be- emov sh�r'epaired a< <he Contractor's expense. b. Asphalt concrete pavement. Asphalt concrete pavement to be removed shall be cut to the full depth of the bituminous material around the perimeter of the area to be removed. The pavement shall be removed so the joint for each layer of pavement replacement is offset 1 foot(30 cm) from the joint in the _ preceding layer. This does not apply if the removed pavement is to be replaced with concrete or soil. If the material is to be wasted on the airport site, it shall be broken to a maximum size of 2 '/2 inches(mm). (6 mm) wide) with a crack sealant per ASTM D6690. Wider cracks (over 1 1/2 inch wide (38 mm)), removed from the pavement surface. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P101-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron • • • properties of the pavement or removing-pavement 1/4 ' t (3 rf ei emieal , ed they shall comply with the state's environmental protection regulations. No material shall be deposited on the 101-3.4 Concrete spall or failed asphaltic concrete pavement repair. a. Repair of concrete spalls in areas to be overlaid with asphalt. The Contractors shall repair all spalled concrete as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The perimeter of the repair shall be saw cut a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) outside the affected area and 2 inches (50 mm) deep. The deteriorated material shall be removed to a depth where the existing material is firm or cannot be easily removed with a geologist pick. The removed area shall be filled with asphaltic concrete with a minimum Marshall stability of 1,200 lbs (544 kg) and maximum flow of 20 (units of 0.01 in). The material shall be compacted with equipment approved by the Engineer until the material is dense and no movement or _ marks are visible. The material shall not be placed in lifts over 4 inches (100 mm) in depth. This method of repair applies only to pavement to be overlaid. b. Asphaltic concrete pavement repair. The failed areas shall be removed as specified in paragraph 101-3.1b. All failed material including surface, base course, subbase course, and subgrade shall be removed. The base course and subbase shall be replaced if it has been infiltrated with clay, silt, or other material affecting the load-bearing capacity. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the _ other applicable sections of this specification. 101-3.5 Cold milling. Milling shall be performed with a power-operated milling machine or grinder, capable of producing a finished surface that provides a good bond to the new overlay. The milling machine or grinder shall operate without tearing or gouging the under laying surface. The milling machine or grinder shall be equipped with automatic grade and slope controls. All millings shall be removed and disposed off Airport property, unless otherwise specified. If the Contractor mills or grinds deeper or wider than the plans specify, the Contractor shall replace the material that was removed with new material at no additional cost to the Owner. a. Patching. The milling machine shall be capable of cutting a vertical edge without chipping or -- spalling the edges of the remaining pavement and it shall have a positive method of controlling the depth of cut. The Engineer shall layout the area to be milled with a straightedge in increments of 1 foot(30 cm) widths. The area to be milled shall cover only the failed area. Any excessive area that is milled because ._.. the Contractor doesn't have the appropriate milling machine, or areas that are damaged because of his negligence, shall not be included in the measurement for payment. b. Profiling, grade correction, or surface correction. The milling machine shall have a minimum width of 7 feet and it shall be equipped with electronic grade control devices that will cut the surface to the grade and tolerances specified. The machine shall cut vertical edges. A positive method of dust control shall be provided. The machine shall have the ability to remove the millings or cuttings from the pavement and load them into a truck. c. Clean-up. The Contractor shall sweep the milled surface daily and immediately after the milling until all residual aggregate and fines are removed from the pavement surface. Prior to paving, the Contractor shall wet down the milled pavement and thoroughly sweep and/or blow the surface to remove any remaining aggregate or fines. with a surface treatment shall be prepared as follows: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P101-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron a. Patch asphalt pavement surfaces that have been softened by petroleum derivatives or have failed due to any other cause. Remove damaged pavement to the full depth of the damage and replace with new asphalt concrete similar to that of the existing pavement in accordance with paragraph 101 3.1. b. Repair joints and cracks in accordance with paragraph 101 3.2. c. Remove oil or grease that has not penetrated the asphalt pavement by scraping or by scrubbing with a detergent, then wash thoroughly with clean water. After cleaning, treat these areas with an oil spot primer. well with water leaving no standing water, or a combination of both, so that it is free of dust, dirt, grease, vegetation, oil or any type of objectionable surface film. 101-3.7 Maintenance. The Contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the pavement in a satisfactory condition until the full section is complete and accepted by the Engineer. The surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material. The pavement shall be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary or if the pavement becomes disturbed, any work repairs necessary shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. 101-3.8 Preparation of Joints in Rigid Pavement. 101-3.8.1 Removal of Existing Joint Sealant. All existing joint sealants will be removed by plowing or use of hand tools. Any remaining sealant and or debris will be removed by use of wire brushes or other tools as necessary. Resaw joints removing no more than 1/16 inch (2 mm) from each joint face. Immediately after sawing, flush out joint with water and other tools as necessary to completely remove the slurry. Allow sufficient time to dry out joints prior to sealing. 101-3.8.2 Cleaning prior to sealing. Immediately before sealing,joints shall be cleaned by removing any remaining laitance and other foreign material. Clean joints by sandblasting, or other method approved by the Engineer, on each joint face with nozzle held at an angle and not more than three inches (75 mm) from face. Following sandblasting, clean joints with air free of oil and water. Joint surfaces will be surface-dry prior to installation of sealant. 101 3.9.1 Preparation of Crack. Widen crack with [ router ] [ random crack saw I by removing a minimum of 1/16 inch (2 mm) from each side of crack. Immediately before sealing,joints will be blown out with a hot air lance combined with oil and water free compressed air. 101-3.9.2 Removal of Existing Sealant. Existing sealants will be removed by random crack saw. Following sawing, any remaining debris will be removed by use of a hot lance combined with oil and water-free compressed air. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT [ 101 4.1 Lump Sum. No separate measurement for payment will be made . The work covered by this section shall be considered as a subsidiary _ obligation of the Contractor and covered undcr the other contract items . ] 101-4.1 Pavement removal. The unit of measurement for pavement removal — shall be the number of square yards (square meters) removed by the Contractor. Any pavement removed outside the limits of removal because the pavement was damaged by negligence on the part of the Contractor shall not be included in the measurement for payment. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P101-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 101-4.2 Saw and seal joints Joint and crack repair. The unit of measurement for joints and crack rcpair shall be the linear foot (meter) of joint. 101-4.3 Paint and rubber removal. The unit of measurement for paint and rubbcr removal shall bc the square foot (meter) . 101-4.4 Spallcd and failcd asphaltic concrete pavement repair: The unit of measure for concrete spall repair shall be the number of square feet (square meter) . Thc location and average depth of thc patch shall be dctcrmincd and agreed upon by thc Engineer and thc Contractor. b. Thc unit of measure for failcd asphaltic concrctc pavement shall bc squarc feet (square meter) . 101-4.5 Cold milling. The unit of measure for cold milling shall be [ 1 inches of milling per square yard (square meter) . The location and average depth of the cold milling shall be dctcrmincd and agreed to by the Engineer and the Contractor prior to beginning the work. If the initial cut doesn' t correct the condition and surface correction is required, the Contractor shall rc mill the area and will be paid only once for the total depth of milling. BASIS OF PAYMENT 101-5.1 Payment. Payment shall be made at contract unit price for the unit of measurement as specified above. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of the material and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Item P 101-5.1 Pavement Removal Item P 101-5.2 Joint and Crack Repair Saw and Seal Joints Item P 101 5.3 Paint and Rubber Removal Item 101 5.1 Spallcd and Failed Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Repair: (1)Concrete Spall Repair (2)Failed asphaltic concrete pavement: -" Item P 101 5.5 Cold Millin_ MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D6690 Standard Specification For Joint And Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, For Concrete And Asphalt Pavements ASTM D5893 Standard Specifications for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements END OF ITEM P-101 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P101-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Item P-152 Excavation, Subgrade, and Embankment DESCRIPTION 152-1.1 This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct safety areas, runways, taxiways, aprons, and intermediate areas as well as other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical sections shown on the plans. 152-1.2 Classification. All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: a.Unclassified excavation.Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature. [ which is not otherwise classified and paid for under one of thc following items ]. [ b. Rock excavation. Rock excavation shall includc all solid rock in ledges, in bcddcd dcposits, in unstratificd masses, and conglomerate deposits which arc so firmly cemented they cannot be removed without blasting or using rippers . All boulders containing a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard (0 . '1 m4) will be classified as "rock excavation." c. Muck cxcvation. Muck cxcavation shall consist of thc removal and disposal of deposits or mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation matcrial. Muck shall includc materials that will dccay or produce subsidence in the embankment . It may consist of decaying stumps, roots, logs, humus, or other material not satisfactory for incorporation in the embankment. d. Drainage excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of all excavation made for the primary purpose of drainage and includes drainage ditches, such as intercepting, inlet or outlet ditches; temporary levee construction; or any other type as shown on the plans . e. Borrow cxcavation. Borrow excavation shall consist of approved material rcquircd for the construction of cmban]cmcnts or for other portions of the work in excess of the quantity of usable material available from rcquircd excavations . Borrow matcrial shall be obtained from areas designated by the Engineer within the limits of the airport property but outside the normal limits of necessary grading, or from areas outside the airport boundaries . ] 152-1.3 Unsuitable excavation.Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material, suitable for topsoil may be used on the embankment slope when approved by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 152-2.1 General. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area,the area shall be completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans.All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archaeological significance,the operations shall be temporarily discontinued and the Engineer notified per subsection 70- 6.. 20. At the direction of the Engineer,the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. Those areas outside of the limits of the pavement areas where the top layer of soil material has become compacted by hauling or other Contractor activities shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm),to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. The Contractor, at his or her expense, shall satisfactorily repair or pay the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures that may result from any of the Contractor's operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 Excavation.No excavation shall be started until the work has been staked out by the Contractor and the Engineer has obtained from the Contractor, the survey notes of the elevations and measurements of the ground surface. All areas to be excavated shall be stripped of vegetation and topsoil. Topsoil shall be stockpiled for future use in areas designated on the plans or by the Engineer. All suitable excavated material shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, or other purposes shown on the plans. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans. tam When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed as directed by the Engineer. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the embankments to the grades indicated,the deficiency shall be obtained from borrow areas. The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times. When necessary,temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water that may affect the work. a. Selective grading. When selective grading is indicated on the plans, the more suitable material designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment or in capping the pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place this material in its final location, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that it can be measured for payment as specified in paragraph 152-3.3. b. Undercutting. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for safety areas, subgrades, roads, shoulders, or any areas intended for turf shall be excavated to a minimum -- depth of 12 inches (300 mm) below the subgrade or to the depth specified by the Engineer. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed off the airport. The cost is _. incidental to this item. This excavated material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (per cubic meter) for unclassified excavation. The excavated area shall be backfilled with suitable material obtained from the grading operations or borrow areas and compacted to specified densities. The necessary backfill will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made,backfill with select material.Any pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with the details shown on the plans. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron { -1 c. Overbreak. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. All overbreak shall be graded or removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his or her decision shall be final. Payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak that the Engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as"Unclassified Excavation." d.Removal of utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor; for example, the utility unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated at least 2 feet (60 cm) below the top of subgrade or as indicated on the plans, and the material disposed of as directed by the Engineer. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as .-, specified. e. Compaction requirements. The subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557. The material to be compacted shall be within ±2% of optimum moisture content before being rolled to obtain the prescribed compaction(except for expansive soils). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D6938 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938 . Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. The finished grading operations, conforming to the typical cross-section, shall be completed and maintained at least 1,000 feet(300 m)ahead of the paving operations or as directed by the Engineer. All loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes of cuts shall be pried loose or otherwise removed to the slope finished grade line.All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross-section, and _ alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting shall not be allowed. f. Proof rolling. After compaction is completed, the subgrade area shall be proof rolled with a 20 ton Tandem axle Dual Wheel Dump Truck loaded to the legal limit with tires inflated to 100 psi in the presence of the Engineer. Apply a minimum of 6 0 0 coverage, or as specified by the Engineer, to all paved areas. A coverage is defined as the application of one tire print over the designated area. Soft areas of subgrade that deflect more than 1 inch (25 mm) or show permanent deformation greater than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be removed and replaced with suitable material or reworked to conform to the moisture content and compaction requirements in accordance with these specifications. 152-2.3 Borrow excavation. Borrow areas within the airport property are indicated on the plans. Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed by the Engineer. When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the borrow sources, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning the excavation so necessary measurements and tests can be made. All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the various strata of acceptable material to allow obtaining a uniform product. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat,presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ri AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Wag 152-2.4 Drainage excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting; inlet or outlet ditches; for temporary levee construction; or for any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in sequence with the other construction. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent excavation operations. All satisfactory material shall be placed in embankment fills; unsuitable material shall be placed in designated waste areas or as directed by the Engineer. All necessary work shall be performed true to final line, elevation, and cross-section. The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed on the project to the required cross- section and shall keep them free of debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. 152-2.5 Preparation of embankment area. Where an embankment is to be constructed to a height of 4 feet (1.2 m) or less, all sod and vegetative matter shall be removed from the surface upon which the embankment is to be placed. The cleared surface shall be broken up by plowing or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm) and shall then be compacted as indicated in paragraph 152-2.6. When the height of fill is greater than 4 feet (1.2 m), sod not required to be removed shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground before construction of embankment. Sloped surfaces steeper than one (1) vertical to four (4) horizontal shall be plowed, stepped, benched, or broken up so that the fill material will bond with the existing material. When the subgrade is part fill and part excavation or natural ground, the excavated or natural ground portion shall be scarified to a depth of 12 inches(300 mm)and compacted as specified for the adjacent fill. No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the quantity of excavation removed will be paid for under the respective items of work. 152-2.6 Formation of embankments. Embankments shall be formed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for the full width of the cross-section, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The layers shall be placed,to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross-section or as directed by the Engineer. Materials such as brush, hedge, roots, stumps, grass and other organic matter, shall not be incorporated or buried in the embankment. Earthwork operations shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing, or other unsatisfactory weather conditions in the field. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. Material shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide surface drainage at all times. The material in each layer shall be within±2% of optimum moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. To achieve a uniform moisture content throughout the layer, the material shall be moistened or aerated as necessary. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken for each 500 square yards. Based on these tests, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and adjustments in methods, materials or moisture content to achieve the specified embankment density. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95% of maximum density for noncohesive soils, and 90% of maximum density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D6938. Under all areas to be paved, the embankments shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557 . On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches(100 mm). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 6938 using Procedure _ A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938. The Engineer shall perform all density tests. Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another layer until the proper density is obtained. During construction of the embankment,the Contractor shall route all construction equipment evenly over the entire width of the embankment as each layer is placed. Layer placement shall begin in the deepest portion of the embankment fill. As placement progresses, the layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 inches(150 mm)of the subgrade.Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed by the Engineer and the finer material shall be used to fill the voids with forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas,except at places and in the manner designated on the plans or by the Engineer. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material cannot be placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing, pulverizing or further breaking down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding 2 feet (60 cm) in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable equipment by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. The layer shall not be constructed above an elevation 4 feet(1.2 m)below the finished subgrade. There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted '— embankment. All costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, discing, watering, mixing, sloping, and other operations necessary for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items . 152-2.7 Finishing and protection of subgrade. After the subgrade is substantially complete, the Contractor shall remove any soft or other unstable material over the full width of the subgrade that will not compact properly. All low areas, holes or depressions in the subgrade shall be brought to grade with suitable select material. Scarifying, blading, rolling and other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgrade shaped to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage and limit hauling over the finished subgrade to only traffic essential for construction purposes. All ruts or rough places that develop in the completed subgrade shall be graded and recompacted. No subbase, base, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved r by the Engineer. 152-2.8 Haul. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. The Contractor shall include the cost in the contract unit price for the pay of items of work involved.No payment will be _ made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work. 152-2.9 Tolerances. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 12-foot (3.7-m) straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/2 inch(12 mm), or shall not be more than 0.05 feet(15 mm) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials; reshaping; and recompacting. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron On safety areas, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 feet (3 mm) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and reshaping. 152-2.10 Topsoil. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans or under Item T-905, it — shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905. If, at the time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its final section of finished construction,the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within 4 0 0 feet of runway pavement or 13 0 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas that subsequently will require any excavation or embankment fill. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is practical to place the salvaged topsoil at the time of excavation or stripping,the material shall be placed in _ its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling. Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in Item T-905. No direct payment will be made for topsoil under Item P-152. The quantity removed and placed directly or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for "Unclassified Excavation."When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer,the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for "topsoiling," as provided in Item T-905. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT — 152-3.1The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) measured in its original position. Measurement shall not include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed. BASIS OF PAYMENT 152-4.1 "Unclassified excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. — Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4 . 1 Unclassified Excavation - per cubic yard (cubic _. meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone Method ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2700 kN-m/m3)) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ASTM D2167 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method ASTM D6938 Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) END OF ITEM P-152 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-7 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P152-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Item P-154 Subbase Course DESCRIPTION 154-1.1 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular materials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross-section shown on the plans. MATERIALS 154-2.1 Materials. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable particles or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be mixed or blended with fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials produced from approved sources. This mixture must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifications as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free from vegetative matter, lumps or excessive amounts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign substances. Pit-run material may be used, provided the material meets the gradation requirements specified. Gradation Requirements Sieve designation (square openings) as per Percentage by ASTM C136 and ASTM D422 weight passing sieves 3 inch (75 mm) 100 No. 10 (2.0 mm) 20-100 No. 40 (0.450 mm) 5-60 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0-5 The portion of the material passing the No. 40 (0.450 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than six(6)when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. The material finer than 0. 02 mm shall be limited to a maximum of 3% and the maximum allowable material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be reduced from 0-8% to 0-5% . Testing per ASTM D422 will be required for the percentage passing the 0 . 02 mm particle size once per lot. 154-2.2 Sampling and testing. Material used on the project shall be sampled per ASTM D75 and tested per ASTM C136 and ASTM C117. Results shall be furnished to the Engineer by the Contractor prior to the start of construction and once per day during construction. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 154-3.1 General. The subbase course shall be placed where designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified. Granular subbases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support the construction equipment without movement, shall be mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide stability as directed by the Engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall include the addition of a FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P154-1 Waterloo Regional Airport -- AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so the course will not deform under construction equipment traffic. The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase the soil constants of that material above the specified limits. L 154-3.2 Operation in pits. The subbase material shall be obtained from pits or sources that have been approved by the Engineer. The material in the pits shall be excavated and handled to produce a uniform and satisfactory product. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material L, encountered shall be performed by the Contractor. The cost of this work is incidental to this item. 154-3.3 Preparing underlying course. Prior to constructing the subbase course, clean the underlying course or subgrade of all foreign substances. The surface of the underlying course or subgrade shall meet specified compaction and surface tolerances. Correct ruts, or soft yielding spots, in the underlying courses and subgrade areas having inadequate compaction and deviations of the surface from the specified requirements by loosening and removing soft or unsatisfactory material and by adding approved material, boar reshaping to line and grade, and recompacting to specified density requirements. For cohesionless underlying courses or subgrades containing sands or gravels, as defined in ASTM D2487, the surface shall be stabilized prior to placement of the overlying course. Accomplish stabilization by mixing the overlying course material into the underlying course, and compacting by approved methods. The finished underlying course shall not be disturbed by traffic or other operations and shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition until the overlying course is placed. The course shall be checked and accepted by the Engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. To protect the subgrade and to ensure proper drainage, the spreading of the subbase shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. 154-3.4 Materials acceptance in existing condition. When the entire subbase material is in a uniform and satisfactory condition at approximately the required moisture content, the approved material may be moved directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with proper blending. The materials from these sources shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. The intent of the specifications is to secure materials that will not require further mixing. The moisture content of the material shall be approximately that required to obtain maximum density. Any minor deficiency or excess in moisture content may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. Some mixing or aeration may be required prior to rolling to obtain the required moisture content. Blading or dragging, if necessary, shall be performed to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to line and grade. 154-3.5 Plant mixing. When materials from several sources will be blended and mixed, the subbase material shall be processed in a central mixing plant. The subbase material,together with any blended material, shall be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. After the mixing is complete, the material shall be transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of moisture content. 154-3.6 General methods for placing. The subbase course shall be constructed in layers of not less than inches (75 mm) nor more than 8 inches (200 mm) of compacted thickness. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. The material, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The subbase,unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards(1700 sq m) in advance of the rolling.Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within this limit. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described here shall apply similarly to L each layer. L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P 154-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder,or foreign material in the subbase course mixture. 154-3.7 Finishing and compacting. After spreading or mixing, the subbase material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately handle the rate of placing and spreading of the subbase course. The field density of the compacted material shall be at least 100% of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the subbase material delivered to the jobsite. The laboratory specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with D1557. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D6938 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material . The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938 . The moisture content of the material at the start of compaction shall be within±2% of the optimum moisture content.All testing shall be done by the Engineer. -•� The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed 3/8 inch (9 mm) when tested with a 12 feet(3.7 m) straightedge,the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling duringrolling, if necessary, shall be byequipment a roved bythe Engineer. Water shall not p g g� rY, PP g be added in manner or quantity that allows free water to reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft. 154-3.8 Surface tolerance. The surface of the top layer shall show no deviations in excess of 3/8 inch (9 mm)when tested with a 12-foot(3.7-m) straightedge. Take measurements in successive positions parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved. Measurements shall also be taken perpendicular to the centerline at 50-foot intervals. Correct deviations exceeding this amount by removing material and replacing with new material, or by reworking existing material and compacting it to meet these specifications. 154-3.9 Thickness control. The completed thickness of the course(s) shall be in accordance with the thickness and grade indicated on the drawings. The completed course shall not be more than 1/2 inch(12 mm) deficient in thickness nor more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) above or below the established grade. Where any of these tolerances are exceeded, correct such areas by scarifying, adding new material of proper gradation or removing material, and compacting, as directed. Where the measured thickness is 1/2 inch (12 mm) or more thicker than shown, the course will be considered as conforming with the specified thickness requirements plus 1/2 inch (12 mm). The average job thickness shall be the average of the job measurements as specified above but within 1/4 inch(6 mm) of the thickness shown. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by by survey. 7 154-3.10 Protection. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted during freezing temperatures nor when the subgrade is wet. When the subbase material contains frozen material or when the underlying course is frozen,the construction shall be stopped. The Contractor shall protect and maintain the subgrade from yielding until the subbase is accepted. 154-3.11 Maintenance. The Contractor shall maintain the completed course in a satisfactory condition until accepted by the Engineer. 71 FAA AlP#3-19-0094-046 P154-3 Waterloo Regional Airport 7 AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 154-4.1 Subbase course shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters)of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course. The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0. 01 foot (3 mm) . On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus 1/2 inch (12 mm) in computing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. BASIS OF PAYMENT t. 154-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-154-5.1 Subbase Course-per cubic yard (cubic meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS Newl ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer Than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates • ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone Method 4. ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2487 Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) ASTM D4253 Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils — Using a Vibratory Table ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils -" ASTM D4718 Standard Practice for Correction of Unit Weight and Water Content for Soils Containing Oversize Particles ASTM D6938 Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) END OF ITEM P-154 —` FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P154-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Cr` Item P-208 Aggregate Base Course 208-1.1 This item shall consist of a base course composed of course aggregate bonded with fine aggregate base. It shall be constructed on a prepared subgrade or subbase course per these specifications and shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross-section shown on the plans. MATERIALS 208-2.1 Aggregate base. The aggregate base material shall consist of both fine and coarse aggregate. Material shall be clean, sound, durable particles and fragments of stone or gravel, crushed stone, or ..� crushed gravel mixed or blended with sand, screenings, or other similar materials produced from approved sources. The aggregate shall be free from lumps of clay, organic matter, and other objectionable materials or coatings. Crushed aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, durable stones and rock crushed to specified size and shall be free from excess soft or disintegrated pieces, dirt, or other objectionable matter. The method used to produce the crushed gravel shall result in the fractured particles in the finished product as nearly constant and uniform as practicable. The coarse aggregate portion, defined as the portion retained on the No. 4 sieve, shall not have a loss of greater than 50%when tested per ASTM C131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 12%, or the magnesium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 18%, after five cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C88. The aggregate shall have at least 60% by weight of particles with at least two fractured faces and 75% with at least one fractured face per ASTM D5821. The area of each face '""4shall be equal to at least 75%of the smallest mid-sectional area of the piece.When two fractured faces are contiguous,the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. The aggregate shall contain no more than 15%, by weight, of flat, elongated, or flat and elongated particles per ASTM D4791. A flat particle is one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than three (3); an elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than three(3). The fine aggregate portion, defined as the portion passing the No. 4 sieve, produced in crushing operations shall be incorporated in the base material to the extent permitted by the gradation requirements. a. Sampling and testing for initial aggregate base requirements. Samples shall be taken by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. Material shall meet the requirements in paragraph 208-2.1 and 208-2.2. This sampling and testing will be the basis for approval of the aggregate base quality requirements. 208-2.2 Gradation requirement. The gradation of the aggregate base material shall meet the requirements of the gradation given in the following table when tested per ASTM C 117 and ASTM C136. The gradation shall be well graded from coarse to fine as defined by ASTM D2487 and shall not vary from the lower limit on one sieve to the high limit on an adjacent sieve or vice versa. The fraction of material passing the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve shall not exceed one-half the fraction passing the No. 40 (0.45 mm) sieve. The portion of the filler and binder, including any blended material, passing the No. 40 (0.45 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit not more than 25 and a plasticity index not more than five (5) when tested per ASTM D4318. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P208-1 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate Base Sieve Size Design Range Contractor's Job Control Grading Band Final Tolerances for Contractor's Percentage by Weight Gradation Final Gradation Percent 1 inch(25 mm) 10 0 ±8 3/4 inch(19 mm) 70-100 +8 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 3 5-6 5 ±8 No. 40 (0.45 mm) 10-25 ±5 No. 200(0.075 mm) 5-15 ±3 The "Job Control Grading Band Tolerances for Contractor's Final Gradation"in the table shall be applied _ to "Contractor's Final Gradation"to establish a job control grading band. The full tolerance still applies if application of the tolerances results in a job control grading band outside the design range. a. Sampling and testing for gradation. The Contractor shall take at least two aggregate base samples per lot to check the final gradation. Sampling shall be per ASTM D75. The lot will be consistent with the lot size used for density. The samples shall be taken from the in-place, un-compacted material in the presence of the Engineer. Sampling points and intervals will be designated by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS _ 208-3.1 Operations in pits and quarries. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and quarries, including handling of unsuitable material, shall be performed by the Contractor. All material shall be handled in a manner that shall secure a uniform and satisfactory base product. The base course material shall be obtained from sources that have been approved by the Engineer. 208-3.2 Preparing underlying subgrade and/or subbase. The underlying subgrade and/or subbase shall _ be checked and accepted by the Engineer before base course placing and spreading operations begin. Re- proof rolling of the subgrade or proof rolling of the subbase in accordance with P-152, at the Contractor's expense, may be required by the Engineer if the Contractor fails to ensure proper drainage or protect the subgrade and/or subbase. Any ruts or soft,yielding areas due to improper drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause, shall be corrected before the base course is placed. To ensure proper drainage, the spreading of the base shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way slope. 208-3.3 Production. The aggregate shall be uniformly blended and, when at a satisfactory moisture content per paragraph 208-3.5, the approved material may be transported directly to the spreading equipment. 208-3.4 Placing. The aggregate base material shall be placed and spread on the prepared underlying subgrade and/or subbase and compacted in layers to the thickness shown on the plans. Work shall progress without interruption. The material shall be deposited and spread in lanes in a uniform layer without segregation to such loose depth that, when compacted, the layer shall have the specified FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P208-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 1 1 thickness. The aggregate base course shall be constructed in layers of uniform thickness of not less than 3 inches (75 mm) nor more than 6 inches (150 mm) of compacted thickness. The aggregate as spread shall be of uniform grading with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The aggregate, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards (1700 sq m) in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within these limits. Care shall be taken to prevent cutting into the underlying layer during spreading. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course.The aggregate base material shall be spread by spreader boxes or other approved devices. This equipment shall have positive thickness controls that spread the aggregate in the required amount to avoid or minimize the need for hand manipulation. Dumping from vehicles that require re- handling shall not be permitted. Hauling over the uncompacted base course shall not be permitted. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described here shall apply similarly to 44. each layer. 208-3.5 Compaction. Immediately upon completion of the spreading operations, compact each layer of the base course, as specified, with approved compaction equipment. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the material to the required density. The moisture content of the material during placing operations shall be within ±2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D1557. infiq 208-3.6 Acceptance sampling and testing for density. Aggregate base course shall be accepted for density on a lot basis. A lot will consist of one day's production if it does not exceed 2400 square yards (2000 sq m). A lot will consist of one-half day's production if a day's production is between 2400 and "1 4800 square yards (2000 and 4000 sq m). The Engineer shall perform all density Each lot shall be divided into two equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublot and shall consist of the average of two random locations for density determination. Sampling locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis per ASTM D3665. . W- Each lot shall be accepted for density when the field density is at least 100% of the maximum density of laboratory specimens compacted and tested per ASTM D1557. The in-place field density shall be determined per ASTM D6938 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, ,.� and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938 .. If the specified density is not attained, the entire lot shall be reworked and/or recompacted and two additional random tests made. This procedure shall be followed until the specified density is reached. 208-3.7 Surface tolerances. After the course has been compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any portion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm), reshaped and recompacted to grade until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained and approved by the Engineer. Any deviation in surface tolerances shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The smoothness and accuracy requirements specified here apply only to the top layer when base course is constructed in more than one layer. a. Smoothness. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch (9 mm) when tested with a --� 12-foot (3.7-m) straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerline. The straightedge shall be moved continuously forward at half the length of the 12-foot (3.7-m) straightedge for the full length of each line on a 50-foot(15-m)grid. b. Accuracy. The grade and crown shall be measured on a 50-foot (15-m) grid and shall be within +0 and-1/2 inch(12 mm)of the specified grade. I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P208-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 208-3.8 Thickness control. The thickness of the base course shall be within+0 and -1/2 inch(12 mm)of the specified thickness as determined by depth tests taken by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. Tests shall be taken at intervals representing no more than 300 square yards(250 sq m)per test. Where the thickness is deficient by more than 1/2 inch(12 mm),the Contractor shall correct such areas at no additional cost by scarifying to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm), adding new material of proper gradation, and the material shall be blended and recompacted to grade. The Contractor shall replace,at his expense, base material where depth tests have been taken. 208-3.9 Protection. Perform construction when the atmospheric temperature is above 35°F (2°C). When the temperature falls below 35°F (2°C), protect all completed areas by approved methods against detrimental effects of freezing. Correct completed areas damaged by freezing, rainfall, or other weather conditions to meet specified requirements. When the aggregates contain frozen materials or when the underlying course is frozen or wet, the construction shall be stopped. Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage results. Equipment shall be routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. The Engineer will stop all hauling over completed or partially completed base course when, in the Engineer's opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage to the base course shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Nom 208-3.10 Maintenance. The Contractor shall maintain the base course in a satisfactory condition until the full pavement section is completed and accepted by the Engineer. The surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material and properly drained at all times. Maintenance shall include immediate repairs to any defects and shall be repeated as often as necessary to keep the area intact. Any base course that is - not paved over prior to the onset of winter shall be retested to verify that it still complies with the requirements of this specification. Any area of base course that is damaged shall be reworked or replaced as necessary to comply with this specification. Equipment used in the construction of an adjoining section may be routed over completed base course, if no damage results and the equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SURVEY AND GRADE HUBS FROM THE BASE COURSES PRIOR TO PLACING ANY BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 208-4.1 The quantity of aggregate base course shall be measured by the number of square yards -- (square metcrs) of material actually constructed and accepted by the Engineer as complying with the plans and specifications. Base materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. BASIS OF PAYMENT 208-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yards (square meters) for aggregate base course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all operations, hauling, placing, and compacting of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-208-5.1 Aggregate Base Course, 6-Inch -per square yards (square meters) tom FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P208-4 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron t TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C29 Standard Test Method for Bulk Density("Unit Weight")and Voids in Aggregate 1 ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C 131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine I ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone Method ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2167 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method ASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D4718 Standard Practice for Correction of Unit Weight and Water Content for Soils Containing Oversize Particles ASTM D4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate "st ASTM D5821 Standard Test Method for Determining the Percentage of Fractured Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM D6938 Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- { Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) END OF ITEM P-208 I I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P208-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P208-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r.. Item P-403 Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA)Pavements(Base,Leveling or Surface Course) MGr DESCRIPTION 403-1.1 This item shall consist of a sae course composed of mineral aggregate and asphalt cement binder (asphalt binder) mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown on the plans. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical section, and elevation required I ""1 by the plans and shall be rolled,finished,and approved before the placement of the next course. 1 � MATERIALS 403-2.1 Aggregate. Aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel crushed slag, screenings, natural sand and mineral filler, as required. The aggregates should be free of ferrous sulfides, such as pyrite, that would cause "rust" staining that can bleed through pavement markings. The portion retained on the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve is coarse aggregate. The portion passing the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve and retained on the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve is fine aggregate, and the portion passing the No. 200 (0.075 mm)sieve is mineral filler. a. Coarse aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of sound, tough, durable particles, free from films of matter that would prevent thorough coating and bonding with the bituminous material and free from organic matter and other deleterious substances. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 5 0 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 12%,or the magnesium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 18%,after five cycles,when tested ""! in accordance with ASTM C88. Clay Lumps and friable particles shall not exceed 1.0% when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. Aggregate shall contain at least 75. percent by weight of individual pieces having two or more fractured faces and 135 percent by weight having at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75% of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous,the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. Fractured faces shall be achieved by crushing. The aggregate shall not contain more than a total of 20% by weight of flat particles, elongated particles, and flat and elongated particles when tested in accordance with ASTM D4791 with a value of 3: 1 . ..t Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted weight of not less than 70 1 pounds per cubic foot(1.12 mg/cubic meter)when tested in accordance with ASTM C29. 1 b. Fine aggregate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, tough, durable, angular shaped particles produced by crushing stone, slag, or gravel that meets the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objectionable matter. "1 The fine aggregate, including any blended material for the fine aggregate, shall have a plasticity index of not more than six (6) and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 1 The soundness loss shall not exceed 10% when sodium sulfate is used or 15% when magnesium sulfate is used, after five cycles, when tested per ASTM C88. Clay lumps and friable particles shall not exceed 1.0 percent, by weight, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. Natural (non-manufactured) sand may be used to obtain the gradation of the aggregate blend or to improve the workability of the mix. The amount of sand to be added will be adjusted to produce mixtures conforming to requirements of this specification. The fine aggregate shall not contain —' more than 15 o natural sand by weight of total aggregates . If used, the natural sand shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1073 and shall have a plasticity index of not more than six (6)and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318.The aggregate shall have sand equivalent values of 4 5 or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D2419. c. Sampling. ASTM D75 shall be used in sampling coarse and fine aggregate, and ASTM C183 shall be used in sampling mineral filler. 403-2.2 Mineral filler.If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall — meet the requirements of ASTM D242. 403-2.3 Asphalt cement binder. Asphalt cement binder shall conform to ASTM D6373 Performance Grade (PG) 6 4—2 8. A certificate of compliance from the manufacturer shall be included with the mix design submittal. The supplier's certified test report with test data indicating grade certification for the asphalt binder shall be provided to the Engineer for each load at the time of delivery to the mix plant. A certified test report with test data indicating grade certification for the asphalt binder shall also be provided to the Engineer for any modification of the asphalt binder after delivery to the mix plant and before use in the HMA. _ 403-2.4 Preliminary material acceptance. Prior to delivery of materials to the job site, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for the following materials: a. Coarse aggregate:(1)Percent of wear (2) Soundness — (3) Clay lumps and friable particles (4) Percent fractured faces (5)Flat and elongated particles — 6) Unit weight of slag b.Fine aggregate: (1) Liquid limit and Plasticity index (2) Soundness (3) Clay lumps and friable particles (4)Percent natural sand (5) Sand equivalent c. Mineral filler. d. Asphalt binder. Test results for asphalt binder shall include temperature/viscosity charts for -- mixing and compaction temperatures. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 7, The certifications shall show the appropriate ASTM tests for each material, the test results, and a statement that the material meets the specification requirement. ail, The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production,to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. ,... 403-2.5 Anti-stripping agent. Any anti-stripping agent or additive if required shall be heat stable, shall not change the asphalt cement viscosity beyond specifications, shall contain no harmful ingredients, shall be added in recommended proportion by approved method, and shall be a material approved by the ^,1 Department of Transportation of the State in which the project is located. COMPOSITION 403-3.1 Composition of mixture. The HMA plant mix shall be composed of a mixture of well-graded aggregate, filler and anti-strip agent if required, and asphalt binder. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, handled in separate size groups, and combined in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the job mix formula(JMF). 403-3.2 Job mix formula.No hot-mixed asphalt (HMA) for payment shall be produced until a JMF has .11 been approved in writing by the Engineer. The asphalt mix design and JMF shall be prepared by an accredited laboratory that meets the requirements of paragraph 403-3.4. The HMA shall be designed using procedures contained in Asphalt Institute MS-2 Mix Design Manual, 7th -. Edition. Samples shall be prepared at various asphalt contents and compacted using the gyratory compactor in accordance with ASTM D6925. Tensile Strength Ratio(TSR) of the composite mixture, as determined by ASTM D4867, shall not be less 7 than 75 when tested at a saturation of 70-80% or an anti-stripping agent shall be added to the HMA, as necessary, to produce a TSR of not less than 75 when tested at a saturation of 70-80%. If an anti-strip agent is required, it shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. """ The JMF shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor at least a days prior to the start of paving 1 operations. The JMF shall be developed within the same construction season using aggregates currently being produced. 7 The submitted JMF shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible professional Engineer of the laboratory and shall include the following items as a minimum: ,.1 a. Percent passing each sieve size for total combined gradation, individual gradation of all aggregate stockpiles and percent by weight of each stockpile used in the JMF. b.Percent of asphalt cement. c.Asphalt performance, grade, and type of modifier if used. d. Number of gyrations . "` e.Laboratory mixing temperature. f.Laboratory compaction temperature. 7 g. Temperature-viscosity relationship of the PG asphalt cement binder showing acceptable range of mixing and compaction temperatures and for modified binders include supplier recommended mixing and compaction temperatures. " l h.Plot of the combined gradation on the 0.45 power gradation curve. i. Graphical plots of air voids, voids in the mineral aggregate, and unit weight versus asphalt content. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ..1 AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i j. Specific gravity and absorption of each aggregate. k.Percent natural sand. 1.Percent fractured faces. m. Percent by weight of flat particles, elongated particles, and flat and elongated particles (and criteria). n. Tensile Strength Ratio(TSR).o.Anti-strip agent(if required). p. Date the JMF was developed. Mix designs that are not dated or which are from a prior construction season shall not be accepted. q. Percentage and properties (asphalt content, binder properties, and aggregate properties) of reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) in —' accordance with paragraph Reclaimed Hot-Mix Asphalt, if RAP is used. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the results of verification testing of three (3) asphalt samples prepared at the optimum asphalt content. The average of the results of this testing shall indicate conformance with the JMF requirements specified in Tables 1 and 3. When the project requires asphalt mixtures of differing aggregate gradations, a separate JMF and the results of JMF verification testing shall be submitted for each mix. The JMF for each mixture shall be in effect until a modification is approved in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new JMF must be submitted within 15 days and — approved by the Engineer in writing before the new material is used. After the initial production JMF has been approved by the Engineer and a new or modified JMF is required for whatever reason, the subsequent cost of the Engineer's approval of the new or modified JMF will be borne by the Contractor. There will be no time extension given or considerations for extra costs associated with the stoppage of production paving or restart of production paving due to the time needed for the Engineer to approve the initial, new or modified JMF. The Gyratory Design Criteria applicable to the project shall meet the criteria specified in Table 1 . Table 1. Gyratory Compaction Criteria Test Property Value Number of compactor 75 gyrations Air voids (%) 3 . 5 Percent voids in mineral aggregate, Table 2 minimum FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Table 2.Minimum Percent Voids In Mineral Aggregate(VMA) -� Aggregate (See Table 3) Minimum VMA Gradation 3 16 Gradation 2 15 Gradation 1 14 The mineral aggregate shall be of such size that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by laboratory sieves, will conform to the gradation or gradations specified in Table 3 when tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and ASTM C 117. The gradations in Table 3 represent the limits that shall determine the suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply, be well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve, or vice versa. Table 3.Aggregate-HMA Pavements Percentage by Weight Sieve Size Passing Sieve 1 inch(25 mm) --- 3/4 inch(19 mm) 100 1/2 inch(12 mm) 79-99 3/8 inch(9 mm) 6 8-8 8 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 4 8-6 8 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 33-53 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 20-40 No. 30 (0.60 mm) 14-3 0 No. 50 (0.30 mm) 9-21 No. 100 (0.15 mm) 6-16 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 3-6 Asphalt Percent: Stone or gravel 5. 0-7 . 5 Slag 6. 5-9. 5 -- The aggregate gradations shown are based on aggregates of uniform specific gravity. The percentages passing the various sieves shall be corrected when aggregates of varying specific gravities are used, as indicated in the Asphalt Institute MS-2 Mix Design Manual, 7th Edition. 403-3.3 Reclaimed asphalt concrete (RAP). Reclaimed HMA shall consist of reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) , coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler, and asphalt cement. Recycled asphalt shingles (RAS) shall not be allowed. The RAP shall be of a consistent gradation and asphalt content and properties. When RAP is fed into the plant, the maximum RAP chunk size shall not exceed 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) . The reclaimed asphalt concrete mix shall be designed using procedures FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron contained in the Asphalt Institute MS-2 Mix Design Manual, 7th Edition. The percentage of asphalt in the RAP shall be established for the mixture design according to ASTM D2172 using the appropriate dust correction procedure. The JMF shall meet the requirements of Paragraph 403-3.2 RAP should only be used for shoulder surface course mixes and —' for any intermediate courses . The use of RAP containing Coal Tar shall not be allowed. Coal Tar surface treatments must be removed prior to recycling underlying asphalt material . The amount of RAP shall be limited to 20percent. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 403-3 .2, the JMF shall indicate the percent of reclaimed asphalt pavement and the percent and grade of new asphalt binder. For the PG graded asphalt binder selected in 403-2 . 3, adjust as follows : a. For 0-20% RAP, there is no change in virgin binder content. 403-3.4 Job mix formula (JMF) laboratory. The Contractor's laboratory used to develop the JMF shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM D3666. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for developing the JMF must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be — submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. 403-3.5 Test section.A test section is not required. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 403-4.1 Weather limitations. The HMA shall not be placed upon a wet surface or when the surface temperature of the underlying course is less than specified in Table 4. The temperature requirements may be waived by the Engineer, if requested; however, all other requirements including compaction shall be met. Table 4. Surface Temperature Limitations of Underlying Course Base Temperature(Minimum) Mat Thickness Degrees F Degrees C 3 inches(7.5 cm) or greater 40 4 Greater than 2 inches(50 mm) but less than 3 inches(7.5 cm) 45 7 — 403-4.2 HMA plant. Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the requirements of American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) M156 with the following changes: a. Requirements for all plants include: (1) Truck scales. The HMA shall be weighed on approved scales furnished by the Contractor, or on certified public scales at the Contractor's expense. Scales shall be inspected and sealed as often as the Engineer deems necessary to assure their accuracy. Scales shall conform to the requirements of the General Provisions, subsection 90-01. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron In lieu of scales, and as approved by the Engineer, HMA weights may be determined by the use of an electronic weighing system equipped with an automatic printer that weighs the total HMA .0, production and as often thereafter as requested by the Engineer. 1 (2) Testing facilities. The Contractor shall ensure laboratory facilities are provided at the plant for the use of the Engineer. The lab shall have sufficient space and equipment so that both testing —.+ representatives (Engineer's and Contractor's) can operate efficiently. The lab shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3666 including all necessary equipment,materials, and current reference standards to comply with the specifications and masonry saw with diamond blade for trimming pavement cores and samples. ,.t The plant testing laboratory shall have a floor space area of not less than 200 square feet(18.5 sq m),with a ceiling height of not less than 7-1/2 feet(2 m). The laboratory shall be weather tight, sufficiently heated in cold weather, air-conditioned in hot weather to maintain temperatures for testing purposes of 70°F ±5°F (21°C ±2.3°C). The plant testing laboratory shall be located on the plant site to provide an unobstructed view, from one of its windows, of the trucks being loaded with the plant mix materials. In addition,the facility shall include the minimum: --1 (a)Adequate artificial lighting. (b) Electrical outlets sufficient in number and capacity for operating the required testing equipment and drying samples. 7 (c) A minimum of two (2) Underwriter's Laboratories approved fire extinguishers of the 1 appropriate types and class. (d)Work benches for testing. (e)Desk with chairs and file cabinet. (f) Sanitary facilities convenient to testing laboratory. (g)Exhaust fan to outside air. 1 (h) Sink with running water. 1 Failure to provide the specified facilities shall be sufficient cause for disapproving HMA plant .41 operations. j Laboratory facilities shall be kept clean, and all equipment shall be maintained in proper working condition. The Engineer shall be permitted unrestricted access to inspect the Contractor's laboratory ,, facility and witness quality control activities. The Engineer will advise the Contractor in writing of any noted deficiencies concerning the laboratory facility, equipment, supplies, or testing personnel and procedures. When the deficiencies are serious enough to be adversely affecting the test results, the incorporation of the materials into the work shall be suspended immediately and will not be permitted to y resume until the deficiencies are satisfactorily corrected. (3)Inspection of plant.The Engineer, or Engineer's authorized representative, shall have access, ,,,,., at all times, to all areas of the plant for checking adequacy of equipment; inspecting operation of the plant: verifying weights, proportions, and material properties; and checking the temperatures maintained in the preparation of the mixtures. M-, (4) Storage bins and surge bins.The HMA stored in storage and surge bins shall meet the same requirements as HMA loaded directly into trucks and may be permitted under the following conditions: (a)Stored in non-insulated bins for a period of time not to exceed three(3)hours. (b) Stored in insulated storage bins for a period of time not to exceed eight(8)hours. If the Engineer determines that there is an excessive amount of heat loss, segregation or oxidation of the HMA due to temporary storage,no temporary storage will be allowed. " 403-4.3 Hauling equipment. Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, and smooth metal j beds. To prevent the HMA from sticking to the truck beds, the truck beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, or other material approved.by the Engineer. Petroleum -ra FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron i Irmo products shall not be used for coating truck beds. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather. When necessary, to ensure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature,truck beds shall be insulated or heated and covers shall be securely fastened. 403-4.3.1 Material transfer vehicle (MTV). A material transfer vehicle is not required. 403-4.4 HMA pavers. HMA pavers shall be self-propelled with an activated heated screed, capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA that will meet the specified thickness, smoothness, and grade. The paver shall have sufficient power to propel itself and the hauling equipment without adversely affecting the finished surface. The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation.The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the HMA uniformly in front of the screed without segregation. The screed shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture. If, during construction, it is found that the spreading and finishing equipment in use leaves tracks or indented areas, or produces other blemishes in the pavement that are not satisfactorily corrected by the scheduled operations,the use of such equipment shall be discontinued and satisfactory equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. 403-4.4.1 Automatic grade control. The HMA paver shall be equipped with a control system capable of automatically maintaining the specified screed elevation. The control system shall be automatically actuated from either a reference line and/or through a system of mechanical sensors or sensor-directed mechanisms or devices that will maintain the paver screed at a predetermined transverse slope and at the proper elevation to obtain the required surface. The transverse slope controller shall be capable ofint maintaining the screed at the desired slope within+0.1%. The controls shall be capable of working in conjunction with any of the following attachments: a. Ski-type device of not less than 30 feet(9 m) in length b. Taut stringline(wire)set to grade c. Short ski or shoe d.Laser control 403-4.5 Rollers. Rollers of the vibratory, steel wheel, and pneumatic-tired type shall be used. They shall be in good condition, capable of operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the HMA. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the HMA to the required density while it is still in a workable condition.All rollers shall be specifically designed and suitable for compacting hot mix bituminous concrete and shall be properly used. Rollers that impair the stability of any layer of a pavement structure or underlying ._ soils shall not be used. Depressions in pavement surfaces caused by rollers shall be repaired by the Contractor at their own expense. The use of equipment that causes crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. •- 403-4.5.1 Density device. The Contractor shall have on site a density gauge during all paving operations in order to assist in the determination of the optimum rolling pattern, type of roller and frequencies, as well as to monitor the effect of the rolling operations during production paving. The Contractor shall also supply a qualified technician during all paving operations to calibrate the density gauge and obtain accurate density readings for all new HMA. These densities shall be supplied to the Engineer upon request at any time during construction. No separate payment will be made for supplying the density gauge and technician. FAA AlP#3-19-0094-046 P403-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron rr► 403-4.6 Preparation of asphalt binder. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local overheating and provide a continuous supply of the bituminous material to the mixer at a uniform temperature. The temperature of the unmodified asphalt binder delivered to the mixer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable viscosity for adequate coating of the aggregate particles, but shall not exceed 325°F (160°C) when added to the aggregate. The temperature of modified asphalt binder shall be no more than 350°F (175°C)when added to the aggregate. 403-4.7 Preparation of mineral aggregate. The aggregate for the HMA shall be heated and dried. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no damage occurs to the aggregates. The temperature of the aggregate and mineral filler shall not exceed 350°F (175°C)when the asphalt binder is added. Particular care shall be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The temperature shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating and uniform distribution on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satisfactory workability. 403-4.8 Preparation of HMA. The aggregates and the asphalt binder shall be weighed or metered and introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the JMF. The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtains a uniform coating of asphalt binder and is thoroughly distributed throughout the mixture. Wet mixing time shall be the shortest time that will produce a satisfactory mixture, but not less than 25 seconds for batch plants. The wet mixing time for all plants shall be established by the Contractor, based on the procedure for determining the percentage of coated particles described in ASTM D2489,for each individual plant and for each type of aggregate used. The wet mixing time will be set to achieve 95% of coated particles. For continuous mix plants, the minimum mixing time shall be determined by dividing the weight of its contents at operating level by the j weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer. The moisture content of all HMA upon discharge shall not exceed 0.5%. 403-4.9 Preparation of the underlying surface. Immediately before placing the HMA, the underlying course shall be cleaned of all dust and debris. A prime coat and tack coat shall be applied in accordance with Item P-602 and P-603, if shown on the plans. 403-4.10 Laydown plan, transporting, placing, and finishing. Prior to the placement of the HMA, the Contractor shall prepare a laydown plan for approval by the Engineer. This is to minimize the number of cold joints in the pavement. The laydown plan shall include the sequence of paving laydown by stations, width of lanes,temporary ramp locations, and laydown temperature. The laydown plan shall also include estimated time of completion for each portion of the work(that is, milling, paving, rolling, cooling, etc.). Modifications to the laydown plan shall be approved by the Engineer. The HMA shall be transported from the mixing plant to the site in vehicles conforming to the requirements of paragraph 403-4.3.Deliveries shall be scheduled so that placing and compacting of HMA ,., is uniform with minimum stopping and starting of the paver. Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be permitted until the material has been compacted, as specified, and allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature. The alignment and elevation of the paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose for the first lift of all runway and taxiway pavements. Successive lifts of HMA surface course may be placed using a ski, or laser control per paragraph 403-4.4.1,provided grades of the first lift ..� of bituminous surface course meet the tolerances of paragraphs 403-5.2b(5) as verified by a survey. Contractor shall survey each lift of HMA surface course and certify to Engineer that every lot of each lift meets the grade tolerances of paragraph 403-5.2b(5)before the next lift can be placed. The initial placement and compaction of the HMA shall occur at a temperature suitable for obtaining density, surface smoothness, and other specified requirements but not less than 250°F(121°C). i FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-9 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Edges of existing HMA pavement abutting the new work shall be saw cut and carefully removed as shown on the drawings and coated with asphalt tack coat before new material is placed against it. Upon arrival,the mixture shall be placed to the full width by a bituminous paver.It shall be struck off in a uniform layer of such depth that, when the work is completed, it shall have the required thickness and �. conform to the grade and contour indicated. The speed of the paver shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the HMA mat. Unless otherwise permitted, placement of the HMA shall begin along the centerline of a crowned section or on the high side of areas with a one-way slope. The HMA shall be placed in consecutive adjacent strips having a minimum width of 10 feet except where edge lanes require less width to complete the area. Additional screed sections shall not be attached to widen paver to meet the minimum lane width requirements specified above unless additional auger sections are added to match. The longitudinal joint in one course shall offset the longitudinal joint in the course immediately below by at least one foot(30 cm);however,the joint in the surface top course shall be at the centerline of crowned pavements. Transverse joints in one course shall be offset by at least 10 feet (3 m) from transverse joints in the previous course. Transverse joints in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet(3 m). On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and '- finishing equipment impractical,the HMA may be spread and luted by hand tools. Areas of segregation in the course, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. The area shall be removed by saw cutting and milling a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) deep. The area to be removed and replaced shall be a minimum width of the paver and a minimum of 10 feet(3 m) long. 403-4.11 Compaction of HMA. After placing, the HMA shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted by power rollers. The surface shall be compacted as soon as possible when the mixture has attained sufficient stability so that the rolling does not cause undue displacement, cracking or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the type of rollers used shall be at the discretion'of the Contractor. The speed of the roller shall, at all times, be sufficiently slow to avoid displacement of the hot mixture and be effective in compaction. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once. — Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output of the plant. Rolling shall continue until the surface is of uniform texture, true to grade and cross-section, and the required field density is obtained. To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be equipped with a scraper and kept properly moistened using a water soluble asphalt release agent approved by the Engineer. In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with approved power driven tampers. Tampers shall weigh not less than 275 pounds (125 kg), have a tamping plate width not less than 15 inches (38 cm), be rated at not less than 4,200 vibrations per minute, and be suitably equipped with a standard tamping plate wetting device. Any HMA that becomes loose and broken, mixed with dirt, contains check-cracking, or in any way defective shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot mixture and immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. Skin patching shall not be L. allowed. 403-4.12 Joints. The formation of all joints shall be made in such a manner as to ensure a continuous bond between the courses and obtain the required density. All joints shall have the same texture as other sections of the course and meet the requirements for smoothness and grade. The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid HMA except when necessary to form a transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead or by tapering the .. course. The tapered edge shall be cut back to its full depth and width on a straight line to expose a vertical FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron face prior to placing the adjacent lane. In both methods, all contact surfaces shall be coated with an asphalt tack coat before placing any fresh HMA against the joint. Longitudinal joints which are have been left exposed for more than four (4) hours; the surface temperature has cooled to less than 175°F (80°C); or are irregular, damaged, uncompacted or otherwise defective shall be cut back 3 inches (75 mm) to 6 inches (150 mm) to expose a clean, '1 sound, uniform vertical surface for the full depth of the course. All cutback material shall be removed from the project. A asphalt tack coat or other product approved by the Engineer shall be applied to the clean, dry joint prior to placing any additional fresh HMA against the joint. Any laitance produced from INN cutting joints shall be removed by vacuuming and washing. The cost of this work shall be considered incidental to the cost of the HMA. 403-4.13 Diamond grinding. When required, diamond grinding shall be accomplished by sawing with saw blades impregnated with industrial diamond abrasive. The saw blades shall be assembled in a cutting head mounted on a machine designed specifically for diamond grinding that will produce the required texture and smoothness level without damage to the pavement. The saw blades shall be 1/8-inch (3-mm) wide and there shall be a minimum of 55 to 60 blades per 12 inches (300 mm) of cutting head width; the actual number of blades will be determined by the Contractor and depend on the hardness of the aggregate. Each machine shall be capable of cutting a path at least 3 feet (0.9 m) wide. Equipment that causes ravels, aggregate fractures, spalls or disturbance to the pavement will not be permitted. The depth of grinding shall not exceed 1/2 inch (13mm) and all areas in which diamond grinding has been performed will be subject to the final pavement thickness tolerances specified. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. Areas that have been ground will be sealed with a P-608 surface treatment as directed by the Engineer. It may be necessary to seal a larger area to avoid surface treatment creating any conflict with runway or taxiway markings. •� 403-4.14 Nighttime Paving Requirements. Paving during nighttime construction shall require the following: a. All paving machines, rollers, distribution trucks and other vehicles required by the Contractor for his operations shall be equipped with artificial illumination sufficient to safely complete the work. b. Minimum illumination level shall be 20 horizontal foot-candles and maintained in the following ,," areas: (1) An area of 30 feet(9 m)wide by 30 feet(9 m) long immediately behind the paving machines during the operations of the machines. (2)An area 15 feet(4.5 m)wide by 30 feet(9 m)long immediately in front and back of all rolling equipment,during operation of the equipment. (3)An area 15 feet(4.5 m)wide by 15 feet(4.5 m) long at any point where an area is being tack coated prior to the placement of pavement. c. As partial fulfillment of the above requirements, the Contractor shall furnish and use, complete artificial lighting units with a minimum capacity of 3,000 watt electric beam lights, affixed to all mit equipment in such a way to direct illumination on the area under construction. d.A lighting plan must be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer prior to the start ,,,i of any nighttime work. MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 403-5.1 Acceptance sampling and testing. Unless otherwise specified, all acceptance sampling and testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor except that coring as required in this section shall be completed and paid for by the Contractor. Testing organizations performing these tests shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM D3666. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for acceptance sampling and testing must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. All equipment in Contractor furnished laboratories shall be calibrated by an independent testing organization prior to the start of operations. a. Hot mixed asphalt. Plant-produced HMA shall be tested for air voids on a lot basis. Sampling shall be from material deposited into trucks at the plant or from trucks at the job site. Samples shall be -� taken in accordance with ASTM D979. A standard lot shall be equal to one day's production or 2000 tons (1814 metric tons) whichever is smaller. If the day's production is expected to exceed 2000 tons (1814 metric tons), but less than 4000 — tons (3628 metric tons), the lot size shall be 1/2 day's production. If the day's production exceeds 4000 tons (3628 metric tons), the lot size shall be an equal sized fraction of the day's production, but shall not exceed 2000 tons (1814 metric tons). Where more than one plant is simultaneously producing HMA for the job, the lot sizes shall apply separately for each plant. (1) Sampling. Each lot will consist of four equal sublots. Sufficient HMA for preparation of test specimens for all testing will be sampled by the Engineer on a random basis, in accordance with the procedures contained in ASTM D3665. Samples will be taken in accordance with ASTM D979. The sample of HMA may be put in a covered metal tin and placed in an oven for not less than 30 minutes nor more than 60 minutes to stabilize to compaction temperature. The compaction temperature of the specimens shall be as specified in the JMF. (2) Testing. Air voids will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D3203 . One set of laboratory compacted specimens will be prepared for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D6925 at the number of gyrations required by paragraph 403-3 .2, Table 1 . Each set of laboratory compacted specimens will consist of three test specimens prepared from the same sample. Prior to testing, the bulk specific gravity of each test specimen shall be measured by the Engineer in accordance with AS TM D2 7 2 6 using the procedure for laboratory-prepared thoroughly dry specimens for use in computing air voids and pavement density. For air voids determination, the theoretical maximum specific gravity of the mixture shall be measured one time for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D2041. The value used in the air voids computation for each sublot shall be based on theoretical maximum specific gravity measurement for the sublot. (3) Acceptance. Acceptance of plant produced HMA for air voids shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 403-5. 1 . b. In-place HMA. HMA placed in the field shall be tested for mat and joint density on a lot basis. A standard lot shall be equal to one day's production or 2000 tons (1814 metric tons) whichever is smaller. If the day's production is expected to exceed 2000 tons (1814 metric tons), but less than 4000 tons (3628 metric tons), the lot size shall be 1/2 day's production. If the day's production exceeds 4000 tons (3628 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron metric tons),the lot size shall be an equal sized fraction of the day's production,but shall not exceed 2000 tons(1814 metric tons). —1 (1) Mat density. The lot size shall be the same as that indicated in paragraph 403-5.1a The lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One core of finished, compacted HMA shall be taken by the Contractor from each sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D3665. Cores for mat density shall not be taken closer than one foot(30 cm)from a transverse or longitudinal joint. (2) Joint density. The lot size shall be the total length of longitudinal joints constructed by a lot of HMA as defined in paragraph 403-5.1a. The lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One core of finished, compacted HMA shall be taken by the Contractor from each sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D3665. �-+ All cores for joint density shall be taken centered on the joint. The minimum core diameter for joint density determination shall be 5 inches(125 mm). (3) Sampling. Samples shall be neatly cut with a diamond core drill bit. Samples will be taken in accordance with ASTM D979. The minimum diameter of the sample shall be 5 inches (125 mm). Samples that are defective, as a result of sampling, shall be discarded and another sample taken. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples, cleaning, and filling the cored ••r pavement. Cored pavement shall be cleaned and core holes shall be filled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and within one day after sampling. Laitance produced by the coring operation shall be removed immediately. The top most lift of bituminous material shall be completely bonded to the underlying layers AWN of bituminous material. If any of the cores reveal that the surface is not bonded to the bituminous layer immediately below the surface then additional cores shall be taken as directed by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 403-5.1b to determine the extent of any delamination. All delaminated areas shall be completely removed by milling to the limits and depth and replaced as directed by the Engineer at .44 no additional cost. (4) Testing. The bulk specific gravity of each cored sample will be measured by sthe Engineer in accordance with AS TM D2 72 6. Samples will be taken in accordance with ASTM D979. The percent compaction (density) of each sample will be determined by dividing the bulk specific gravity of each sublot sample by the average bulk specific gravity of all laboratory prepared specimens for the lot, as determined in paragraph 403-5.1a(2). The bulk specific gravity used to determine the joint density at '1 joints formed between different lots shall be the lowest of the bulk specific gravity values from the two different lots. (5) Acceptance. Acceptance of field placed HMA for mat density will be determined by the .44' Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 403-5.2b(1). Acceptance for joint density will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 403-5.2b(2). c. Partial lots HMA. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot,or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or other minor tonnage placements to be considered as partial lots,the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. The last batch produced where production is halted will be sampled, and its properties shall be considered as representative of the particular sublot from which it was taken. In addition, an agreed to minor placement will be sampled, and its properties shall be considered as representative of the particular sublot from which it was taken. Where three sublots are produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots are produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot, and the total number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance plan calculation,that is, n= 5 or n= 6, for example. Partial lots at the end of asphalt production on the project shall be included with the previous lot. The lot size for field placed s material shall correspond to that of the plant material, except that, in no cases, shall less than three (3) cored samples be obtained,that is,n=3. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-13 Waterloo Regional Airport sat AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 403-5.2 Acceptance criteria. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the HMA and completed pavement and test results: (1)Air Voids (2)Mat density (3)Joint density (4)Thickness (5) Smoothness (6)Grade Mat density will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 403-5.2b(1). Joint density will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 403-5.2b(2). Thickness will be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance in accordance with paragraph 403- 5.2b(3). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 403-5.2b(4). Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 403-5.2b(5). The Engineer may at any time reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of HMA which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, incomplete coating of aggregate, or improper mix temperature. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection or temperature �.• measurements. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b.Acceptance criteria. (1)Mat density.Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for mat density shall be based .. on the average of all of the densities taken from the sublots. If the average mat density of the lot so established equals or exceeds 96%, the lot shall be acceptable. If the average mat density of the lot is below 96%,the lot shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. (2)Joint density.Acceptance of each lot of plant produced HMA for joint density shall be based on the average of all of the joint densities taken from the sublots. If the average joint density of the lot so established equals or exceeds 94%,the lot shall be acceptable.If the average joint density of the lot is less than 94%, the Contractor shall stop production and evaluate the method of compacting joints. Production may resume once the reason for poor compaction has been determined and appropriate measures have been taken to ensure proper compaction. �.. (3)Thickness. Thickness of each course shall be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance to the requirements shown on the plans. Measurements of thickness shall be made by the Engineer using the cores extracted for each sublot for density measurement. The maximum allowable deficiency at any point shall not be more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) less than the thickness indicated for the lift. Average thickness of lift, or combined lifts, shall not be less than the indicated thickness. Where thickness deficiency exceeds the specified tolerances, the lot or sublot shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense by removing �.. the deficient area and replacing with new pavement. The Contractor, at his expense, may take additional cores as approved by the Engineer to circumscribe the deficient area. (4) Grade. Grade shall be evaluated on the first day of placement and then every [ ] to allow -- adjustments to paving operations if measurements do not meet specification requirements. The Contractor must submit the survey data to the Engineer by the following day after measurements have been taken. The finished surface of the pavement shall not vary from the gradeline elevations and cross- sections shown on the plans by more than .1/2 inch (12 mm). The finished grade of each lot will be. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 1 determined by running levels at intervals of 50 feet (15 m) or less longitudinally and all breaks in grade transversely (not to exceed 50 feet (15 m)) to determine the elevation of the completed pavement. The Contractor shall pay the cost of surveying of the level runs that shall be performed by a licensed surveyor. The documentation, stamped and signed by a licensed surveyor, shall be provided by the Contractor to the Engineer. The lot size shall be 500 square yards (square meters). When more than 15% of all the measurements within a lot are outside the specified tolerance, or if any one shot within the lot deviates 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more from planned grade, the Contractor shall remove the deficient area to the depth of the final course of pavement and replace with new material. Skin patching shall not be permitted.Isolated high points may be ground off providing the course thickness complies with the thickness specified on the plans. High point grinding will be limited to 15 square yard (12.5 sq m). The surface of the ground pavement shall have a texture consisting of grooves between 0.090 and 0.130 inches (2 and 3.5 mm) wide. The peaks and ridges shall be approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) higher than the bottom of the grooves. The pavement shall be left in a clean condition. The removal of all of the slurry resulting from the grinding operation shall be continuous. The grinding operation should be controlled so the residue from the operation does not flow across other lanes of pavement. Areas in excess of 15 square yard (12.5 sq m) will require removal and replacement of the pavement in accordance with the limitations noted above. Contractor shall apply a surface treatment per P-608 to all areas that have been subject to grinding. c. Density outliers. If the tests within a lot include a very large or a very small value that appears to be outside the normal limits of variation, check for an outlier in accordance with ASTM E178, at a significance level of 5%,to determine if this value should be discarded. "a! 403-5.3 Resampling Pavement for Mat Density. a. General. Resampling of a lot of pavement will only be allowed for mat density and then, only if the Contractor requests same in writing, within 48 hours after receiving the written test results from the Engineer.A retest will consist of all the sampling and testing procedures contained in paragraphs 403-5.1. ti Only one resampling per lot will be permitted. (1)A redefined mat density shall be calculated for the resampled lot.The number of tests used to calculate the redefined mat density shall include the initial tests made for that lot plus the retests. (2)The cost for resampling and retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. b. Payment for resampled lots. The redefined mat density for a resampled lot shall be used to evaluate the acceptance of that lot in accordance with paragraph 403-5.2. c. Outliers.Check for outliers in accordance with ASTM E178, at a significance level of 5%. { CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 403-6.1 General. The Contractor shall perform quality control sampling, testing, and inspection during all phases of the work and shall perform them at a rate sufficient to ensure that the work conforms to the contract requirements, and at minimum test frequencies required by paragraph 403-6.3, including but not limited to: a.Mix Design ,., b.Aggregate Grading { c.Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e.Proportioning f.Mixing and Transportation FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-15 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron g.Placing and Finishing h.Joints i. Compaction j. Surface smoothness k.Personnel I. Laydown plan The Contractor shall perform quality control sampling, testing, and inspection during all phases of the work and shall perform them at a rate sufficient to ensure that the work conforms to the contract amr requirements, and at minimum test frequencies required by paragraph 403-6.3 and Section 100 of the General Provisions. As a part of the process for approving the Contractor's plan, the Engineer may require the Contractor's technician to perform testing of samples to demonstrate an acceptable level of performance. No partial payment will be made for materials that are subject to specific quality control requirements without an approved plan. 403-6.2 Contractor testing laboratory. The lab shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3666 including all necessary equipment,materials,and current reference standards to comply with the specifications. 403-6.3 Quality control testing. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to these specifications and as set forth in the approved Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for the control of asphalt content, aggregate gradation, temperatures, aggregate moisture, field compaction, and surface smoothness. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. a.Asphalt content.A minimum of two asphalt content tests shall be performed per lot in accordance with ASTM D6307 or ASTM D2172 if the correction factor in ASTM D6307 is greater than 1.0. The asphalt content for the lot will be determined by averaging the test results. b. Gradation.Aggregate gradations shall be determined a minimum of twice per lot from mechanical analysis of extracted aggregate in accordance with ASTM D5444 and ASTM C 136, and ASTM C 117. c. Moisture content of aggregate. The moisture content of aggregate used for production shall be determined a minimum of once per lot in accordance with ASTM C566. d. Moisture content of BMA. The moisture content of the HMA shall be determined once per lot in accordance with ASTM D 1461 e. Temperatures. Temperatures shall be checked, at least four times per lot, at necessary locations to determine the temperatures of the dryer, the asphalt binder in the storage tank, the HMA at the plant, and the HMA at the job site. f. In-place density monitoring.The Contractor shall conduct any necessary testing to ensure that the specified density is being achieved. A nuclear gauge may be used to monitor the pavement density in accordance with ASTM D2950. g. Additional testing. Any additional testing that the Contractor deems necessary to control the process may be performed at the Contractor's option. h.Monitoring.The Engineer reserves the right to monitor any or all of the above testing. 403-6.4 Sampling. When directed by the Engineer,the Contractor shall sample and test any material that appears inconsistent with similar material being sampled, unless such material is voluntarily removed and FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-16 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron replaced or deficiencies corrected by the Contractor. All sampling shall be in accordance with standard procedures specified. 403-6.5 Control charts. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range (i.e., difference between highest and lowest measurements) for aggregate gradation, asphalt content, and VMA. The VMA for each sublot will be calculated and monitored by the Quality Control laboratory. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept current. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test number, each test parameter, the Action and Suspension Limits applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results.The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data " during production indicates a problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may suspend production or acceptance of the material. a. Individual measurements. Control charts for individual measurements shall be established to maintain process control within tolerance for aggregate gradation, asphalt content,and VMA. The control charts shall use the JMF target values as indicators of central tendency for the following test parameters with associated Action and Suspension Limits: Control Chart Limits For Individual Measurements Sieve Action Limit Suspension Limit 3/4 inch(19 mm) ±6% ±9% 1/2 inch(12 mm) ±6% ±9% 3/8 inch(9 mm) ±6% ±9% . No. 4(4.75 mm) ±6% • ±9% ..� No. 16 (1.18 mm) ±5% ±7.5% No. 50(0.30 mm) ±3% ±4.5% No.200(0.075 mm) ±2% ±3% Asphalt Content 0.45% ±0.70% VMA -1.00% -1.5% b. Range. Control charts for range shall be established to control process variability for the test parameters and Suspension Limits listed below. The range shall be computed for each lot as the difference between the two test results for each control parameter. The Suspension Limits specified below are based on a sample size of n = 2. Should the Contractor elect to perform more than two tests per lot, the Suspension Limits shall be adjusted by multiplying the Suspension Limit by 1.18 for n = 3 and by 1.27 for n=4. MONi Control Chart Limits Based On Range (Based On n=2) Sieve Suspension Limit 1/2 inch(12 mm) 11% 3/8 inch(9 mm) 11% No.4(4.75 mm) 11% No. 16(1.18 mm) 9% No. 50 (0.30 mm) 6% FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-17 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Control Chart Limits Based On Range _ (Based On n=2) Sieve Suspension Limit No. 200(0.075 mm) 3.5% Asphalt Content 0.8% c. Corrective action. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of tolerance. The Plan shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and production stopped and corrective action taken, if: (1) One point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range; or (2) Two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. 403-6.6 Quality control reports. The Contractor shall maintain records and shall submit reports of quality control activities daily, in accordance with the Contractor Quality Control Program described in General Provisions, Section 100. _ METHOD OF MEASUREMENT _ 403-7.1 Measurement.Plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of tons (kg) of HMA used in the accepted work. Recorded batch weights or truck scale weights will be used to determine the basis for the tonnage. _ BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-8.1 Payment. Payment for a lot of HMA meeting all acceptance criteria as specified in paragraph 403-5.2 shall be made at the contract unit price per ton (kg) for HMA. The price shall be compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, mixing, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment,tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-403-8.1 HMA Base Course -per ton(-kg) TESTING REQUIREMENTS "^ AASHTO M156 Standard Specification for Requirements for Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed, Hot- Laid Bituminous Paving Mixtures _ ASTM C29 Standard Test Method for Bulk Density("Unit Weight")and Voids in Aggregate ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C 127 Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate ASTM C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C 183 Standard Practice for Sampling and the Amount of Testing of Hydraulic Cement ASTM C566 Standard Test Method for Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregate by --� Drying ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM D979 Standard Practice for Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures 1 ASTM D1073 Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 1074 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Bituminous Mixtures ASTM D1461 Standard Test Method for Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D2041 Standard Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D2172 Standard Test Method for Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous -Et Paving Mixtures ASTM D2419 Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate ASTM D2489 Standard Practice for Estimating Degree of Particle Coating of Bituminous- Aggregate Mixtures ASTM D2726 Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Non-Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures } ASTM D2950 Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear --� Methods ASTM D3203 Standard Test Method for Percent Air Voids in Compacted Dense and Open Bituminous Paving Mixtures IASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D3666 Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials ASTM D4125 Standard Test Methods for Asphalt Content of Bituminous mixtures by the Nuclear Method ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM D4867 Standard Test Method for Effect of Moisture on Asphalt Concrete Paving Mixtures ASTM D5444 Standard Test Method for Mechanical Size Analysis of Extracted Aggregate ASTM D5581 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus(6 inch-Diameter Specimen) ASTM D6307 Standard Test Method for Asphalt Content of Hot-Mix Asphalt by Ignition Method FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-19 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ASTM D6926 Standard Practice for Preparation of Bituminous Specimens Using Marshall Apparatus ASTM D6925 Standard Test Method for Preparation and Determination of the Relative Density of Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Specimens by Means of the SuperPave Gyratory Compactor ASTM D6752 Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Automatic Vacuum Sealing Method ASTM El 1 Standard Specification for Woven Wire Test Sieve Cloth and Test Sieves ASTM E178 Standard Practice for Dealing with Outlying Observations AASHTO T030 Standard Method of Test for Mechanical Analysis of Extracted Aggregate AASHTO T110 Standard Method of Test for Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) AASHTO T275 Standard Method of Test for Bulk Specific Gravity (Gmb) of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA)Using Paraffin-Coated Specimens). Asphalt Institute Handbook MS-26 Asphalt Binder Asphalt Institute MS-2 Mix Design Manual, 7th Edition MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D242 Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D946 Standard Specification for Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction ASTM D3381 Standard Specification for Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction ASTM D4552 Standard Practice for Classifying Hot-Mix Recycling Agents ASTM D6373 Standard Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt Binder END OF ITEM P-403 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P403-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Item P-501 Portland Cement Concrete(PCC)Pavement DESCRIPTION 501-1.1 This work shall consist of pavement composed of portland cement concrete (PCC), with reinforcement and without reinforcement constructed on a prepared underlying surface in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross-sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS '1 501-2.1 Aggregates. a. Reactivity. Fine and Coarse aggregates to be used in all concrete shall be evaluated and tested by the Contractor for alkali-aggregate reactivity in accordance with both ASTM C 1260 and ASTM C1567. Aggregate and mix proportion reactivity tests shall be performed for each project. (1) Coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested separately in accordance with ASTM C 1260. The aggregate shall be considered innocuous if the expansion of test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260, does not exceed 0.10%at 28 days(30 days from casting). (2) Combined coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1567, modified for combined aggregates, using the proposed mixture design proportions of aggregates, cementitious materials, and/or specific reactivity reducing chemicals. If lithium nitrate is proposed for use with or without supplementary cementitious materials, the aggregates shall be tested in accordance ..� with Corps of Engineers(COE) Concrete Research Division(CRD) C662. If lithium nitrate admixture is used, it shall be nominal 30%±0.5%weight lithium nitrate in water. (3)If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens,tested in accordance with ASTM C1567,modified for combined aggregates, or COE CRD C662, does not exceed 0.10%at 28 days, the proposed combined materials will be accepted. If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens is greater than 0.10% at 28 days,the aggregates will not be accepted unless adjustments to the combined materials mixture can reduce the expansion to less than 0.10% at 28 days, or new aggregates shall be evaluated and tested. b. Fine aggregate. Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33. Grading of the ..� fine aggregate, as delivered to the mixer, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33 and shall have a fineness modulus of not less than 2.50 nor more than 3.40. The soundness loss shall not exceed 10% when sodium sulfate is used or 15% when magnesium sulfate is used, after five cycles, when tested per ASTM C88. The amount of deleterious material in the fine aggregate shall not exceed the following limits: 1 1 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Limits for Deleterious Substances in Fine Aggregate for Concrete Deleterious material ASTM Percentage by Mass Clay Lumps and friable particles ASTM C142 1.0 Material finer than 0.075mm(No. 200 sieve) ASTM C117 3.0 Lightweight particles ASTM C123 using a 0.5 medium with a density of Sp. Gr. of 2.0 Total of all deleterious Material 3.0 c. Coarse aggregate. Gradation, within the separated size groups, shall meet the coarse aggregate grading requirements of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C136. When the nominal maximum size of the aggregate is greater than one inch(25 mm), the aggregates shall be furnished in two size groups. Aggregates delivered to the mixer shall consist of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel, air- cooled iron blast furnace slag, crushed recycled concrete pavement, or a combination. The aggregates *" should be free of ferrous sulfides, such as pyrite, that would cause "rust" staining that can bleed through pavement markings. Steel blast furnace slag shall not be permitted. The aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard,uncoated particles. Dust and other coating shall be removed from the aggregates by washing. The percentage of wear shall be no more than 4 0% when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. The quantity of flat, elongated, and flat and elongated particles in any size group coarser than 3/8 �.. sieve (9 mm) shall not exceed 8% by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM D4791. A flat particle is defined as one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than 5. An elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than 5. The soundness loss shall not exceed 12% when sodium sulfate is used or 18% when magnesium sulfate is used, after five cycles,when tested per ASTM C88. The amount of deleterious material in the coarse aggregate shall not exceed the following limits: 4.. Now ti FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Limits for Deleterious Substances in Coarse Aggregate for Concrete ASTM Percentage Deleterious material by Mass r Clay Lumps and friable particles ASTM C142 1.0 Material finer than No. 200 sieve(0.075mm) ASTM C 117 1.0 Lightweight particles ASTM C123 using a 0.5 medium with a density of Sp. Gr. of 2.0 Chert(less than 2.40 Sp Gr.) ASTM C123 using a 1.0 medium with a density of Sp. Gr. of 2.0) Total of all deleterious Material 3.0 Table 1. Gradation For Coarse Aggregate (ASTM C33) Sieve Designations Percentage by Weight (square o enings) Passing Sieves inch mm 2-1/2 60 -- 2 50 -- 1-1/2 38 100 1 25 95-100 3/4 19 -- 1/2 13 25-60 3/8 9 -- No. 4 4.75 0-10 No. 8 2.36 0-5 _ (1)Aggregate susceptibility to durability (D) cracking. Coarse aggregate may be accepted from sources that have a 20 year service history for the same gradation to be supplied with no durability issues . Aggregates that do not have a record of 20 years of service without major repairs (less than 50 of slabs replaced) in similar conditions without D-cracking shall not be used unless it _ meets the following: (a) Material currently being produced shall have a durability factor >_ 95 using ASTM C666 procedure B. Coarse aggregates that are d crushed granite, calcite cemented sandstone, quartzite, basalt, diabase, rhyolite or trap rock are considered to meet the D-cracking test but must meet all other quality tests . Aggregates meeting State Highway Department material specifications may be acceptable. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron (b) The Contractor shall submit a current certification that the aggregate does not have a history of D-cracking and that the aggregate meets the state specifications for use in PCC pavement for use on interstate highways . Certifications, tests and any history reports must be for the same gradation as being proposed for use on the project. Certifications which are not dated or which are over one (1) year old or which are for different gradations will not be accepted. Test results will only be accepted when tests were performed by a State Department of Transportation (DOT) materials laboratory or an accredited laboratory. (2) Combined aggregate gradation. If substituted for the grading requirements specified for '6— coarse aggregate and for fine aggregateand when approved by the Engineer, the combined aggregate grading shall meet the following requirements: (a) The materials selected and the proportions used shall be such that when the Coarseness Factor(CF) and the Workability Factor(WF) are plotted on a diagram as described in d. below, the point thus determined shall fall within the parallelogram described therein. (b)The CF shall be determined from the following equation: Yaw CF = (cumulative percent retained on the 3/8 in. sieve)(100) / (cumulative percent retained on the No. 8 sieve) (c) The Workability Factor WF is defined as the percent passing the No. 8 (2.36 mm) sieve based on the combined gradation.However, WF shall be adjusted, upwards only, by 2.5 percentage points for each 94 pounds (42 kg) of cementitious material per cubic meter yard greater than 564 pounds per cubic yard(335 kg per cubic meter). ►�. (d) A diagram shall be plotted using a rectangular scale with WF on the Y-axis with units from 20 (bottom) to 45 (top), and with CF on the X-axis with units from 80 (left side) to 30 (right side). On this diagram a parallelogram shall be plotted with corners at the following coordinates (CF-75, WF- 28), (CF-75, WF-40), (CF-45, WF-32.5), and (CF-45, WF-44.5). If the point determined by the intersection of the computed CF and WF does not fall within the above parallelogram,the grading of each size of aggregate used and the proportions selected shall be changed as necessary. 501-2.2 Cement. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 15 0 Type I or I I, or ASTM C595 Type IP or IS. If aggregates are deemed innocuous when tested in accordance with paragraph 501-2.1.a.1 and accepted in accordance with paragraph 501-2.1.a.2, higher equivalent alkali content in the cement may be allowed if approved by the Engineer and FAA. If cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked , cement, it shall be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. 501-2.3 Cementitious materials. a.Fly ash.Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C618,with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6%. Fly ash for use in mitigating alkali-silica reactivity shall have a Calcium Oxide (CaO) content of less than 13% and a total available alkali content less than 3% per ASTM C311. Fly ash produced in furnace operations using liming materials or soda ash (sodium carbonate) as an additive shall not be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish the previous three most recent, consecutive ASTM C618 reports for each source of fly ash proposed in the mix design, and shall furnish each additional report as they become available during the project. The reports can be used for .• acceptance or the material may be tested independently by the Engineer. b. Slag cement (ground granulated blast furnace(GGBF)). Slag cement shall conform to ASTM C989, Grade 100 or Grade 120. Slag cement shall be used only at a rate between 25% and 55% of the total cementitious material by mass. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 4 c. Raw or calcined natural pozzolan. Natural pozzolan shall be raw or calcined and conform to ASTM C618,Class N, including the optional requirements for uniformity and effectiveness in controlling Alkali-Silica reaction and shall have a loss on ignition not exceeding 6%. Class N pozzolan for use in mitigating Alkali-Silica Reactivity shall have a total available alkali content less than 3%. 501-2.4 Joint seal. The joint seal for the joints in the concrete pavement shall meet the requirements of Item P-605 and shall be of the type specified in the plans. 501-2.5 Isolation joint filler. Premolded joint filler for isolation joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1751 and shall be where shown on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint,unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. When the use of more than one piece is required for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Engineer. 501-2.6 Steel reinforcement. Reinforcing shall consist of welded wire fabric conforming to the requirements of ASTM A1064 . Welded wire fabric shall be furnished in flat sheets only. I i 501-2.7 Dowel and tie bars. Dowel bars shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A615 and shall be free from burring or other deformation restricting slippage in the concrete. Before delivery to the construction site each dowel bar shall be epoxy coated per'ASTM A1078. The dowels shall be coated with a bond-breaker recommended by the manufacturer. Dowel sleeves or inserts are not permitted. Grout retention rings shall be fully circular metal or plastic devices capable of supporting the dowel until the -i grout hardens. Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars and conform to the requirements of ASTM A615. Tie bars designated as Grade 60 in ASTM A615 or ASTM A706 shall be used for construction requiring bent bars. owl 501-2.8 Water.Water used in mixing or curing shall be potable, clean, free of oil, salt, acid,alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product, except that non-potable water, or water --ti from concrete production operations,may be used if it meets the requirements of ASTM C 1602. 501-2.9 Material for curing concrete. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: "1 a. Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C309,Type 2, Class B, or Class A if wax base only. b.White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. Co White burlap-polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. d.Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. 501-2.10 Admixtures.The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine 0.1 whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. a. Air-entraining admixtures. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions. The air- entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-5 Waterloo Regional Airport ,..t AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron b. Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D. ASTM C494, Type F and G high range water reducing admixtures and ASTM bow C 1017 flowable admixtures shall not be used. c. Other admixtures. The use of set retarding, and set-accelerating admixtures shall be approved by �. the Engineer. Retarding shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D and set- accelerating shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type C. Calcium chloride and admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. d. Lithium Nitrate. The lithium admixture shall be a nominal 30% aqueous solution of Lithium Nitrate, with a density of 10 pounds/gallon (1.2 kg/L), and shall have the approximate chemical form as shown below: Constituent Limit(Percent by Mass) LiNO3 (Lithium Nitrate) 30±0.5 SO4(Sulfate Ion) 0.1 (max) Cl(Chloride Ion) 0.2 (max) Na(Sodium Ion) 0.1 (max) K(Potassium Ion) 0.1 (max) �.. Provide a trained manufacturer's representative to supervise the lithium nitrate admixture dispensing and mixing operations. 501-2.11 Epoxy-resin. All epoxy-resin materials shall be two-component materials conforming to the .� requirements of ASTM C881, Class as appropriate for each application temperature to be encountered, except that in addition,the materials shall meet the following requirements: a.Material for use for embedding dowels and anchor bolts shall be Type IV, Grade 3. b. Material for use as patching materials for complete filling of spalls and other voids and for use in • preparing epoxy resin mortar shall be Type III,Grade as approved. c.Material for use for injecting cracks shall be Type IV, Grade 1. d. Material for bonding freshly mixed Portland cement concrete or mortar or freshly mixed epoxy resin concrete or mortar to hardened concrete shall be Type V, Grade as approved. 501-2.12 Material acceptance.Prior to use of materials,the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for those materials proposed for use during construction. The certification shall show the appropriate ASTM test for each material, the test results, and a statement that the material passed or failed. The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. MIX DESIGN 501-3.1. General. No concrete shall be placed until the mix design has been submitted to the Engineer for review and the Engineer has taken appropriate action. The Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to select and proportion the materials to comply with this section. 501-3.2 Proportions. The laboratory preparing the mix design shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C1077. The mix design for all Portland cement concrete placed under P-501 shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible professional Engineer of the laboratory. Concrete shall be proportioned to achieve a 28-day flexural strength that meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2 for a flexural strength of psi per ASTM C78. The mix shall be developed using the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r.. procedures contained in the Portland Cement Association's (PCA) publication, "Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures". The minimum cementitious material shall be adequate to ensure a workable, durable mix. The minimum cementitious material(cement plus fly ash, or slag cement) shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard. The ratio of water to cementitious material, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including moisture absorbed by the aggregates shall not be more than 0 . 4 5 by weight. Flexural strength test specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C192 and tested in accordance with ASTM C78. The mix determined shall be workable concrete having a maximum allowable slump between one and two inches (25mm and 50 mm) as determined by ASTM C143. For slip-form concrete, the slump shall be between 1/2 inch (12 mm) and 1-1/2 inch(38 mm). At the start of the project, the Contractor shall determine a maximum allowable slump for slip-form pavement which will produce in-place pavement to control the edge slump. The selected slump shall be applicable to both pilot and fill-in lanes. Before the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit a mix design showing the proportions and flexural strength obtained from the concrete at seven(7)and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials including type,brand, source, and amount of cement, fly ash, ground slag, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures. The mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 30 days prior to the start of operations. The submitted mix design shall not be more than 90 days old.Production shall not begin until the mix design is approved in writing by the Engineer. If a change in sources is made, or admixtures added or deleted from the mix, a new mix design must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The results of the mix design shall include a statement giving the maximum nominal coarse aggregate size and the weights and volumes of each ingredient proportioned on a one cubic yard (meter) basis. Aggregate quantities shall be based on the mass in a saturated surface dry condition. The recommended — mixture proportions shall be accompanied by test results demonstrating that the proportions selected will produce concrete of the qualities indicated. Trial mixtures having proportions, slumps, and air content suitable for the work shall be based on methodology described in PCA's publication, Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures,modified as necessary to accommodate flexural strength. The submitted mix design shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible professional Engineer of the laboratory and shall include the following items as a minimum: a. Coarse, fine, and combined aggregate gradations and plots including fineness modulus of the fine aggregate. b.Reactivity Test Results. c.Coarse aggregate quality test results, including deleterious materials. d.Fine aggregate quality test results, including deleterious materials. e.Mill certificates for cement and supplemental cementitious materials. f.Certified test results for all admixtures, including Lithium Nitrate if applicable. g. Specified flexural strength, slump, and air content. h. Recommended proportions/volumes for proposed mixture and trial water-cementitious materials •-� ratio, including actual slump and air content. i. Flexural and compressive strength summaries and plots, including all individual beam and cylinder breaks. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-7 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron j. Correlation ratios for acceptance testing and Contractor Quality Control testing,when applicable. k. Historical record of test results documenting production standard deviation, when applicable. 501-3.3 Cementitious materials. a. Fly ash. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, and shall be between 20 and 30% by weight of the total cementitious material. If fly ash is used in conjunction with slag cement the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 10%by weight of total cementitious material. b. Slag cement (ground granulated blast furnace (GGBF)). Slag cement may be used. The slag cement, or slag cement plus fly ash if both are used, may constitute between 25 to 55% of the total _ cementitious material by weight. If the concrete is to be used for slipforming operations and the air temperature is expected to be lower than 55°F (13°C) the percent slag cement shall not exceed 30% by weight. c. Raw or calcined natural pozzolan. Natural pozzolan may be used in the mix design. When pozzolan is used as a partial replacement for cement, the replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, and shall be between 20 and 30% by weight of the total cementitious material. If pozzolan is used in conjunction with slag cement the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 10% by weight of total cementitious material. 501-3.4 Admixtures. a. Air-entraining admixtures. Air-entraining admixture are to be added in such a manner that will ensure uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mixed air- entrained concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air in the mix shall be 6. 0 0. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate. b. Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixtures shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements. Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes, with the materials to be used in the work, in accordance with ASTM C494. c. Other admixtures. Set controlling, and other approved admixtures shall be added to the mix in _ the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements. Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes, with the materials to be used in the work, in accordance with ASTM C 494. d. Lithium nitrate. Lithium nitrate shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements in accordance with paragraph 501-2.10d. 501-3.5 Concrete mix design laboratory. The Contractor's laboratory used to develop the concrete mix design shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C1077. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for developing the —" concrete mix design must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction CONSTRUCTION METHODS 501-4.1 Equipment. Equipment necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work shall be approved by the Engineer, but does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the proper FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron operation of equipment and maintaining the equipment in good working condition. The equipment shall be at the jobsite sufficiently ahead of the start of paving operations to be examined thoroughly and approved. a. Batch plant and equipment. The batch plant and equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. b.Mixers and transportation equipment. (1) General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Each mixer shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. (2) Central plant mixer. Central plant mixers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. The mixer shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and throwover blades shall be replaced when they have worn down 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's design on hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth. (3) Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete and truck agitators used for hauling central-mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. (4) Nonagitator trucks. Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. (5) Transfer and spreading equipment. Equipment for transferring concrete from the transporting equipment to the paving lane in front of the paver shall be specially manufactured, self- propelled transfer equipment which will accept the concrete outside the paving lane and will transfer and spread it evenly across the paving lane in front of the paver and strike off the surface evenly to a depth --+ which permits the paver to operate efficiently. c. Finishing equipment. The standard method of constructing concrete pavements shall be with an approved slip-form paving equipment designed and operated to spread, consolidate, screed, and float- -% finish the freshly placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine so that the end result is a dense and homogeneous pavement which is achieved with a minimum of hand finishing. The paver-finisher shall be a heavy duty, self-propelled machine designed specifically for paving and finishing high quality concrete pavements. It shall weigh at least 2,200 lbs per foot(3274 kg/m)of paving lane width and powered by an engine having at least 6.0 horsepower per foot of lane width. On projects requiring less than 500 square yard (418 sq m)of cement concrete pavement or requiring individual placement areas of less than 500 square yard (418 sq m), or irregular areas at locations inaccessible to slip-form paving equipment, concrete pavement may be placed with approved placement and finishing equipment using stationary side forms. Hand screeding and float finishing may only be used on small irregular areas as allowed by the Engineer. d. Vibrators. Vibrator shall be the internal type. Operating frequency for internal vibrators shall be between 8,000 and 12,000 vibrations per minute. Average amplitude for internal vibrators shall be 0.025- 0.05 inch(0.06 -0.13 cm). The number, spacing, and frequency shall be as necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement and meet the recommendations of American Concrete Institute (ACI) 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. Adequate power to operate all vibrators shall be available on the paver. The vibrators shall be automatically controlled so that they shall be stopped as forward motion ceases. The Contractor shall provide an electronic or mechanical means to monitor vibrator status. The checks on 7 vibrator status shall occur a minimum of two times per day or when requested by the Engineer. Hand held vibrators may be used in irregular areas only, but shall meet the recommendations of ACI ..ti 309R, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-9 Waterloo Regional Airport .•� AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 1 e. Concrete saws. The Contractor shall provide sawing equipment adequate in number of units and power to complete the sawing to the required dimensions. The Contractor shall provide at least one standby saw in good working order and a supply of saw blades at the site of the work at all times during sawing operations.Early-entry saws may be used, subject to demonstration and approval of the Engineer. f. Side forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel and shall be furnished in sections not less than 10 feet(3 m) in length. Forms shall have a depth equal to the pavement thickness at the edge, and a base width equal to or greater than the depth. Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot (31 m) radius or less. Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms with battered top surfaces and bent,twisted or broken forms shall not be used. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Engineer. r. The top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet(3 m), and the upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. Wood forms may be used under special conditions,when approved by the Engineer. g.Pavers. The paver shall be fully energized, self-propelled, and designed for the specific purpose of placing, consolidating, and finishing the concrete pavement,true to grade,tolerances,and cross-section.It shall be of sufficient weight and power to construct the maximum specified concrete paving lane width as shown in the plans, at adequate forward speed, without transverse, longitudinal or vertical instability or without displacement. The paver shall be equipped with electronic or hydraulic horizontal and vertical control devices. 501-4.2 Form setting. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to ensure continuous paving operation. After the forms have been set to correct grade, the underlying surface shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at both the inside and outside edges of the base of the forms. Forms shall be staked into place sufficiently to maintain the form in position for the method of placement. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/8 inch(3 mm) at any joint. Forms shall be so set that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of concrete. The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the Contractor immediately before placing the concrete. 501-4.3 Conditioning of underlying surface. The compacted underlying surface on which the pavement will be placed shall be widened approximately 3 feet(1 m)to extend beyond the paving machine track to support the paver without any noticeable displacement. After the underlying surface has been placed and compacted to the required density,the areas that will support the paving machine and the area to be paved shall be trimmed or graded to the plan grade elevation and profile by means of a properly designed machine. The grade of the underlying surface shall be controlled by a positive grade control system using lasers, stringlines, or guide wires. If the density of the underlying surface is disturbed by the trimming operations, it shall be corrected by additional compaction and retested at the option of the Engineer before the concrete is placed except when stabilized subbases are being constructed. If damage occurs on a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. If traffic is allowed to use the prepared grade, the grade shall be checked and corrected immediately before the placement of concrete. The prepared grade shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from concrete. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free of frost when concrete is placed. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 501-4.4 Conditioning of underlying surface, side-form and fill-in lane construction. The prepared underlying surface shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from the concrete. Damage caused by hauling or usage of other equipment shall be corrected and retested at the option of the Engineers. If damage occurs to a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. A template shall be provided and operated on the forms immediately in advance of the placing of all concrete. The template shall be propelled only by hand and not attached to a tractor or other power unit. Templates shall be adjustable so that they may be set and maintained at the correct contour of the underlying surface. The adjustment and operation of the templates shall be such as will provide an accurate retest of the grade before placing the concrete thereon. All excess material shall be removed and wasted. Low areas shall be filled and compacted to a condition similar to that of the surrounding grade. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost when the concrete is placed. The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying surface shall not be permitted. The template shall be maintained in accurate adjustment, at all times by the Contractor, and shall be checked daily. 501-4.5 Handling, measuring, and batching material. The batch plant site, layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material to the work. Stockpiles -'� shall be constructed in such a manner that prevents segregation and intermixing of deleterious materials. Aggregates from different sources shall be stockpiled, weighed and batched separately at the concrete batch plant. Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All aggregates produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or binned for draining at least 12 hours before being batched. Rail shipments requiring more than 12 hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage. Batching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type. When bulk cement is used, the Contractor shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or into the batch itself for transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device,to prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance that the cement content specified is present in each batch. 501-4.6 Mixing concrete. The concrete may be mixed at the work site, in a central mix plant or in truck mixers. The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum. All concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the site in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers,truck agitators, or non- agitating trucks. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled in non- agitating trucks, nor 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the addition of water is performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the water/cementitious ratio specified in the approved mix design is not exceeded,and approved by the Engineer. 501-4.7 Limitations on mixing and placing. No concrete shall be mixed, placed, or finished when the natural light is insufficient,unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. a. Cold weather. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, mixing and concreting operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-11 Waterloo Regional Airport n AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron reaches 40°F (4°C) and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away bin, from artificial heat reaches 35°F(2°C). The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow,and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50°F (10°C) at the time of placement. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete. When concreting is authorized during cold weather,water and/or the aggregates may be heated to not more than 150°F (66°C). The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. b. Hot weather. During periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 85°F (30°C),the following precautions shall be taken. The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the `, temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 90°F (32°C). The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. The finished surfaces of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a water-fog or mist tow with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium. When necessary, wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 psf(0.98 kg/m2 per hour)per hour. When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected, and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur, the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective fog sprays, and similar measures commencing immediately behind the paver. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking, paving operations shall be immediately stopped. c. Temperature management program. Prior to the start of paving operation for each day of .. paving, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Temperature Management Program for the concrete to be placed to assure that uncontrolled cracking is avoided. As a minimum the program shall address the following items: (1) Anticipated tensile strains in the fresh concrete as related to heating and cooling of the concrete material. (2) Anticipated weather conditions such as ambient temperatures, wind velocity, and relative humidity; and anticipated evaporation rate using Figure 11-8, PCA, Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures. (3)Anticipated timing of initial sawing of joint. (4)Anticipated number and type of saws to be used. 501-4.8 Placing concrete. At any point in concrete conveyance, the free vertical drop of the concrete _ from one point to another or to the underlying surface shall not exceed 3 feet (1 m). The finished concrete product must be dense and homogeneous, without segregation and conforming to the standards in this specification. Backhoes and grading equipment shall not be used to distribute the concrete in front of the paver. Front end loaders will not be used. All concrete shall be consolidated without voids or segregation, including under and around all load-transfer devices,joint assembly units, and other features embedded in the pavement. Hauling equipment or other mechanical equipment can be permitted on adjoining previously constructed pavement when the concrete strength reaches a compressive strength of 3, 500 psi (24130 kPa) , based on the average of four field cured specimens per 2,000 cubic yards (1,530 cubic meters) of concrete placed. Also, subgrade and subbase planers, concrete pavers, and concrete finishing equipment may be permitted to ride upon the edges of previously constructed pavement when the concrete has attained a minimum flexural strength of 400 psi(2757 kPa). FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron The Contractor shall have available materials for the protection of the concrete during inclement weather. Such protective materials shall consist of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick of sufficient length and width to cover the plastic concrete slab and any edges.The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate movable bridge from which it can be unrolled without dragging over the plastic concrete surface. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. a. Slip-form construction. The concrete shall be distributed uniformly into final position by a self- propelled slip-form paver without delay. The alignment and elevation of the paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose. The paver shall vibrate the concrete for the full width and depth of the strip of pavement being placed and the vibration shall be adequate to provide a consistency of concrete that will stand normal to the surface with sharp well defined edges. The sliding forms shall be rigidly held together laterally to prevent spreading of the forms. The plastic concrete shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibration with transverse vibrating units for the full width of the pavement and/or a series of equally placed longitudinal vibrating units. The space from the outer edge of the pavement to longitudinal unit shall not exceed 9 inches (23 cm) for slipform and at the end of the dowels for the fill-in lanes The spacing of internal units shall be uniform and shall not exceed 18 inches (0.5 m). The term internal vibration means vibrating units located within the specified thickness of pavement section. The rate of vibration of each vibrating unit shall be within 8000 to 12000 cycles per minute and the amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete along the entire length of the vibrating unit and for a distance of at least one foot(30 cm). The frequency of vibration or amplitude shall vary proportionately with the rate of travel to result in a uniform density and air content. The paving machine shall be equipped with a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating the actual frequency of vibrations. The concrete shall be held at a uniform consistency. The slip-form paver shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible and all operations of mixing, delivering, and spreading concrete shall be coordinated to provide uniform progress with stopping and starting of the paver held to a minimum. If for any reason, it is necessary to stop the forward movement of the paver, the vibratory and tamping elements shall also be stopped immediately. No tractive force shall be applied to the machine, 7, except that which is controlled from the machine. When concrete is being placed adjacent to an existing pavement, that part of the equipment which is supported on the existing pavement shall be equipped with protective pads on crawler tracks or rubber- tired wheels on which the bearing surface is offset to run a sufficient distance from the edge of the pavement to avoid breaking the pavement edge. Not more than 15% of the total free edge of each 500 foot(150 m) segment of pavement, or fraction thereof, shall have an edge slump exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm), and none of the free edge of the pavement shall have an edge slump exceeding 3/8 inch (9 mm). (The total free edge of 500 feet (150 m) of pavement will be considered the cumulative total linear measurement of pavement edge originally constructed as nonadjacent to any existing pavement; that is, 500 feet (150 m) of paving lane originally constructed as a separate lane will have 1,000 feet (300 m) of free edge, 500 feet (150 m) of fill-in lane '1 will have no free edge, etc.). The area affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the i pavement edge shall be limited to not more than 18 inches (0.5 m) from the edge. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened,the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. b. Side-form construction. Side form sections shall be straight, free from warps,bends, indentations, or other defects. Defective forms shall be removed from the work. Metal side forms shall be used except FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron at end closures and transverse construction joints where straight forms of other suitable material may be used. Side forms may be built up by rigidly attaching a section to either top or bottom of forms. If such build-up is attached to the top of metal forms,the build-up shall also be metal. Width of the base of all forms shall be equal to or greater than the specified pavement thickness. Side forms shall be of sufficient rigidity, both in the form and in the interlocking connection with adjoining forms, that springing will not occur under the weight of subgrading and paving equipment or from the pressure of the concrete. The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms so that there will be no delay in placing concrete due to lack of forms. imm Before placing side forms, the underlying material shall be at the proper grade. Side forms shall have full bearing upon the foundation throughout their length and width of base and shall be placed to the required grade and alignment of the finished pavement. They shall be firmly supported during the entire operation of placing, compacting,and finishing the pavement. Forms shall be drilled in advance of being placed to line and grade to accommodate tie bars where these are specified. .. Immediately in advance of placing concrete and after all subbase operations are completed, side forms shall be trued and maintained to the required line and grade for a distance sufficient to prevent delay in placing. Side forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been placed, and in all cases until the edge of the pavement no longer requires the protection of the forms. Curing compound shall be applied to the concrete immediately after the forms have been removed. Side forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and oiled each time they are used and before concrete is placed against them. Concrete shall be spread, screeded, shaped and consolidated by one or more self-propelled machines. These machines shall uniformly distribute and consolidate concrete without segregation so that the completed pavement will conform to the required cross-section with a minimum of handwork. — The number and capacity of machines furnished shall be adequate to perform the work required at a rate equal to that of concrete delivery. Concrete for the full paving width shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibrators without causing segregation. Internal type vibrators' rate of vibration shall be not less than 7,000 cycles per minute. Amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete more than one foot (30 cm) from the vibrating element. The Contractor shall furnish a tachometer or other .� suitable device for measuring and indicating frequency of vibration. Power to vibrators shall be connected so that vibration ceases when forward or backward motion of i,., the machine is stopped. The provisions relating to the frequency and amplitude of internal vibration shall be considered the minimum requirements and are intended to ensure adequate density in the hardened concrete. c. Consolidation. Concrete shall be consolidated with the specified type of lane-spanning, gang- mounted, mechanical, immersion type vibrating equipment mounted in front of the paver, supplemented, in rare instances as specified, by hand-operated vibrators. The vibrators shall be inserted into the concretetaw to a depth that will provide the best full-depth consolidation but not closer to the underlying material than inches (50 mm). Excessive vibration shall not be permitted. If the vibrators cause visible tracking in the paving lane, the paving operation shall be stopped and equipment and operations modified to prevent it. Concrete in small, odd-shaped slabs or in isolated locations inaccessible to the gang-mounted vibration tow FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r.. equipment shall be vibrated with an approved hand-operated immersion vibrator operated from a bridge spanning the area.Vibrators shall not be used to transport or spread the concrete.Hand-operated vibrators shall not be operated in the concrete at one location for more than 20 seconds. Insertion locations for hand-operated vibrators shall be between 6 to 15 inches (150 to 400 mm) on centers. For each paving train, at least one additional vibrator spud, or sufficient parts for rapid replacement and repair of vibrators shall be maintained at the paving site at all times. Any evidence of inadequate consolidation(honeycomb along the edges, large air pockets, or any other evidence) shall require the immediate stopping of the paving operation and adjustment of the equipment or procedures as approved by the Engineer. If a lack of consolidation of the concrete is suspected by the Engineer, referee testing may be required. Referee testing of hardened concrete will be performed by the Engineer by cutting cores from the finished pavement after a minimum of 24 hours curing. Density determinations will be made by the Engineer based on the water content of the core as taken. ASTM C642 shall be used for the determination of core density in the saturated-surface dry condition. When required, referee cores will be taken at the minimum rate of one for each 500 cubic yards(382 m2)of pavement, or fraction. The Contractor shall be responsible for all referee testing cost if they fail to meet the required density. The average density of the cores shall be at least 97% of the original mix design density, with no cores having a density of less than 96% of the original mix design density. Failure to meet the referee tests will be considered evidence that the minimum requirements for vibration are inadequate for the job conditions. Additional vibrating units or other means of increasing the effect of vibration shall be employed so that the density of the hardened concrete conforms to the above requirements. 501-4.9 Strike-off of concrete and placement of reinforcement. Following the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off to conform to the cross-section shown on the plans and to an elevation that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished,the surface of the pavement shall be at the elevation shown on the plans. When reinforced concrete pavement is placed in two layers,the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on • the concrete in its final position without further manipulation. The reinforcement shall then be placed • directly upon the concrete, after which the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer of concrete has been placed more than 30 minutes without being covered with the top layer or if initial set has taken place, it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer, the reinforcement may be positioned in advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means after spreading. ...� Reinforcing steel, at the time concrete is placed, shall be free of mud, oil, or other organic matter that may adversely affect or reduce bond. Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be considered satisfactory, provided the minimum dimensions,weight, and tensile properties of a hand wire- brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification requirements. 501-4.10 Joints. Joints shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accordance with these requirements. All joints shall be constructed with their faces perpendicular to the surface of the pavement -• and finished or edged as shown on the plans. Joints shall not vary more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from their designated position and shall be true to line with not more than 1/4 inch(6 mm)variation in 10 feet(3 m). The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 12 feet(3 m) straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch (6 mm) shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of uniform width and depth as shown on the plans. a. Construction. Longitudinal construction joints shall be slip-formed or formed against side forms as shown in the plans. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-15 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The installation of the joint shall be located at a planned contraction or expansion joint. If placing of the concrete is stopped,the Contractor shall remove the excess concrete back to the previous planned joint. b. Contraction. Contraction joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. Contraction joints shall be installed to the dimensions required by forming a groove or cleft in the top of the slab while the concrete is still plastic or by sawing a groove into the concrete surface after the concrete has hardened. When the groove is formed in plastic concrete the sides of the grooves shall be finished even and smooth with an edging tool. If an insert material is used,the installation and edge finish shall be according to the manufacturer's instructions. The groove shall be finished or cut clean so that spalling will be avoided at intersections with other joints. Grooving or sawing shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch(3 mm)wide and to the depth shown on the plans. Imo c. Isolation (expansion). Isolation joints shall be installed as shown on the plans. The premolded filler of the thickness as shown on the plans, shall extend for the full depth and width of the slab at the joint, except for space for sealant at the top of the slab. The filler shall be securely staked or fastened into Imo position perpendicular to the proposed finished surface.A cap shall be provided to protect the top edge of the filler and to permit the concrete to be placed and finished. After the concrete has been placed and struck off, the cap shall be carefully withdrawn leaving the space over the premolded filler. The edges of the joint shall be finished and tooled while the concrete is still plastic. Any concrete bridging the joint space shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint. d. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed in joints as shown on the plans. Tie bars Ifte shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall be spaced at intervals shown on the plans. They shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and in the middle of the slab depth. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane, they may be bent against the form at longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. Tie bars shall not be painted, greased, or enclosed in sleeves. When slip-form operations call for tie bars,two-piece hook bolts can be installed. e. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load-transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across joints as shown on the plans. They shall be of the dimensions and spacings as shown and held rigidly in the middle of the slab depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an approved assembly device to be left permanently in place. The dowel or load-transfer and joint devices shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly as a unit ready to be lifted and placed into position. The dowels shall be coated with a bond-breaker or other lubricant recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. ►— f.Dowels bars at longitudinal construction joints shall be bonded in drilled holes. g. Placing dowels and tie bars. The method used in installing and holding dowels in position shall �. ensure that the error in alignment of any dowel from its required horizontal and vertical alignment after the pavement has been completed will not be greater than 1/8 inch per feet (3 mm per 0.3 m). Except as otherwise specified below,horizontal spacing of dowels shall be within a tolerance of±5/8 inch(16 mm). lam The vertical location on the face of the slab shall be within a tolerance of±1/2 inch(12 mm). The vertical alignment of the dowels shall be measured parallel to the designated top surface of the pavement, except for those across the crown or other grade change joints. Dowels across crowns and other joints at grade changes shall be measured to a level surface. Horizontal alignment shall be checked perpendicular to the joint edge. The horizontal alignment shall be checked with a framing square. Dowels shall not be placed closer than 0.6 times the dowel bar length to the planned joint line. If the last regularly spaced longitudinal dowel is closer than that dimension, it shall be moved away from the joint to a location 0.6 times the dowel bar length, but not closer than 6 inches (150 mm)to its nearest neighbor. The portion of FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-16 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron each dowel intended to move within the concrete or expansion cap shall be wiped clean and coated with a thin, even film of lubricating oil or light grease before the concrete is placed. Dowels shall be installed as specified in the following subparagraphs. (1) Contraction joints. Dowels and tie bars in longitudinal and transverse contraction joints within the paving lane shall be held securely in place, as indicated, by means of rigid metal frames or basket assemblies of an approved type. The basket assemblies shall be held securely in the proper location by means of suitable pins or anchors. Do not cut or crimp the dowel basket tie wires. At the Contractor's option, in lieu of the above, dowels and tie bars in contraction joints shall be installed near the front of the paver by insertion into the plastic concrete using approved equipment and procedures. Approval will be based on the results of a preconstruction demonstration, showing that the dowels and tie bars are installed within specified tolerances. (2) Construction joints. Install dowels and tie bars by the cast-in- place or the drill-and-dowel method. Installation by removing and replacing in preformed holes will not be permitted. Dowels and tie bars shall be prepared and placed across joints where indicated, correctly aligned, and securely held in the proper horizontal and vertical position during placing and finishing operations, by means of devices fastened to the forms. The spacing of dowels and tie bars in construction joints shall be as indicated. (3) Dowels installed in isolation joints and other hardened concrete. Install dowels for isolation joints and in other hardened concrete by bonding the dowels into holes drilled into the hardened concrete. The concrete shall have cured for seven (7) days or reached a minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi (17 MPa) before drilling commences. Holes 1/8 inch (3 mm) greater in diameter than the dowels shall be drilled into the hardened concrete using rotary-core drills. Rotary- percussion drills may be used, provided that excessive spalling does not occur to the concrete joint face. Modification of the equipment and operation shall be required if, in the Engineer's opinion, the equipment and/or operation is causing excessive damage. Depth of dowel hole shall be within a tolerance of±1/2 inch (12 mm) of the dimension shown on the drawings. On completion of the drilling operation, the dowel hole shall be blown out with oil-free, compressed air. Dowels shall be bonded in the drilled holes using epoxy resin. Epoxy resin shall be injected at the back of the hole before installing the dowel and extruded to the collar during insertion of the dowel so as to completely fill the void around the dowel. Application by buttering the dowel will not be permitted. The dowels shall be held in alignment at the collar of the hole, after insertion and before the grout hardens, by means of a suitable metal or plastic grout retention ring fitted around the dowel. Dowels required to be installed in any joints between new and existing concrete shall be grouted in holes drilled in the existing concrete, all as specified above. h. Sawing of joints. Joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipment shall be as described in paragraph 501-4.1. The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch(3 mm)wide and to the depth shown on the plans. The top of the slot shall be widened by sawing to provide adequate space for joint sealers as shown on the plans. Sawing shall commence, without regard to day or night, as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling, or tearing and before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking of the pavement occurs and shall continue without interruption until all joints have been sawn. The joints shall be sawn at —' the required spacing. All slurry and debris produced in the sawing of joints shall be removed by vacuuming and washing. Curing compound or system shall be reapplied in the initial sawcut and maintained for the remaining cure period. 501-4.11 Finishing. Finishing operations shall be a continuing part of placing operations starting immediately behind the strike-off of the paver.Initial finishing shall be provided by the transverse screed or extrusion plate. The sequence of operations shall be transverse finishing, longitudinal machine floating if used, straightedge finishing, texturing, and then edging of joints. Finishing shall be by the machine method. The hand method shall be used only on isolated areas of odd slab widths or shapes and in the event of a breakdown of the mechanical finishing equipment. Supplemental hand finishing for machine finished pavement shall be kept to an absolute minimum. Any machine finishing operation which requires FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-17 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron appreciable hand finishing, other than a moderate amount of straightedge finishing, shall be immediately stopped and proper adjustments made or the equipment replaced. Any operations which produce more than 1/8 inch(3 mm) of mortar-rich surface(defined as deficient in plus U.S. No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve size aggregate) shall be halted immediately and the equipment, mixture, or procedures modified as necessary. Compensation shall be made for surging behind the screeds or extrusion plate and settlement during hardening and care shall be taken to ensure that paving and finishing machines are properly adjusted so that the finished surface of the concrete (not just the cutting edges of the screeds) will be at the required line and grade. Finishing equipment and tools shall be maintained clean and in an approved condition. At no time shall water be added to the surface of the slab with the finishing equipment or tools, or in any other way, except for fog(mist)sprays specified to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking. a. Machine finishing with slipform payers. The slipform paver shall be operated so that only a very minimum of additional finishing work is required to produce pavement surfaces and edges meeting the specified tolerances. Any equipment or procedure that fails to meet these specified requirements shall immediately be replaced or modified as necessary. A self-propelled non-rotating pipe float may be used while the concrete is still plastic, to remove minor irregularities and score marks. Only one pass of the pipe float shall be allowed. If there is concrete slurry or fluid paste on the surface that runs over the edge of the pavement, the paving operation shall be immediately stopped and the equipment, mixture, or operation modified to prevent formation of such slurry. Any slurry which does run down the vertical edges shall be immediately removed by hand, using stiff brushes or scrapers. No slurry, concrete or concrete mortar shall be used to build up along the edges of the pavement to compensate for excessive .m edge slump,either while the concrete is plastic or after it hardens. b. Machine finishing with fixed forms. The machine shall be designed to straddle the forms and shall be operated to screed and consolidate the concrete. Machines that cause displacement of the forms shall be replaced. The machine shall make only one pass over each area of pavement. If the equipment and procedures do not produce a surface of uniform texture, true to grade, in one pass,the operation shall be immediately stopped and the equipment,mixture, and procedures adjusted as necessary. c. Other types of finishing equipment. Clary screeds, other rotating tube floats, or bridge deck finishers are not allowed on mainline paving, but may be allowed on irregular or odd-shaped slabs, and near buildings or trench drains, subject to the Engineer's approval. Bridge deck finishers shall have a minimum operating weight of 7500 pounds (3400 kg) and shall have a transversely operating carriage containing a knock-down auger and a minimum of two immersion vibrators. Vibrating screeds or pans shall be used only for isolated slabs where hand finishing is permitted as specified, and only where specifically approved. d. Hand finishing. Hand finishing methods will not be permitted, except under the following �. conditions: (1) in the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish the concrete already deposited on the grade and (2) in areas of narrow widths or of irregular dimensions where operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical. Use hand finishing operations .� only as specified below. (1) Equipment and screed. In addition to approved mechanical internal vibrators for consolidating the concrete, provide a strike-off and tamping screed and a longitudinal float for hand finishing. The screed shall be at least one foot(30 cm) longer than the width of pavement being finished, of an approved design, and sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed of metal or other suitable material shod with metal. The longitudinal float shall be at least 10 feet(3 m) long, of approved design, and rigid and substantially braced, and shall maintain a plane surface on the bottom. Grate tampers(jitterbugs)shall not be used. (2) Finishing and floating. As soon as placed and vibrated, the concrete shall be struck off and screeded to the crown and cross-section and to such elevation above grade that when consolidated and finished,the surface of the pavement will be at the required elevation. In addition to previously specified FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron r.. complete coverage with handheld immersion vibrators, the entire surface shall be tamped with the strike- off and tamping template, and the tamping operation continued until the required compaction and reduction of internal and surface voids are accomplished. Immediately following the final tamping of the surface, the pavement shall be floated longitudinally from bridges resting on the side forms and spanning but not touching the concrete.If necessary,additional concrete shall be placed, consolidated and screeded, and the float operated until a satisfactory surface has been produced. The floating operation shall be advanced not more than half the length of the float and then continued over the new and previously floated surfaces. e. Straightedge testing and surface correction. After the pavement has been struck off and while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a Contractor furnished 12-foot (3.7-m) straightedge swung from handles 3 feet(1 m) longer than one-half the width of the slab. The straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive positions parallel to the centerline and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed from the surface of the pavement and wasted. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off, consolidated, and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Special attention shall be given to assure that the surface across joints meets the smoothness requirements of paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Straightedge testing and surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required grade and cross-section. The use of long-handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum; they may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment. This straight-edging is not a replacement for the straightedge testing of paragraph 501-5.2e(3), Smoothness. 501-4.12 Surface texture. The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a brush or broom, burlap drag, or artificial turf finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. It is important that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation. Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. a. Burlap drag finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at least 15 ounces per square yard (555 grams per square meter) . To obtain a textured surface, the transverse threads of the burlap shall be removed approximately one foot (30 cm) from the trailing edge. A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping longitudinal striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and 501-4.13 Curing. Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7-day cure period in accordance with one of the methods below. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind the Contractor may elect to use, or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other requirements, shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. The concrete shall not be 7 left exposed for more than 1/2 hour during the curing period. When a two-sawcut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the curing compound shall be applied to the sawcut immediately after the initial cut has been made. The sealant reservoir shall not be sawed until after the curing period has been completed. When the one cut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the joint shall be cured with wet rope, wet rags, or wet blankets. The rags, ropes, or blankets shall be kept moist for the duration of the curing period. a. Impervious membrane method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniformly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing FAA AlP#3-19-0094-046 P501-19 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers under pressure at the rate of one gallon(4 liters)to not more than 150 sq ft(14 sq m). The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the compound shall be stirred continuously by mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. When hand spraying is approved by the Engineer, a double application rate shall be used to ensure coverage. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application. Should the film become damaged from any cause, including sawing operations, within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound or other approved means. Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided �.. for the surface. Curing shall be applied immediately after the bleed water is gone from the surface. b.White burlap-polyethylene sheets.The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width)that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully saturated and in position for seven(7)days after the concrete has been placed. c.Water method.The entire area shall be covered with burlap or other water absorbing material.The material shall be of sufficient thickness to retain water for adequate curing without excessive runoff. The material shall be kept wet at all times and maintained for seven(7)days. When the forms are stripped,the vertical walls shall also be kept moist. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent ponding of the curing water on the subbase. d. Concrete protection for cold weather. The concrete shall be maintained at an ambient temperature of at least 50°F (10°C) for a period of 72 hours after placing and at a temperature above .. freezing'for the remainder of the curing time. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete placed during cold weather; and any concrete damaged shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. e. Concrete protection for hot weather. Concrete should be continuous moisture cured for the entire curing period and shall commence as soon as the surfaces are finished and continue for at least 24 hours. However, if moisture curing is not practical beyond 24 hours, the concrete surface shall be protected from drying with application of a liquid membrane-forming curing compound while the surfaces are still damp. Other curing methods may be approved by the Engineer. 501-4.14 Removing forms. Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without chipping, spalling, or tearing. After the forms have been removed, the sides of the slab shall be cured as per the methods indicated in paragraph 501-4.13. Major honeycombed areas shall be considered as defective work and shall be removed and replaced in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2(f). 501-4.15 Saw-cut grooving. If shown on the plans, grooved surfaces shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Item P-621. 501-4.16 Sealing joints.The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordance with Item P-60 5. 501-4.17 Protection of pavement. The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its appurtenances ., against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents until accepted by the Engineer. This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs, lights, pavement bridges, crossovers, and protection of unsealed joints from intrusion of foreign material, etc. Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to final acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement replaced at the Contractor's expense. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Aggregates, rubble, or other similar construction materials shall not be placed on airfield pavements. Traffic shall be excluded from the new pavement by erecting and maintaining barricades and signs until the concrete is at least seven(7)days old,or for a longer period if directed by the Engineer. In paving intermediate lanes between newly paved pilot lanes, operation of the hauling and paving equipment will be permitted on the new pavement after the pavement has been cured for seven (7) days and the joints have been sealed or otherwise protected, and the concrete has attained a minimum field cured flexural strength of 550 psi (37928 kPa) and approved means are furnished to prevent damage to the slab edge. All new and existing pavement carrying construction traffic or equipment shall be continuously kept completely clean, and spillage of concrete or other materials shall be cleaned up immediately upon occurrence. Damaged pavements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Slabs shall be removed to the full depth,width,and length of the slab. 501-4.18 Opening to construction traffic. The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C31 have attained a flexural strength of 550 lb/ square inch (3.8 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C78. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening the pavement to construction traffic, all joints shall either be sealed or protected from damage to the joint edge and intrusion of foreign materials into the joint. As a minimum, backer rod or tape may be used to protect the joints from foreign matter intrusion. 501-4.19 Repair,removal,or replacement of slabs. a. General. New pavement slabs that are broken or contain cracks or are otherwise defective or unacceptable shall be removed and replaced or repaired, as directed by the Engineer and as specified hereinafter at no cost to the Owner. Spalls along joints shall be repaired as specified. Removal of partial slabs is not permitted. Removal and replacement shall be full depth, shall be full width of the slab, and the slog limit of removal shall be normal to the paving lane and to each original transverse joint. The Engineer will determine whether cracks extend full depth of the pavement and may require cores to be drilled on the crack to determine depth of cracking. Such cores shall be 4 inch (100 mm) diameter, shall be drilled 7 by the Contractor and shall be filled by the Contractor with a well consolidated concrete mixture bonded to the walls of the hole with epoxy resin, using approved procedures. Drilling of cores and refilling holes shall be at no expense to the Owner. All epoxy resin used in this work shall conform to ASTM C881, Type V. Repair of cracks as described in this section shall not be allowed if in the opinion of the Engineer the overall condition of the pavement indicates that such repair is unlikely to achieve an acceptable and durable finished pavement. No repair of cracks shall be allowed in any panel that demonstrates segregated aggregate with an absence of coarse aggregate in the upper 1/8 inch (3 mm) of the pavement surface. b. Shrinkage cracks. Shrinkage cracks, which do not exceed 4 inches (100 mm) in depth, shall be 7 cleaned and then pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using procedures as approved by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to assure that the crack is not widened during epoxy resin injection. All epoxy resin injection shall take place in the presence of the Engineer. Shrinkage cracks, which exceed 4 —4inches (100 mm) in depth, shall be treated as full depth cracks in accordance with paragraphs 4.19b and 4.19c. c. Slabs with cracks through interior areas. Interior area is defined as that area more than 6 inches (150 mm) from either adjacent original transverse joint. The full slab shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner, when there are any full depth cracks, or cracks greater than 4 inches (100 mm) in depth,that extend into the interior area. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-21 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron d. Cracks close to and parallel to joints.All cracks essentially parallel to original joints, extending full depth of the slab, and lying wholly within 6 inches (150 mm) either side of the joint shall be treated as specified here. Any crack extending more than 6 inches (150 mm) from the joint shall be treated as specified above in subparagraph c. Immt (1) Full depth cracks present, original joint not opened. When the original un-cracked joint has not opened, the crack shall be sawed and sealed, and the original joint filled with epoxy resin as specified below. The crack shall be sawed with equipment specially designed to follow random cracks. The reservoir for joint sealant in the crack shall be formed by sawing to a depth of 3/4 inches (19 mm), 11/16 inch (2 mm), and to a width of 5/8 inch(16 mm), ±1/8 inch (3 mm). Any equipment or procedure which causes raveling or spalling along the crack shall be modified or replaced to prevent such raveling or spalling. The joint sealant shall be a liquid sealant as specified. Installation of joint seal shall be as specified for sealing joints or as directed. If the joint sealant reservoir has been sawed out, the reservoir and as much of the lower saw cut as possible shall be filled with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 2, thoroughly tooled into the void using approved procedures. If only the original narrow saw cut has been made, it shall be cleaned and pressure injected with epoxy resin,Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. If filler type material has been used to form a weakened plane in the transverse joint, it shall be completely sawed out and the saw cut pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. Where a parallel crack goes part way across paving lane and then intersects and follows the original joint which is cracked only for the remained of the width, it shall be treated as specified above for a parallel crack, and the cracked original joint shall be prepared and sealed as originally designed. (2)Full depth cracks present,original joint also cracked.At a joint, if there is any place in the lane width where a parallel crack and a cracked portion of the original joint overlap, the entire slab Imm containing the crack shall be removed and replaced for the full lane width and length. e. Removal and replacement of full slabs. Where it is necessary to remove full slabs, unless there L. are dowels present, all edges of the slab shall be cut full depth with a concrete saw. All.saw cuts shall be perpendicular to the slab surface. If dowels, or tie bars are present along any edges, these edges shall be sawed full depth just beyond the end of the dowels or tie bars. These joints shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within one inch(25 mm)of the depth of the dowel or tie bar. The main slab shall be further divided by sawing full depth, at appropriate locations, and each piece lifted out and removed. Suitable equipment shall be used to provide a truly vertical lift, and approved safe r.. lifting devices used for attachment to the slabs. The narrow strips along doweled edges shall be carefully broken up and removed using light, hand-held jackhammers, 30 lb (14 kg) or less, or other approved similar equipment. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the dowels, tie bars, or to concrete to remain in place. The joint face below dowels shall be suitably trimmed so that there is not abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inch (12 mm) and no gradual offset greater than one inch (25 mm) when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot(3.7-m) straightedge. No mechanical impact breakers, other than the above hand-held equipment shall be used for any removal of slabs. If underbreak between 1-1/2 and 4 inches (38 and 100 mm) deep occurs at any point along any edge, the area shall be repaired as directed before replacing the removed slab. Procedures directed will be similar to those specified for surface spalls,modified as necessary. If underbreak over 4 inches (100 mm) deep occurs, the entire slab containing the underbreak shall be removed and replaced. Where there are no dowels or tie bars, or where they have been damaged, dowels or tie bars of the size and spacing as specified for other joints in similar pavement shall be installed by epoxy grouting them into holes drilled into the existing concrete using procedures as specified. Original :.. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-22 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron damaged dowels or tie bars shall be cut off flush with the joint face. Protruding portions of dowels shall be painted and lightly oiled.All four(4)edges of the new slab shall contain dowels or original tie bars. Placement of concrete shall be as specified for original construction. Prior to placement of new concrete,the underlying material(unless it is stabilized) shall be re-compacted and shaped as specified in the appropriate section of these specifications. The surfaces of all four joint faces shall be cleaned of all loose material and contaminants and coated with a double application of membrane forming curing compound as bond breaker. Care shall be taken to prevent any curing compound from contacting dowels or tie bars. The resulting joints around the new slab shall be prepared and sealed as specified for original construction. f. Repairing spalls along joints. Where directed, spalls along joints of new slabs, and along parallel cracks used as replacement joints, shall be repaired by first making a vertical saw cut at least one inch(25 mm) outside the spalled area and to a depth of at least 2 inch (50 mm). Saw cuts shall be straight lines forming rectangular areas. The concrete between the saw cut and the joint, or crack, shall be chipped out to remove all unsound concrete and at least 1/2 inch(12 mm) of visually sound concrete. The cavity thus formed shall be thoroughly cleaned with high-pressure water jets supplemented with compressed air to remove all loose material. Immediately before filling the cavity, a prime coat of epoxy resin, Type III, Grade I, shall be applied to the dry cleaned surface of all sides and bottom of the cavity, except any joint face. The prime coat shall be applied in a thin coating and scrubbed into the surface with a stiff-bristle brush. Pooling of epoxy resin shall be avoided.The cavity shall be filled with low slump Portland cement concrete or mortar or with epoxy resin concrete or mortar. Concrete shall be used for larger spalls, generally those more than 1/2 cu. ft. (0.014 m3) in size,and mortar shall be used for the smaller ones.Any spall less than 0.1 cu. ft. (0.003 m3) shall be repaired only with epoxy resin mortar or a Grade III epoxy resin.Portland cement concrete and mortar mixtures shall be proportioned as directed and shall be mixed, placed, consolidated, and cured as directed. Epoxy resin mortars shall be made with Type III, Grade 1, epoxy resin, using proportions and mixing and placing procedures as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The epoxy resin materials shall be placed in the cavity in layers not over 2 inches (50 mm) thick. The time interval between placement of additional layers shall be such that the temperature of the epoxy resin material does not exceed 140°F (60°C) at any time during hardening. Mechanical vibrators and hand tampers shall be used to consolidate the concrete or mortar. Any repair material on the surrounding surfaces of the existing concrete shall be removed before it hardens. Where '1 the spalled area abuts a joint, an insert or other bond-breaking medium shall be used to prevent bond at the joint face. A reservoir for the joint sealant shall be sawed to the dimensions required for other joints, or as required to be routed for cracks. The reservoir shall be thoroughly cleaned and sealed with the sealer ••l! specified for the joints. If any spall penetrates half the depth of the slab or more, the entire slab shall be removed and replaced as previously specified If any spall would require over 25% of the length of any single joint to be repaired,the entire slab shall be removed and replaced. Repair of spalls as described in ,.� this section shall not be allowed if in the opinion of the Engineer the overall condition of the pavement indicates that such repair is unlikely to achieve an acceptable and durable finished pavement. No repair of spalls shall be allowed in any panel that demonstrates segregated aggregate with a significant absence of coarse aggregate in the upper one-eight(1/8th)inch of the pavement surface. g. Diamond grinding of PCC surfaces. Diamond grinding of the hardened concrete with an approved diamond grinding machine should not be performed until the concrete is 14 days or more old and concrete has reached full minimum strength. When required, diamond grinding shall be accomplished by sawing with saw blades impregnated with industrial diamond abrasive. The saw blades shall be assembled in a cutting head mounted on a machine designed specifically for diamond grinding that will produce the required texture and smoothness level without damage to the pavement. The saw blades shall 1 be 1/8-inch (3-mm) wide and there shall be a minimum of 55 to 60 blades per 12 inches (300 mm) of cutting head width; the actual number of blades will be determined by the Contractor and depend on the hardness of the aggregate. Each machine shall be capable of cutting a path at least 3 feet (0.9 m) wide. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-23 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Equipment that causes ravels, aggregate fractures, spalls or disturbance to the joints will not be permitted. The area corrected by diamond grinding the surface of the hardened concrete should not exceed 10% of the total area of any sublot. The depth of diamond grinding shall not exceed 1/2 inch (13 mm) and all areas in which diamond grinding has been performed will be subject to the final pavement thickness tolerances specified. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. All pavement areas requiring plan grade or surface smoothness corrections in excess of the limits specified above, may require removing and replacing in conformance with paragraph 501- 4.19. 501-4.20 Existing concrete pavement removal and repair. All operations shall be carefully controlled to prevent damage to the concrete pavement and to the underlying material to remain in place.All saw cuts shall be made perpendicular to the slab surface. a.Removal of existing pavement slab. bow When it is necessary to remove existing concrete pavement and leave adjacent concrete in place, unless there are dowels present, the joint between the removal area and adjoining pavement to stay in place, including dowels or tie bars, shall first be cut full depth with a _ standard diamond-type concrete saw. If dowels are present at this joint, the saw cut shall be made full depth just beyond the end of dowels . The edge shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within one inch (25 mm) of the top of the dowel. Next, a full depth saw cut shall be made parallel to the joint at least 24 inches (600 mm) from the joint and at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the end of any dowels. All pavement between this last saw cut and the joint line shall be carefully broken up and removed using hand-held jackhammers, 30 lb(14 kg) or less, or the approved light-duty equipment which will not cause stress to propagate across the joint saw cut and cause distress in the pavement which is to remain in place. Where dowels are present, care shall be taken to produce an even, vertical joint face below the dowels . If the Contractor is unable to produce such a joint face, or if underbreak or other distress occurs, the Contractor shall saw the dowels flush with the joint. The Contractor shall then install new dowels, of the size and spacing used for other similar joints, by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph 501-4 . 10g. All this shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. Dowels of the size and spacing indicated shall be installed as shown on the drawings by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph 501-4 . 1Og. The joint face shall be sawed or otherwise trimmed so that there is no abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inches(12 mm) and no gradual offset greater than one inch (25 mm)when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot(3.7-m) straightedge. b.Edge repair. .. The edge of existing concrete pavement against which new pavement abuts shall be protected from damage at all times. Areas that are damaged during construction shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner. Imo (1) Spall repair. Spalls shall be repaired where indicated and where directed by the Engineer. Repair materials and procedures shall be as previously specified in subparagraph 501-4.19f. (2) Underbreak repair. All underbreak shall be repaired. First, all delaminated and loose material shall be carefully removed.Next,the underlying material shall be recompacted, without addition of any new material. Finally, the void shall be completely filled with paving concrete, thoroughly consolidated. Care shall be taken to produce an even joint face from top to bottom. Prior to placing concrete, the underlying material shall be thoroughly moistened. After placement, the exposed surface shall be heavily coated with curing compound. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-24 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron (3) Underlying material. The underlying material adjacent to the edge and under the existing pavement which is to remain in place shall be protected from damage or disturbance during removal 1 — operations and until placement of new concrete, and shall be shaped as shown on the drawings or as directed. Sufficient material shall be kept in place outside the joint line to prevent disturbance (or sloughing) of material under the pavement that is to remain in place. Any material under the portion of the concrete pavement to remain in place, which is disturbed or loses its compaction shall be carefully removed and replaced with concrete as specified in paragraph 501-4.20b(2). The underlying material outside the joint line shall be thoroughly compacted and moist when new concrete is placed. 1 � MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 501-5.1 Acceptance sampling and testing. All acceptance sampling and testing necessary to determine 1.4 conformance with the requirements specified in this section, with the exception of coring for thickness determination, will be performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor shall bear the cost of providing curing facilities for the strength specimens, per paragraph 501-5.1a(3), and coring and filling operations, per paragraph 501-5.1 b(1). Testing organizations performing these tests shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C 1077. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for acceptance sampling and testing must '1 be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. Concrete shall be accepted for strength and thickness on a lot basis. A lot shall consist of a day's production not to exceed 2,000 cubic yards (1530 cubic meters). a.Flexural strength. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken for each sublot from the plastic concrete delivered to the job site. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D3665. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. (2) Testing. Two (2) specimens shall be made from each sample. Specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 and the flexural strength of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C78. The flexural strength for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results of the two test specimens representing that sublot. Immediately prior to testing for flexural strength, the beam shall be weighed and measured for determination of a sample unit weight. Measurements shall be made for each dimension; height, depth, and length, at the mid-point of the specimen and reported to the nearest 1/10 inch (3 mm). The weight of the specimen shall be reported to the nearest 0.1 pound (45 gm). The sample unit weight shall be calculated by dividing the sample weight by the calculated volume of the sample. This information shall be reported as companion information to the measured flexural strength for each specimen. The samples will be transported while in the molds. The curing, except for the initial cure period, will be accomplished using the immersion in saturated lime water method. Slump, air content, and temperature tests will also be conducted by the quality assurance laboratory for each set of strength test samples,per ASTM C31. 7-1 (3) Curing. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the initial curing of beams. During the 24 hours after molding, the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens must be maintained in the range of 60° to 80°F (16° to 27°C), and loss of moisture from the specimens must be prevented. The specimens may be stored in tightly constructed wooden boxes, damp sand pits, temporary buildings at construction sites, under wet burlap in favorable weather, or in heavyweight closed plastic bags, or using other suitable methods,provided the temperature and moisture loss requirements are met. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-25 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron (4)Acceptance.Acceptance of pavement for flexural strength will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2b. b.Pavement thickness. (1) Sampling.Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots and one core shall be taken by the Contractor for each sublot. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D3665. Areas, such as thickened edges, with planned variable thickness, shall be excluded from sample locations. Cores shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the cored hole. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with a non-shrink grout approved by the Engineer within one day after sampling. IMP (2)Testing. The thickness of the cores shall be determined by the Engineer by the average caliper measurement in accordance with ASTM C 174. (3) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for thickness shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2c. c. Partial lots. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number Imo of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or minor placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. Where three sublots have been produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots have been produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot or the previous lot and the total number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance criteria calculation,that is,n=5 or n=6. d. Outliers. All individual flexural strength tests within a lot shall be checked for an outlier (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E178, at a significance level of 5%. Outliers shall be discarded, and the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL) shall-be determined using the remaining test values. 501-5.2 Acceptance criteria. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the completed pavement discussed in paragraph 501-5.2e: (1)Flexural strength (2)Thickness (3) Smoothness (4)Grade (5)Edge slump Flexural strength and thickness shall be evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis using the method of estimating PWL.Acceptance using PWL considers the variability(standard deviation)of the material and the testing procedures, as well as the average(mean)value of the test results to calculate the percentage of material that is above the lower specification tolerance limit(L). low Acceptance for flexural strength will be based on the criteria contained in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2e(1). Acceptance for thickness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(2). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Acceptance L. for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(4). The Engineer may at any time, notwithstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Aims Contractor to dispose of any batch of concrete mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation,or improper slump. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection. In FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-26 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron the event of such rejection,the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b.Flexural strength.Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for flexural strength shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. c. Pavement thickness. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. d. Percentage of material within limits (PWL). The PWL shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit(L)for flexural strength and thickness shall be: Lower Specification Tolerance Limit(L) Flexural Strength 0.93 x strength specified in paragraph 501-3.1 Thickness Lot Plan Thickness in inches,-0.50 in e.Acceptance criteria. (1) Flexural Strength. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (2) Thickness. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. •. (3) Smoothness. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, but not later than 48 hours after placement, the surface of each lot shall be tested in both longitudinal and transverse directions for smoothness to reveal all surface irregularities exceeding the tolerances specified. The Contractor shall • ,.� furnish paving equipment and employ methods that produce a surface for each section of pavement having an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501-8.1c when evaluated with a profilograph; and the finished surface of the pavement shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6mm) when evaluated with a 12-foot (3.7m) straightedge. When the surface smoothness exceeds specification tolerances which cannot be corrected by diamond grinding of the pavement, full depth removal and replacement of pavement shall be to the limit of the longitudinal placement. Corrections involving diamond grinding will be subject to the final pavement thickness tolerances specified. -, (a) Transverse measurements. Transverse measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Transverse measurements will be taken perpendicular to the pavement centerline each 50 feet (15m) or more often as determined by the Engineer. (i) Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straight edge at the edge of pavement section being tested and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straight edge for each successive measurement. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions; at these transition areas, the straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. Deviations on final pavement > 1/4 inch (6mm) in transverse direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of pavement. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-27 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10% of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. (ii)The joint between lots shall be tested separately to facilitate smoothness between lots. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface, with half the straightedge on one side of the joint and the other half of the straightedge on the other side of the joint. Measure the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. One measurement shall be taken at the joint every 50 feet (15m) or more often if directed by the Engineer. Maximum gap on final pavement surface > 1/4 inch (6mm) in transverse direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of surface. Each measurement shall be recorded and a copy of the data shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. (b) Longitudinal measurements. Longitudinal measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Longitudinal tests will be parallel to the centerline of paving; at the center of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are less than 20 feet(6m); and at the one third points of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are 20 ft(6m) or greater. (i) Longitudinal Short Sections. Longitudinal Short Sections are when the longitudinal lot length is less than 200 feet (60m) and areas not requiring a profilograph. When approved by the Engineer, the first and last 15 feet (4.5m) of the lot can also be considered as short sections for smoothness. The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch(6mm)when evaluated with a 12-foot (3.7m) straightedge. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions, at these transition areas, the straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straight edge at the edge of pavement section being tested and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straight edge for each successive measurement. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. Deviations on final pavement surface> 1/4 inch(6mm) in longitudinal direction will be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of surface. — Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10% of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1274. The equipment shall utilize electronic Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch (5 mm) blanking band. The bump template must span one inch operated by a factory or State DOT approved operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch (25 mm) equals 25 feet(7.5 m)and a vertical scale of one inch (25 mm) equals one inch (25 mm). A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. The pavement must have an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph — 501-8.1c. Deviations on final surface in longitudinal direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501 1.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of pavement. Grinding will be tapered grinding should not exceed 10% of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. — Where corrections are necessary, second profilograph runs shall be performed to verify that the corrections produced an average profile index of 15 inches (38 cm)per mile or less. If the initial average profile index was less than 15 inches (38 cm), only those areas representing greater than 0.1 inch — (10 mm)deviation will be re profiled for correction verification. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-28 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron (iii) Final profilograph of[ runway ]. Final profilograph, full length of runway, shall be performed to facilitate testing of smoothness between lots. Profilograph testing shall be performed by -` the contractor using approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1271. The pavement must have an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501 8.1c. The equipment shall utilize electronic recording and automatic computerized reduction of data to indicate "must grind"bumps and the Profile Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch (5 mm) blanking band. The bump template must span one inch (25 mm)with an offset of 0.1 inches(10 mm). The profilograph must be calibrated prior to use and operated by a factory or State DOT approved,trained operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch (25 mm) equals 25 feet (7.5 m) and a vertical scale of one inch(25 mm) equals one inch (25 mm). A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of ach days testing. Profilograph of final runway shall be performed one foot right and left of runway centerline and 15 feet right and left of centerline. Any areas that indicate "must grind" will be corrected as directed by the Engineer. Smoothness testing indicated in the above paragraphs except paragraph (iii) shall be performed within 48 hours of placement of material. Smoothness texting indicated in paragraph(iii) shall be performed within 18 hours final paving completion. The primary purpose of smoothness testing is to identify areas that may be prone to ponding of water which could lead to hydroplaning of aircraft. If the contractor's machines and/or methods are producing significant areas that need corrective actions then production should be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. If corrective m asures are not implemented and when directed by the Engineer, production shall be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. (4) Grade. An evaluation of the surface grade shall be made by the Engineer for compliance to the tolerances contained below. The finish grade will be determined by running levels at intervals of 50 feet (15 m) or less longitudinally and all breaks in grade transversely (not to exceed 50 feet (15 m)) to determine the elevation of the completed pavement. The Contractor shall pay the costs of surveying the level runs, and this work shall be performed by a licensed surveyor. The documentation, stamped and signed by a licensed surveyor, shall be provided by the Contractor to the Engineer. (a) Lateral deviation. Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge shall not exceed±0.10 feet(3 mm) in any lane. (b) Vertical deviation. Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed±0.04 feet(12 mm) at any point. (5) Edge slump. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor as directed by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-4.8a. f. Removal and replacement of concrete. Any area or section of concrete that is removed and replaced shall be removed and replaced back to planned joints. The Contractor shall replace damaged dowels and the requirements for doweled longitudinal construction joints in paragraph 501-4.10 shall apply to all contraction joints exposed by concrete removal. Removal and replacement shall be in accordance with paragraph 501-4.20. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 501-6.1 Quality control program. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with Section 100 of the General Provisions. The program shall address all elements that affect the quality of the pavement including but not limited to: a. Mix Design b. Aggregate Gradation FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-29 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron c.Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e.Proportioning f.Mixing and Transportation g.Placing and Consolidation h.Joints i.Dowel Placement and Alignment j.Flexural or Compressive Strength k.Finishing and Curing I. Surface Smoothness 501-6.2 Quality control testing. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to this specification and as set forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for aggregate gradation,aggregate moisture content, slump,and air content. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. a.Fine aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily in accordance with ASTM C136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter,two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C70 or ASTM C566. b.Coarse Aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily for each size of aggregate. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C136 from randomly sampled material taken from the tar discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter,two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C566. c. Slump. Four slump tests shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in paragraph 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublot. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 143 from material randomly sampled from material discharged from trucks at the paving site.Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. d. Air content. Four air content tests, shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in paragraph 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublot. Air content tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag or other porous coarse aggregate, from material randomly sampled from trucks at the paving site.Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. e. Four unit weight and yield tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C138. The samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172 and at the same time as the air content tests. Iry FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-30 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 501-6.3 Control charts. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts for fine and coarse aggregate gradation, slump,moisture content and air content. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept up to date at all times. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test number, each test parameter, the Action and suspension Limits, or Specification limits, applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a potential problem and the Contractor is not --+ taking satisfactory corrective action,the Engineer may halt production or acceptance of the material. a. Fine and coarse aggregate gradation. The Contractor shall record the running average of the last five gradation tests for each control sieve on linear control charts. Specification limits contained in the Lower Specification Tolerance Limit (L) table above and the Control Chart Limits table below shall be superimposed on the Control Chart for job control. b. Slump and air content. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range (that is, difference between highest and lowest measurements) for slump and air content in accordance with the following Action and Suspension Limits. —► Control Chart Limits Control Individual Measurements Ran.a Suspension Parameter Action Limit Suspension Limit Limit Slip Form: Slump +0 to-1 inch(0-25 mm) +0.5 to-1.5 inch(13-38 ±1.5 inch(38 mm) mm) Air Content ' ±1.2% ±1.8% ±2.5% 2.114 Side Form: Slump +0.5 to-1 inch(13-25 +1 to-1.5 inch(25-38 mm) ±1.5 inch(38 mm) Oft mm) ' Air Content ±1.2% ±1.8% ±2.5% ] —1 The individual measurement control charts shall use the mix design target values as indicators of central II` tendency. 501-6.4 Corrective action.The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of control. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control and shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and corrective action taken if any one of the following conditions exists. a. Fine and coarse aggregate gradation. When two consecutive averages of five tests are outside of the specification limits in paragraph 501-2.1, immediate steps, including a halt to production, shall be -rt taken to correct the grading. b.Fine and coarse aggregate moisture content.Whenever the moisture content of the fine or coarse aggregate changes by more than 0.5%, the scale settings for the aggregate batcher and water batcher shall be adjusted. c. Slump.The Contractor shall halt production and make appropriate adjustments whenever: (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-31 Waterloo Regional Airport "1 AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron OR (2)two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. d. Air content. The Contractor shall halt production and adjust the amount of air-entraining admixture whenever: (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range OR(2)two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. Whenever a point falls outside the Action Limits line, the air-entraining admixture dispenser shall be calibrated to ensure that it is operating correctly and with good reproducibility. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 501-7.1 Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of square yards (square meters) of either plain or reinforced pavement as specified in-place, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 501-8.1 Payment. Payment for concrete pavement meeting all acceptance criteria as specified in paragraph 501-5.2 Acceptance Criteria shall be based on results of strength and thickness tests. Payment for acceptable lots of concrete pavement shall be adjusted in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1a for strength and thickness and 501-8.1c for smoothness, subject to the limitation that: The total project payment for concrete pavement shall not exceed 100 percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of square yards (square meters) of concrete pavement used in the accepted work(See Note 1 under the Price Adjustment Schedule table below). Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to .— complete the work as specified herein and on the drawings. a. Basis of adjusted payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with the Price Adjustment Schedule table below. A pay factor shall be calculated for both -- flexural strength and thickness. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are 100% or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either flexural strength or thickness is 100% or higher.The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are less than 100%. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-32 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Price Adjustment Schedule' Percentage of Materials Within Specification Lot Pay Factor Limits (Percent of Contract Unit Price) (PWL) 96- 100 106 90-95 PWL+ 10 75 -90 0.5 PWL+ 55 55 -74 1.4PWL- 12 Below 55 Reject ' Although it is theoretically possible to achieve a pay factor of 106%for each lot, actual payment in excess of 100%shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. 2 The lot shall be removed and replaced. However,the Engineer may decide to allow the rejected lot to remain. _ In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor agree in writing that the lot shall not be removed. it shall be paid for at 50% of the contract unit price and the total project payment limitation shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. For each lot accepted, the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. Payment in excess of 100% for accepted lots of concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100%. b. Payment. Payment shall be made under: Item P-501 8.1a 10-Inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement-per square yard (square — meteF) Item P-501 12-Inch Portland Cement Concrte Pavements - per square yard equation and schedule: :th ct: Contract Unit Price 9ver--30000 l-bb 30 000 lb r essShort-Seetions (PFm) 0--7 0--19 0--45 0:-90 7.1 9 10.1 11 15.1 16 0.02 — 9.1 11 11.1 12 16.1 17 0:-04 11.1 13 12.1 13 17.1 18 0 066 13.1 11 13.1 11. 18.1 20 048 11.1 15 14.1 15 20.1 22 044 15.1 and up 15.1 and up 22.1 and up Corrective work required FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-33 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C70 Standard Test Method for Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate ASTM C78 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading) ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer Than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing . ASTM C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric)of Concrete ASTM C 142 Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates ASTM C 143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete ASTM C 172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C 173 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C 174 Standard Test Method for Measuring Thickness of Concrete Elements Using Drilled Concrete Cores ASTM C227 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations(Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C289 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) ASTM C295 Standard Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C 114 Standard Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement ASTM C311 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use in Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C566 Standard Test Method for Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregates by Drying ASTM C642 Standard Test Method for Density,Absorption, and Voids in Hardened Concrete ASTM C666 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-34 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ASTM C 1077 Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation ASTM C 1260 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C 1567 Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate(Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) --t ASTM C 1602 Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM El 78 Standard Practice for Dealing With Outlying Observations ASTM El 274 Standard Test Method for Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Concrete Research Division (CRD) C662 Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials, Lithium Nitrate Admixture and Aggregate (Accelerated ,`" Mortar-Bar Method) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A184 Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement '-i ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A704 Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A706 Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A714 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe "n1 ASTM A775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A934 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A996 Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A1064 Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Win: Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete { ASTM A1078 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Dowels for Cone ete Pavement -�f ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-35 Waterloo Regional Airport .. AECOM Project#6-562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ASTM C 171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete ASTM C881 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete ASTM C989 Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars ASTM D1751 Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D 1752 Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving And Structural Construction ACI 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete ACI 305R Guide to Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306R Guide to Cold Weather Concreting -- ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete AC 150/5320-6 Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation — PCA Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures END ITEM P-501 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P501-36 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron _ Item P-605 Joint Sealants for Concrete Pavements DESCRIPTION 605-1.1 This item shall consist of providing and installing a resilient and adhesive joint sealing material capable of effectively sealing joints and cracks in rigid pavements. MATERIALS 605-2.1 Joint sealants. Joint sealant materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM D58 93 - Standard Specifications for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. Each lot or batch of sealant shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, the safe heating temperature, and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the sealant meets the requirements of this specification. --0 605-2.2 Backer rod.The material furnished shall be a compressible, non-shrinking, non-staining, non-absorbing material that is non-reactive with the joint sealant. The material shall have a water absorption of not more than 5% when tested in accordance with ASTM C509. The backer-rod material shall be 25%± 5 % larger in diameter than the nominal width of the crack. 605-2.3 Backup materials. Provide backup material that is a compressible, nonshrinking, nonstaining, nonabsorbing material, nonreactive with the joint sealant. The material shall have a melting point at least 5°F (3°C) greater than the pouring temperature of the sealant being used when tested in accordance with ASTM D789. The material shall have a water absorption of not more than 5%of the sample weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C509. The backup material shall be 25 ±5% larger in diameter than the nominal width of the crack. 605-2.4 Bond breaking tapes. Provide a bond breaking tape or separating material that is a flexible, nonshrinkable, nonabsorbing, nonstaining, and nonreacting adhesive-backed tape. The material shall have a melting point at least 5°F (3°C) greater than the pouring temperature of the sealant being used when tested in accordance with ASTM D789. The bond breaker tape shall be approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) wider than the nominal width of the joint and shall not bond to the joint sealant. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 605-3.1 Time of application. Joints shall be sealed as soon after completion of the curing period as feasible and before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction equipment. The pavement temperature shall be 50°F(10°C) and rising at the time of application of the poured joint sealing material. 605-3.2 Equipment. Machines, tools, and equipment used in the performance of the work required by this section shall be approved before the work is started and maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. Submit a list of proposed equipment to be used in performance of construction work including descriptive data, 14 days prior to use on the project. a. Tractor-mounted routing tool. Provide a routing tool, used for removing .old sealant from the joints, of such shape and dimensions and FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P605-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron so mounted on the tractor that it will not damage the sides of the joints . The tool shall be designed so that it can be adjusted to remove the old material to varying depths as required. The use of V- shaped tools or rotary impact routing devices will not be permitted. Hand-operated spindle routing devices may be used to clean and enlarge random cracks . b. Concrete saw. Provide a self-propelled power saw, with water- cooled diamond or abrasive saw blades, for cutting joints to the depths and widths specified or for refacing joints or cleaning sawed joints where sandblasting does not provide a clean joint. c. Sandblasting equipment. Sandblasting is not allowed. d. Waterblasting equipment. Include with the waterblasting equipment a trailer-mounted water tank, pumps, high-pressure hose, wand with safety release cutoff control, nozzle, and auxiliary water resupply equipment. Provide water tank and auxiliary resupply equipment of sufficient capacity to permit continuous operations . The nozzle shall have an adjustable guide that will hold the nozzle aligned with the joint approximately one inch (25 mm) above the pavement surface. Adjust the height, angle of inclination and the size of the nozzle as necessary to obtain satisfactory results . A pressure gauge mounted at the pump shall show at all times the pressure in psi (kPa) at which the equipment is operating. e. Hand tools. Hand tools may be used, when approved, for removing defective sealant from a crack and repairing or cleaning the crack faces .605-3.3 Preparation of joints. a. Sawing. All joints shall be sawed in accordance with specifications and plan details. Immediately after sawing the joint, the resulting slurry shall be completely removed from joint and adjacent area by flushing with a jet of water, and by use of other tools as necessary. b. Sealing. Immediately before sealing, the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all remaining laitance, curing compound, filler,protrusions of hardened concrete, old sealant and other foreign material from the sides and upper edges of the joint space to be sealed. Cleaning shall be accomplished by tractor—mounted routing equipment, concrete saw and/or waterblaster as specified in paragraph 605-3.2. The newly exposed concrete joint faces and the pavement surface extending a minimum of 1/2 inch (12 mm) from the joint edge shall be sandblasted clean. Sandblasting shall be accomplished in a minimum of two passes. One pass per joint face with the nozzle held at an angle directly toward the joint face and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from it. After final cleaning and immediately prior to sealing, blow out the joints with compressed air and leave them completely free of debris and water. The joint faces shall be surface dry when the seal is applied. c. Back-up material. When the joint opening is of a greater depth than indicated for the sealant depth, plug or seal off the lower portion of the joint opening using a back-up material to prevent the entrance of the sealant below the specified depth. Take care to ensure that the backup material is placed at the specified depth and is not stretched or twisted during installation. d. Bond-breaking tape. Where inserts or filler materials contain bitumen, or the depth of the joint opening does not allow for the use of a backup material, insert a bond-breaker separating tape to prevent incompatibility with the filler materials and three-sided adhesion of the sealant. Securely bond the tape to the bottom of the joint opening so it will not float up into the new sealant. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P605-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 605-3.4 Installation of sealants. Joints shall be inspected for proper width, depth, alignment, and preparation, and shall be approved by the Engineer before sealing is allowed. Sealants shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: Immediately preceding, but not more than 50 feet (15 m) ahead of the joint sealing operations, perform a ` final cleaning with compressed air. Fill the joints from the bottom up to 1/4 inch (±1/16 inch (2 mm) ) below the pavement surface. Remove and discard excess or spilled sealant from the pavement by approved methods. Install the sealant in such a manner as to prevent the formation of voids and entrapped air. In no case shall gravity methods or pouring pots be used to install the sealant material. Traffic shall not be permitted over newly sealed pavement until authorized by the Contracting Officer. When a primer is recommended by the manufacturer, apply it evenly to the joint faces in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Check the joints frequently to ensure that the newly installed sealant is cured to a tack-free condition within the time specified. 605-3.5 Inspection. The Contractor shall inspect the joint sealant for proper rate of cure and set, bonding to the joint walls, cohesive separation within the sealant, reversion to liquid, entrapped air and voids. Sealants exhibiting any of these deficiencies at any time prior to the final acceptance of the project shall be removed from the joint,wasted, and replaced as specified at no additional cost to the airport. _ 605-3.6 Clean-up. Upon completion of the project, remove all unused materials from the site and leave the pavement in a clean condition. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 605-4.1 Joint sealing material will not be measured for payment and shall be considered incidental to the concrete pavement placement. 605 1.1 Joint sealing material shall be measured by the linear foot of sealant in place. completed, and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 605-5.1 No separate payment will be made for joint sealing material. It shall be considered incidental to the item to which it applies, and the bid price for that item shall include the furnishing of all mateirals and for the preparation, delivery and installation of those materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structural Portland cement concrete. Payment for joint sealing material shall be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. The price shall be full and for all labor, equipment,tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will 1. ,1 -,1 Item P 605 5.1 Joint Soling Filler, per liner foot(meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers — Tension ASTM C509 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P605-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ASTM D1644 Standard Test Methods for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes .. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AC 150/5340-30 Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids ASTM D789 Standard Test Method for Determination of Relative Viscosity of Polyamide (PA) ASTM D5893 Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements .. ASTM D6690 Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements END ITEM P-605 6. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P605-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Item P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete DESCRIPTION 610-1.1 This item shall consist of plain, reinforced structural portland cement concrete (PCC), prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. This specification shall be used for all structural and miscellaneous concrete including signage bases. MATERIALS 610-2.1 . mials, conforming to the requirements of these specifications, shall be used inGeneral the work. MaterialsOnlyapproved may beater subject to inspection and tests at any time during their preparation or use. The source of all materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery or use in the work. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the Contractor, when required, for examination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled to ensure preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and --• transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed in them. The use of pit-run aggregates shall not be permitted unless the pit-run aggregate has been screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different aggregates from different sources in one storage stockpile or alternating batches of different aggregates shall not be permitted. a. Reactivity. Fine and Coarse aggregates to be used in all concrete shall be evaluated and tested by the Contractor for alkali-aggregate reactivity in accordance with both ASTM C1260 and C1567. Aggregate and mix proportion reactivity tests shall be performed for each project. .., (1) Coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested separately in accordance with ASTM C 1260. The aggregate shall be considered innocuous if the expansion of test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260, does not exceed 0.10%at 28 days(30 days from casting). (2) Combined coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 1567, modified for combined aggregates, using the proposed mixture design proportions of aggregates, cementitious materials, and/or specific reactivity reducing chemicals. If lithium nitrate is proposed for use with or without supplementary cementitious materials, the aggregates shall be tested in accordance with Corps of Engineers (COE) CRD C662. If lithium nitrate admixture is used, it shall be nominal 30% ±0.5%weight lithium nitrate in water. (3) If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens,tested in accordance with ASTM C 1567, modified for combined aggregates, or COE CRD C662, does not exceed 0.10%at 28 days, the proposed combined materials will be accepted. If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens is greater than 0.10% at 28 days, the aggregates will not be accepted unless adjustments to the combined materials mixture can reduce the expansion to less than 0.10% at 28 days, or new aggregates shall be evaluated and tested. ,.� 610-2.2 Coarse aggregate. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. Crushed stone aggregate shall have a durability factor, as determined by ASTM C666, greater than or equal to 95. The Engineer may consider and reserve final approval of other State classification procedures addressing aggregate durability. FAA AlP#3-19-0094-046 P610-1 Waterloo Regional Airport "1 AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet the following gradation shown in the table below when tested per ASTM C136. Gradation For Coarse Aggregate Percentage by Weight Sieve Designation Passing Sieves (square openings) 1" No. 4 to 3/4 in. (4.75-19 mm) 100 No. 4 to 1 in. (4.75-25 mm) 90-100 No. 4 to 1-1/2 in. (4.75-38 mm) -- 610-2.2.1 Aggregate susceptibility to durability(D) cracking. — Coarse aggregate may be accepted from sources that have a 20 year service history for the same gradation to be supplied with no durability issues . '- a. Material currently being produced shall have a durability factor >_ 95 using ASTM C666. Coarse aggregates that are crushed granite, calcite cemented sandstone, quartzite, basalt, diabase, rhyolite or trap rock are considered to meet the D-cracking test but must meet all other quality tests . Aggregates meeting State Highway Department material specifications may be acceptable with concurrence of the FAA. b. The Contractor shall submit a current certification that the aggregate does not have a history of D-cracking and that the aggregate meets the state specifications for use in PCC pavement for use on interstate highways . Certifications, tests and any history reports must be for the same gradation as being proposed for use on the project. Certifications which are not dated or which are over one (1) year old or which are for different gradations will not be accepted. Test results will only be accepted when tests were performed by a State Department of Transportation (DOT) materials laboratory or an _. accredited laboratory. 610-2.3 Fine aggregate.The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the requirements of the table below when tested in accordance with ASTM C136: Gradation For Fine Aggregate — Sieve Designation Percentage by Weight (square openings) Passing Sieves 3/8 inch(9 mm) 100 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95-100 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 45-80 — No. 30 (0.60 mm) 25-55 No. 50 (0.30 mm) 10-30 No. 100 (0.15 mm) 2-10 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Blending will be permitted, if necessary, to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, if the —■ deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than Portland cement, as specified in paragraph 610-2.6, Admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the Engineer. --t 610-2.4 Cement. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Cl5 0 Type I. If aggregates are deemed innocuous when tested in accordance with paragraph 610-2.1.a.1 and accepted in accordance with paragraph 610-2.1.a.3, higher equivalent alkali content in the cement may be allowed if approved by the Engineer and FAA. If cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. The Contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before use of the cement is granted. All test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5 Water. The water used in concrete shall be fresh, clean and potable; free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalies, salts, organic materials or other substances deleterious to concrete. 610-2.6 Admixtures. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. a. Air-entraining admixtures. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions . The air- entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. b. Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D. ASTM C494, Type F and G high range water reducing admixtures and ASTM C1017 flowable admixtures shall not be used. c. Other chemical admixtures. The use of set retarding, and set- accelerating admixtures shall be approved by the Engineer. Retarding shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D and set- accelerating shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type C. Calcium chloride and admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. d. Fly ash. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C618, with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6% . Fly ash for use in mitigating alkali-silica reactivity shall have a Calcium Oxide (CaO) content of less than 13% . 610-2.7 Premolded joint material. Premolded joint material for expansion joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1751. 610-2.8 Joint filler. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of Item P-605, unless otherwise ""4 specified. 610-2.9 Steel reinforcement. Reinforcing shall consist of welded steel wire fabric conforming to the requirements of ASTM A1064. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 610-2.10 Materials for curing concrete. Curing materials shall conform to White Pigmented Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound, Type 2, Class B, ASTM C309. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 610-3.1 General. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to,the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified here. All machinery and equipment used by the Contractor on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work.All work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Engineer. 610-3.2 Concrete composition. The concrete shall develop a compressive strength of 4, 0 0 0 psi in 28 days as determined by test cylinders made in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard (280 kg per cubic meter). The concrete shall contain 5% of entrained air, ±1%, as determined by ASTM C231 and shall have a slump of not more than 4 inches(100 mm) as determined by ASTM C143. 610-3.3 Acceptance sampling and testing. Concrete for each structure will be accepted on the basis of the compressive strength specified in paragraph 610-3.2. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. Concrete cylindrical compressive strength specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The Contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer will make the actual tests on .., the specimens at no expense to the Contractor. 610-3.4 Qualifications for concrete testing service. Perform concrete testing by an approved laboratory and inspection service experienced in sampling and testing concrete. Testing agency must meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077 or ASTM E329. 610-3.5 Proportioning and measuring devices. When package cement is used, the quantity for each • batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be approved by the Engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so the required,exact weight of aggregates is obtained. 610-3.6 Consistency. The consistency of the concrete shall be determined by the slump test specified in ASTM C143. 610-3.7 Mixing. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. The concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. 610-3.8 Mixing conditions. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 40°F (4°C) without permission of the Engineer.If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water, or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 50°F (10°C) nor more than 100°F (38°C). The Contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work,resulting from freezing or injury in any manner during placing and curing,and shall replace such work at his expense. Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted. The rate of delivery of concrete to the job shall be sufficient to allow uninterrupted placement of the concrete. 610-3.9 Forms. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron quality, and strength to build the structure as shown on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes. The Contractor shall be responsible for their adequacy. The internal form ties shall be arranged so no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering when the forms are removed. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a non-staining mineral oil, which shall be applied immediately before the concrete is placed. Forms shall be constructed so they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall not be removed until at least 30 hours after concrete placement for vertical faces, walls, slender columns, and similar structures. Forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate the concrete has developed at least 60% of —, the design strength. 610-3.10 Placing reinforcement. All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concrete placement. Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. The reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the Contractor when required. 610-3.11 Embedded items. Before placing concrete, all embedded items shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All embedded items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. The embedding of wood shall not be allowed. -c 610-3.12 Placing concrete. All concrete shall be placed during daylight hours, unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and condition of foundations, the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved by the Engineer. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing, but in no case later than one (1) hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. The concrete shall not be dropped from a height of more than 5 feet (1.5 m). Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practical in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Do not subject concrete to procedures which cause segregation. Concrete shall be placed on clean, damp surfaces,free from running water, or on a properly consolidated soil foundation. 610-3.13 Vibration. Vibration shall follow the guidelines in American Concrete Institute (ACI) Committee 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. Where bars meeting ASTM A775 or A934 are used,the vibrators shall be equipped with rubber or non-metallic vibrator heads. Furnish a spare,working, vibrator on the job site whenever concrete is placed. Consolidate concrete slabs greater than 4 inches(100 mm) in depth with high frequency mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading and tamping. Consolidate concrete slabs 4 inches (100 mm) or less in depth by wood tampers, spading, and settling with a heavy leveling straightedge. Operate internal vibrators with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, with a minimum frequency of not less than 6000 cycles per minute when submerged. Do 114 not use vibrators to transport the concrete in the forms. Penetrate the previously placed lift with the vibrator when more than one lift is required. Use external vibrators on the exterior surface of the forms when internal vibrators do not provide adequate consolidation of the concrete. Vibrators shall be manipulated to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any point shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after placement. 610-3.14 Construction joints. If the placement of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron provisions shall be made forgrooves, steps, reinforcing bars or other devices as and new concrete, p specified. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. 610-3.15 Expansion joints. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and dimensions as indicated on the drawings. The premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place so that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against it. 610-3.16 Defective work. Any defective work discovered after the forms have been removed, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, shall be immediately removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. Defective work shall include deficient dimensions, or bulged, uneven, or honeycomb on the surface of the concrete. '- 610-3.17 Surface finish. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, and free from open or rough areas, depressions, or projections. All concrete horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush to the proper elevation with the finished top surface struck-off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. The surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved,the finishing can be done with a finishing machine. 610-3.18 Curing and protection. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the Contractor. The concrete shall be protected from the weather, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the project. The concrete shall be cured by covering with an approved material as soon as it has sufficiently hardened. Water-absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for at least three (3) days following concrete placement. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to air currents. Wooden forms shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for seven(7)days after the concrete has been placed. 610-3.19 Drains or ducts.Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the Contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. 610-3.20 Cold weather placing. When concrete is placed at temperatures below 40°F (4°C), the Contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing. The :.•• aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated to place the concrete at temperatures between 50°F and 100°F(10°C and 38°C). Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the Engineer.Not more than pounds(908 grams) of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds(726 grams) of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the , temperature of the mix at not less than 50°F (10°C) until at least 60% of the designed strength has been attained. 610-3.21 Hot weather placing. Concrete shall be properly placed and finished with procedures tom previously submitted. The concrete-placing temperature shall not exceed 90°F when measured in FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron accordance with ASTM C 1064. Cooling of the mixing water and aggregates, or both, may be required to obtain an adequate placing temperature. A retarder meeting the requirements of paragraph 610-2.6 may be -- used to facilitate placing and finishing. Steel forms and reinforcement shall be cooled prior to concrete placement when steel temperatures are greater than 120°F (50°C). Conveying and placing equipment shall be cooled if necessary to maintain proper concrete-placing temperature. Submit the proposed materials and methods for review and approval by the Engineer, if concrete is to be placed under hot weather conditions. 610-3.22 Filling joints. All joints that require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not start until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be done with proper equipment to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 610-4.1 Portland cement concrete will not be measured for payment. shall be measured by Engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made for forms, falsework, cofferdams, pumping, bracin , o for tl l.. o of re o f 1 t a s 610-4.2 Reinforcing steel will not be measured for payment. shall be measured by the accepted. The unit weight used for deformed bars shall be the weight of plain square or round bars of BASIS OF PAYMENT 610-5.1 No separate payment will be made for structural Portland cement concrete. It shall be considered incidental to the item to which it applies, and the bid price for that item shall include the furnishing of all materials and for the preparation, delivery and installation of those materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structural Portland cement concrete. Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for structural Portland cement , Payment will be made under: Item P 610 5.1 Structural Portland Cement Concrete,per cubic yard(cubic meter) Item P 610 5.1 Steel Reinforcement, per pound(kg) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-7 Waterloo Regional Airport -- AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric)of Concrete ASTM C 143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C666 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing ASTM C 1017 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing . Concrete ASTM C 1064 Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-Cement Concrete :• ASTM C 1077 Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation ASTM C 1260 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C1567 Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of `, Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregates (Accelerated Mortar- Bar Method) ASTM E329 Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, •• Testing,or Special Inspection U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Concrete Research Division (CRD) C662 Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials, Lithium Nitrate Admixture and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A184 Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement,Plain,for Concrete ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A704 Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A706 Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron ASTM A775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A934 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A1064 Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C 171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C 172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete ASTM D 1751 Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Asphalt Types) 7 ASTM D 1752 Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306R Cold Weather Concreting ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete ' I END OF ITEM P-610 —1 n FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-9 Waterloo Regional Airport -- AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank • WWI FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P610-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Item P-620 Runway and Taxiway Marking DESCRIPTION 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the preparation and painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways, taxiways, and aprons, in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The terms "paint"and "marking material" as well as "painting"and "application of markings"are interchangeable throughout this specification. MATERIALS 620-2.1 Materials acceptance. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test reports for materials shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance or the Engineer may "' perform verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site. All material shall arrive in sealed containers 55 gallons or smaller for inspection by the Engineer. Material shall not be loaded into the equipment until inspected by the Engineer. 620-2.2 Marking materials. Paint shall be waterborne, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 620-2.2.a. Paint shall be furnished in Yellow 33538 or 33655, Black 37038 in accordance with Federal Standard No. 595. a. Waterborne. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-1952E, Type I. The non-volatile portion of the vehicle for all paint types shall be composed of a 100% acrylic polymer as determined by infrared spectral analysis . 620-2.3 Reflective media. Glass beads shall meet the requirements for Federal Specification TT-B-l325D, Type 1, Gradation A. Glass beads shall be treated with all compatible coupling agents recommended by the manufacturers of the paint and reflective media to ensure adhesion and embedment. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 620-3.1 Weather limitations. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry and when the surface temperature is at least 45°F (7°C) and rising and the pavement surface temperature is at least 5°F (2.7°C) above the dew point or meets the manufacturer's recommendations. Painting operations shall be discontinued when the surface temperature exceeds 120°F. Markings shall not be applied when the wind speed exceeds 10 mph unless windscreens are used to shroud the material guns. 620-3.2 Equipment. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, a bead dispensing machine, and such auxiliary hand-painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray-type or airless-type marking machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P620-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron and shall apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without over spray. 620-3.3 Preparation of surface. Immediately before application of the paint,the surface shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, oil, laitance, or other foreign material that would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by waterblasting, or by other methods as required to remove all contaminants without damage to the pavement surface. Use of any chemicals or impact abrasives during surface preparation shall be approved in advance by the Engineer. After the cleaning operations, sweeping, blowing, or rinsing with pressurized water shall be performed to ensure the surface is clean and free of grit or other debris left from the cleaning process. Paint shall not be applied to Portland cement concrete pavement until the areas to be painted are clean of curing material. Sandblasting or high-pressure water shall be used to remove curing materials . At least 24 hours prior to remarking existing markings, the existing markings must be removed such that 900 of the existing markings are removed with low (3, 500-10, 000 psi) waterblaster. After waterblasting, the surface shall be cleaned of all residue or debris either with sweeping or blowing with compressed air or both. Prior to the initial application of markings, the Contractor shall certify in writing that the surface has been prepared in accordance with the paint manufacturer's requirements, that the application equipment is appropriate for the type of marking paint and that environmental conditions are appropriate for the material being applied. This certification along with a copy of the paint manufacturer's surface preparation and application requirements must be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to the initial application of markings. 620-3.4 Layout of markings. The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application. The locations of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans. 620-3.5 Application. Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface has been approved by the Engineer. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in 50 feet(15 m), and marking dimensions and spacings shall be within the following tolerances: Dimension and Spacing Tolerance 36 inch(910 mm) or less ±1/2 inch(12 mm) greater than 36 inch to 6 feet(910 mm to 1.85 m) ±1 inch(25 mm) ._ greater than 6 feet to 60 feet(1.85 m to 18.3 m) ±2 inch(50 mm) greater than 60 feet(18.3 m) ±3 inch(76 mm) The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of 30 days shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. Prior to the initial application of markings, the Contractor shall certify in writing that the surface has been prepared in accordance with the paint manufacturer's requirements, that the application equipment is appropriate for the marking paint and that environmental conditions are appropriate for the material being applied. This certification along with a copy of the paint manufactures application and surface preparation requirements must be submitted to the Engineer prior to the initial application of markings. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P620-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron 620-3.6 Test strip. Prior to the full application of airfield markings, the Contractor shall produce a test strip in the presence of the Engineer. The test strip shall include the application of a minimum of 5 gallons (4 liters) of paint and application of 35 lbs (15.9 kg) of Type I/50 lbs (22.7 kg) of Type III glass beads. The test strip shall be used to establish thickness/darkness standard for all markings. The test strip shall cover no more than the maximum area prescribed in Table 1 (e.g., for 5 gallons (19 liters) of — waterborne paint shall cover no more than 575 square feet(53.4 m2). Table 1. Application Rates for Paint and Glass Beads -- Glass Beads, Paint Type I, Square feet per Gradation A Paint Type gallon, ft2/gal Pounds per (Sq m per gallon of liter, m2/1) paint-lb/gal (Km per liter of paint-kg/1) 115 ftz/gal . 7 lb. /gal . min Waterborne max (2 . 8 m2/1) (0. 85 kg/1) Waterborne - 200 ft2/gal . Beads not Temporary max required (2 . 8 m2/1) Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive glass beads immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished that is properly designed — for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads. Glass beads shall be applied at the rate shown in Table 1. Glass beads shall not be applied to black paint or green paint. Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or all marking operations shall cease until corrections are made. Different bead types shall not be mixed. Regular monitoring of glass bead embedment should be performed. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer. 620-3.7 Protection and cleanup. After application of the markings, all markings shall be protected from damage until dry. All surfaces shall be protected from excess moisture and/or rain and from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings. The Contractor shall remove from the work area all debris, waste, loose or unadhered reflective media, and by-products generated by the surface preparation and application operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local, and Federal environmental statutes and regulations. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet (square meters) of painting and the number of pounds (km) of reflective media in place performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P620-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron BASIS OF PAYMENT ... 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for runway and taxiway painting, and price per pound for reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment,tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: `, Item P-620-5.1-1 Runway and Taxiway Marking per square foot Item P-620-5.1-2 Reflective Media per pound TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C371 Standard Test Method for Wire-Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic -` Powders ASTM D92 Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester ASTM D711 Standard Test Method for No-Pick-Up Time of Traffic Paint ASTM D968 Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive ASTM D 1652 Standard Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins ASTM D2074 Standard Test Method for Total, Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Amine Values -- of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness ASTM D7585 Standard Practice for Evaluating Retroreflective Pavement Markings Using Portable Hand-Operated Instruments ASTM E1710 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Retroreflective Pavement Marking `" Materials with CEN-Prescribed Geometry Using a Portable Retroreflectometer ASTM E2302 Standard Test Method for Measurement of the Luminance Coefficient Under Diffuse Illumination of Pavement Marking Materials Using a Portable Reflectometer ASTM G154 Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Ultraviolet (UV) Lamp Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D476 Standard Classification for Dry Pigmentary Titanium Dioxide Products 40 CFR Part 60,Appendix A-7,Method 24 Determination of volatile matter content, water content, density, volume solids, and weight solids of surface coatings 29 CFR Part 1910.1200 Hazard Communication FED SPEC TT-B-1325D Beads(Glass Spheres)Retro-Reflective FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P620-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron L American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)M247 Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings FED SPEC TT-P-1952E Paint,Traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne Commercial Item Description A-A-2886B Paint, Traffic, Solvent Based FED STD 595 Colors used in Government Procurement AC 150/5340-1 Standards for Airport Markings END OF ITEM P-620 rt r FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P620-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Intentionally Left Blank • FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 P620-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron Item D-705 Pipe Underdrains for Airports DESCRIPTION 705-1.1 This item shall consist of the construction of pipe drains in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans. MATERIALS 705-2.1 General.Materials shall meet the requirements shown on the plans and specified below. 705-2.2 Pipe. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in the proposal and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate requirements. HTO)M196 Standard Specification for Corrugated A l mi ,Pipe for Sewers and Drains AASHTO M252 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe AASHTO M291 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300 to 1500 tarn (12 to 60 in.)Diamotcf AASHTO M304 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter rnu l.,(12 to36 ,, )Dia t ASTM A766 Standard Spec cation for Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic Coated for Sewers and Drains ASTM A762 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel,Pipe, Polymer Precoated for Sewers and Drains ASTM F794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe & Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ASTM F949 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe With a Smooth Interior and Fittings ASTM F2562 Specification for Steel Reinforced Thermoplastic Ribbed Pipe and Fittings for Non Pressure Drainage and Sewerage 705-2.3 Joint mortar. Pipe joint mortar shall consist of one part by volume of Portland cement and two parts sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type I. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144. 705-2.4 Elastomeric seals.Elastomeric seals shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477. 705-2.5 Porous backfill. Porous backfill shall be free of clay, humus, or other objectionable matter, and shall conform to the gradation in Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C136. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D705-1 Waterloo Regional Airport -- AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron Table 1. Gradation of Porous Backfill Sieve Designation(square Percentage by Weight Passing openings) Sieves 1-1/2 inch(38 mm) 1 inch(25 mm) 3/8 inch(9 mm) 100 No.4(4.75 mm) 95 — 100 No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16(1.18 mm) 45 — 80 No. 50(0.30 mm) 10 — 30 No. 100(0.15 mm) 0 — 10 ._ When two courses of porous backfill are specified in the plans, the finer of the materials shall conform to particle size tabulated herein for porous material No. 1. The coarser granular material shall meet the gradation given in the tabulation for porous material No.2. 705-2.6. Granular material. Granular material used for backfilling shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2321 for Class IA, IB, or II materials, or shall meet the requirements of AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges Section 30. 705-2.7. Filter fabric.The filter fabric shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M288 Class 2. Table 2 Fabric Property Test Method Test Requirement Grab Tensile Strength,lbs ASTM D4632 125 min Grab Tensile Elongation % ASTM D4632 50 min Burst Strength,psi ASTM D3785 125 min Trapezoid Tear Strength,lbs ASTM D4533 55 min Puncture Strength,lbs ASTM D4833 40 min Abrasion,lbs ASTM D4886 15 max loss Equivalent Opening Size ASTM D4751 70-100 Permittivity sec-1 ASTM D4491 0.80 Accelerated Weathering(UV Stability) ASTM D4355 70 (Strength Retained- %) *(500 hrs exposure) 705-2.8.Controlled low-strength material(CLSM). CLSM is not allowed. {Controlled low strength CONSTRUCTION METHODS 705-3.1 Equipment. All equipment required for the construction of pipe underdrains shall be on the project, in good working condition,and approved by the Engineer before construction is permitted to start. 705-3.2 Excavation. The width of the pipe trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactory jointing of the pipe and thorough tamping of the bedding material under and around the pipe,but shall not be less than the external diameter of the pipe plus 6 inches(150 mm)on each side of the pipe. The trench walls shall be approximately vertical. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D705-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron Owl Where rock, hardpan, or other unyielding material is encountered, it shall be removed below the foundation grade for a depth of at least 4 inches (100 mm). The excavation below grade shall be backfilled with selected fine ..� compressible material, such as silty clay or loam, and lightly compacted in layers not over 6 inches (150 mm) in uncompacted depth to form a uniform but yielding foundation. Where a firm foundation is not encountered at the grade established, due to soft, spongy, or other unstable soil,the .., unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with approved granular material for the full trench width. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal necessary. The granular material shall be compacted to provide adequate support for the pipe. 7Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. The excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; if this occurs,the trench shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with material approved by the Engineer and compacted to the density of the surrounding material. The pipe bed shall be shaped so at least the lower quarter of the pipe shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench. Spaces for the pipe bell shall be excavated to allow the pipe barrel to support the entire weight of the pipe. The Contractor shall do trench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to Federal, state and local laws. Unless otherwise provided, the bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be removed by the Contractor after the backfill has reached at least 12 inches(300 mm) over the top of the pipe. The sheathing or shoring shall be pulled as the granular backfill is placed and compacted to avoid any unfilled spaces between the trench wall and the backfill material. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring,and the removal of same, shall be included in the unit price bid per foot(meter)for the pipe. 705-3.3 Laying and installing pipe. a. Concrete pipe. The laying of the pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and proceed upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe is used, the bells shall be laid upgrade. If tongue and groove pipe is used, the groove end shall be laid upgrade. Holes in perforated pipe shall be placed down, unless otherwise shown on the plans. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately set to line and grade so that the invert will be smooth and uniform. Pipe shalt not be laid on frozen ground. Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after laying, shall be taken up and relaid by the Contractor at no additional expense. b. Metal pipe. The metal pipe shall be laid with the separate sections joined firmly together with bands, with outside laps of circumferential joints pointing upgrade,and with longitudinal laps on the sides.Any metal in the pipe or bands that is not protected thoroughly by galvanizing shall be coated with a suitable asphaltum paint. During installation,the asphalt-protected pipe shall be handled without damaging the asphalt coating. Any breaks in the bitumen or treatment of the pipe shall be refilled with the type and kind of bitumen used in coating the pipe originally. c.PVC or polyethylene pipe.PVC or polyethylene pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2321 or AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges Section 30. Perforations shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M252 or AASHTO M294 Class 2,unless otherwise indicated on the plans.The pipe shall be laid accurately to line and grade. 7 d. All types of pipe. The upgrade end of pipelines,not terminating in a structure, shall be plugged or capped as approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a 4 inch (100 mm) bed of granular backfill material shall be spread in the bottom of the trench throughout the entire length under all perforated pipe underdrains. Pipe outlets for the underdrains shall be constructed when required or shown on the plans. The pipe shall be laid with tight-fitting joints. Porous backfill is not required around or over pipe outlets for underdrains. All connections to other drainage pipes or structures shall be made as required and in a satisfactory manner. If connections are not made to other pipes or structures,the outlets shall be protected and constructed as shown on the plans. e. Filter fabric. The filter fabric shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, or jin accordance with AASHTO M288 Appendix,unless otherwise shown on the plans. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D705-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron 705-3.4 Mortar.The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for caulking and filling the joints of the pipe and for making connections to other pipes or to structures. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded.Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. 705-3.5 Joints in concrete pipe.When open or partly open joints are required or specified,they shall be constructed as indicated on the plans. The pipe shall be laid with the ends fitted together as designed. If bell and spigot pipe is used,mortar shall be placed along the inside bottom quarter of the bell to center the following section of pipe. The open or partly open joints shall be surrounded with granular material meeting requirements of porous backfill No. 2 in Table 1 or as indicated on the plans. This backfill shall be placed so its thickness will be not less than 3 inches(75 mm)nor more than 6 inches(150 mm),unless otherwise shown on the plans. When the original material excavated from the trench is impervious, commercial concrete sand or granular material meeting requirements of porous backfill No. 1 shall surround porous backfill No.2(Table 1), as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. When the original material excavated from the trench is pervious and suitable, it may be used as backfill in lieu of porous backfill No. 1,when indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 705-3.6 Backfilling. a. Earth. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled soon after the pipes are installed, unless additional protection of the pipe is directed. The backfill material shall be select material from excavation or borrow and shall be approved by the Engineer. The select material shall be placed on each side of the pipe out to a distance of the nominal pipe diameter and one foot (30 cm) over the top of the pipe and shall be readily compacted. It shall not contain stones 3 inches(75 mm)or larger in size, frozen lumps,chunks of highly plastic clay, or any other material that is objectionable to the Engineer. The material shall be moistened or dried, as required to aid compaction. Placement of the backfill shall not cause displacement of the pipe. Thorough compaction under the haunches and along the sides to the top of the pipe shall be obtained. Mom The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) in depth under and around the pipe, and not exceeding 8 inches(200 mm)over the pipe. Successive layers shall be added and thoroughly compacted by hand and pneumatic tampers, approved by.the Engineer, until the trench is completely filled and brought to the ■— planned elevation.Backfilling shall be done to avoid damaging top or side pressures on the pipe. In embankments and other unpaved areas,the backfill shall be compacted per Item P-152 to the density required for embankments in unpaved areas. Under paved areas, the subgrade and any backfill shall be compacted per Item P Immou - 152 to the density required for embankments for paved areas. b.Granular backfill.When granular backfill is required,placement in the trench and about the pipe shall be as shown on the plans. The granular backfill shall not contain an excessive amount of foreign matter, nor shall soil from the sides of the trench or from the soil excavated from the trench be allowed to filter into the granular backfill. When required by the Engineer,a template shall be used to properly place and separate the two sizes of backfill. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) in depth. The granular backfill shall be compacted by hand and pneumatic tampers to the requirements as given for embankment. Backfilling shall be done to avoid damaging top or side pressure on the pipe. The granular backfill shall extend to the elevation of the trench or as shown on the plans. When perforated pipe is specified, granular backfill material shall be placed along the full length of the pipe. The position of the granular material shall be as shown on the plans.If the original material excavated from the trench is pervious and suitable,it shall be used in lieu of porous backfill No. 1. Imo If porous backfill is placed in paved or adjacent to paved areas before grading or subgrade operations is completed, the backfill material shall be placed immediately after laying the pipe.The depth of the granular backfill shall be not less than 12 inches(300 mm), measured from the top of the underdrain. During subsequent construction operations, - a minimum depth of 12 inches(300 mm)of backfill shall be maintained over the underdrains.When the underdrains are to be completed, any unsuitable material shall be removed exposing the porous backfill. Porous backfill containing objectionable material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. The cost of removing and replacing any unsuitable material shall be at the Contractor's expense. If a granular subbase blanket course is used which extends several feet beyond the edge of paving to the outside edge of the underdrain trench,the granular backfill material over the underdrains shall be placed in the trench up to , I L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D705-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron an elevation of 2 inches (50 mm) above the bottom surface of the granular subbase blanket course. Immediately prior to the placing of the granular subbase blanket course, the Contractor shall blade this excess trench backfill .•� from the top of the trench onto the adjacent subgrade where it can be incorporated into the granular subbase blanket course.Any unsuitable material that remains over the underdrain trench shall be removed and replaced.The subbase material shall be placed to provide clean contact between the subbase material and the underdrain granular backfill material for the full width of the underdrain trench. c. Controlled low-strength material (CLSM). CLSM is not allowed. [Con rolled low strcngth' matcrialshall conform to thc` rcquircmcnto of Itcm P —, d. Deflection testing. The Engineer may at any time, notwithstanding previous material acceptance, reject or require re-installation of pipe that exceeds 5% deflection when measured in accordance with ASTM D2321, including Appendices. 705-3.7 Connections. When the plans call for connections to existing or proposed pipe or structures, these connections shall be watertight and made to obtain a smooth uniform flow line throughout the drainage system. 705-3.8 Cleaning and restoration of site.After the backfill is completed,the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material,soil,and rubbish from the site. Surplus soil may be deposited in embankments,shoulders,or as directed by the Engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport,the Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 705-4.1 The length of pipe shall be the number of linear feet(meters) of pipe underdrains in place, completed, and m* approved;measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types, and sizes shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipeline being measured. us backfill No. 1 and No 2 complete m place and accepted, and shall be determined from the dimensions given on the plans by typical tre„ch sections:in ticat; g the placement of porous backfill or dimensions directed by the Engineer. 705 4.3 The quantity of filter fabric shall be the number of square yards (square meters) of filter fabric in place, completed,and approved and shall be determined from the dimensions given on the plans by typi(al trench section:, indif t tl l ent of filter fabric er dimensions direct,d b y th, Engineer BASIS OF PAYMENT 705-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot (meter) for pipe underdrains of the type, — class, and size designated; at the contract unit price COMPLETE (including porous backfill and filter fabric) . These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item D-705-5.1 4-Inch perforated subdrain (SDR-35) pipe per linear foot Item D-705-5.2 4-Inch non-perforated subdrain (SDR-35) pipe per linear foot Item D-705-5.3 Subdrain cleanout per each 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D705-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron (metric ton) ]. } :. ., �' '` '.....'- (metric ton) ]. - - fabric. a fabric. 1 1 —' These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item D 705 5.1 1 ]inch pipe(mm p pe)! 1 per linear foot(meter) 1 Item D 705 5.2a Porous Backfill No. I [ per cubic yard(cubic meter) 1 1 per ton(metric ton) Item D 705 5.3 Filter Fabric per square yard((square meter) Item D-705- 4-Inch Non Perforated (mm pipe) per linear foot (meter) complete (including porous backfill and filter fabric)} Item D-705-5.2 4-Inch Non-Perforated Pipe per linear foot Item D-705-5.3 Subdrain Cleanout per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A760 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic Coated for Sewers and Drains ASTM A762 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Polymer Precoated for Sewers and Drains ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C444 Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe ASTM C654 Standard Specification for Porous Concrete Pipe ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F758 Standard Specification for Smooth Wall Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Underdrain Systems for Highway,Airport,and Similar Drainage ASTM F794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe & Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ASTM F949 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D705-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron ""! Item D-751 Manholes, Catch Basins,Inlets and Inspection Holes Mei DESCRIPTION 751-1.1 This item shall consist of construction of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes, in 7 accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the Engineer. MATERIALS 751-2.1 Brick.The brick shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C32,Grade MS. 751-2.2 Mortar. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144. 751-2.3 Concrete. Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of pipes with structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 751-2.4 Precast concrete pipe manhole rings. Precast concrete pipe manhole rings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C478. Unless otherwise specified,the risers and offset cone sections shall have an inside diameter of not less than 36 inches (90 cm) nor more than 48 inches (120 cm). There shall be a gasket between individual sections and sections cemented together with mortar on the inside of the manhole. 751-2.5 Corrugated metal. Corrugated metal shall conform to the requirements of American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)M36. 751-2.6 Frames,covers,and grates.The castings shall conform to one of the following requirements: a.ASTM A48, Class 35B: Gray iron castings b.ASTM A47: Malleable iron castings c.ASTM A27: Steel castings d.ASTM A283, Grade D: Structural steel for grates and frames e.ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12: Ductile iron castings f.ASTM A897:Austempered ductile iron castings All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings, aircraft gear configuration and/or direct loading, specified. Each frame and cover or grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. .04 All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM A123. 751-2.7 Steps. The steps or ladder bars shall be gray or malleable cast iron or galvanized steel. The steps shall be the size, length, and shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be given a coat of bituminous paint,when directed. .1111 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D751-1 Waterloo Regional Airport "al AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron I � 751-2.8 Precast inlet structures. Manufactured in accordance with and conforming to ASTM C1433. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 751-3.1 Unclassified excavation. a. The Contractor shall excavate for structures and footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the Engineer may direct, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary for a satisfactory foundation. b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. Where concrete will rest on a surface other than rock, the bottom of the excavation shall not be disturb and excavation to final grade shall not be made until immediately before the concrete or reinforcing is placed. c. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. d. All bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Imo Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall not disturb or damage finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. e. After excavation is completed for each structure, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. No ,,,,, concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed until the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 751-3.2 Brick structures. a. Foundations. A prepared foundation shall be placed for all brick structures after the foundation excavation is completed and accepted. Unless otherwise specified, the base shall consist of reinforced concrete mixed,prepared, and placed in accordance with the requirements of Item P-610. b. Laying brick. All brick shall be clean and thoroughly wet before laying so that they will not absorb any appreciable amount of additional water at the time they are laid. All brick shall be laid in freshly made mortar. Mortar not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. An ample layer of mortar shall be spread on the beds and a shallow furrow shall be made in it that can be readily closed by the laying of the brick. All bed and head joints shall be filled solid with mortar. End joints of stretchers and side or cross joints of headers shall be fully buttered with mortar and a shoved joint made to squeeze out mortar at the top of the joint. Any bricks that may be loosened after the mortar has taken its set, shall be removed, cleaned, and relaid with fresh mortar. No broken or chipped brick shall be used in the face, and no spalls or bats shall be used except where necessary to shape around irregular openings or edges; in which case, full bricks shall be placed at ends or corners where possible, and the bats shall be used in the interior of the course. In making closures,no piece of brick shorter than the width of a whole brick shall be used; and wherever practicable, ._ whole brick shall be used and laid as headers. c. Joints. All joints shall be filled with mortar at every course Exterior faces shall be laid up in advance of backing. Exterior faces shall be plastered or parged with a coat of mortar not less than 3/8 inch (9 mm)thick before the backing is laid up. Prior to parging, all joints on the back of face courses shall be FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D751-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron cut flush. Unless otherwise noted,joints shall be not less than 1/4 inch(6 mm)nor more than 1/2 inch(12 mm)wide and the selected joint width shall be maintained uniform throughout the work. d. Pointing. Face joints shall be neatly struck, using the weather-struck joint. All joints shall be $ finished properly as the laying of the brick progresses. When nails or line pins are used the holes shall be immediately plugged with mortar and pointed when the nail or pin is removed. e. Cleaning. Upon completion of the work all exterior surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by scrubbing and washing with water. If necessary to produce satisfactory results, cleaning shall be done with a 5%solution of muriatic acid which shall then be rinsed off with liberal quantities of water. mak f. Curing and cold weather protection. The brick masonry shall be protected and kept moist for at least 48 hours after laying the brick. Brick masonry work or pointing shall not be done when there is frost on the brick or when the air temperature is below 50°F (10°C) unless the Contractor has, on the project ready to use, suitable covering and artificial heating devices necessary to keep the atmosphere surrounding the masonry at a temperature of not less than 60°F (16°C) for the duration of the curing period. 751-3.3 Concrete structures. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and shape indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements ..� specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete is placed. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately to be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water.The interior bottom shall be sloped to the outlet. 751-3.4 Precast concrete structures. Precast concrete structures shall conform to ASTM C478. Precast concrete structures shall be constructed on prepared or previously placed slab foundations conforming to the dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All precast concrete sections necessary to build a completed structure shall be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily. Joints between precast concrete risers and tops shall be full-bedded in cement mortar and shall be smoothed to a uniform "1 surface on both interior and exterior of the structure. The top of the upper precast concrete section shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral pipe, including drops and leads that may be -. installed in the structure. The flow lines shall be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flow. { The metal steps that are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned and placed at vertical intervals of 12 inches(300 mm). When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it shall be securely fastened into ..� position. 751-3.5 Corrugated metal structures. Corrugated metal structures shall be prefabricated. All standard or special fittings shall be furnished to provide pipe connections or branches with the correct dimensions and of sufficient length to accommodate connecting bands. The fittings shall be welded in place to the 1.1 metal structures. The top of the metal structure shall be designed so that either a concrete slab or metal collar may be attached to allow the fastening of a standard metal frame and grate or cover. Steps or ..,, ladders shall be furnished as shown on the plans. Corrugated metal structures shall be constructed on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and locations as shown on the plans. When indicated,the structures shall be placed on a reinforced concrete base. 751-3.6 Inlet and outlet pipes. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the walls of the structures a sufficient distance beyond the outside surface to allow for connections. They shall be cut off flush with the wall on the inside surface of the structure, unless otherwise directed. For concrete or brick structures, mortar shall be placed around these pipes to form a tight,neat connection. 751-3.7 Placement and treatment of castings, frames, and fittings. All castings, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set true FAA ALP#3-19-0094-046 D751-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron to line and elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. When frames or fittings are placed on previously constructed masonry,the bearing surface of the masonry shall be brought true to line and grade and shall present an even bearing surface so the entire face or back of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The unit shall be set in mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames or fittings have been set in final position, the concrete or mortar shall be allowed to harden for seven(7)days before the grates or covers are placed and fastened down. 751-3.8 Installation of steps. The steps shall be installed as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete, they shall be placed and secured in position before the concrete is placed. When the steps are installed in brick masonry, they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The steps shall not be disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least seven (7) days. After seven (7) days, the steps shall be cleaned and painted, unless they have been galvanized. When steps are required with precast concrete structures,they shall be cast into the side of the sections at the time the sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure is erected by drilling holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place. When steps are required with corrugated metal structures, they shall be welded into aligned position at a vertical spacing of 12 inches(300 mm). Instead of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. For brick or concrete structures, the ladder shall be held in place by grouting the supports in drilled holes. For metal structures,the ladder shall be secured by welding the top support to the structure and grouting the bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed by the Engineer. 751-3.9 Backfilling. a. After a structure has been completed,the area around it shall be backfilled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152. Each layer shall be deposited evenly around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. b. Backfill shall not be placed against any structure until approved by the Engineer. For concrete structures, approval shall not be given until the concrete has been in place seven (7) days, or until tests establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to withstand any pressure created by the backfill and placing methods. c.Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered an obligation of the Contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.10 Cleaning and restoration of site. After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as approved by the Engineer.The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. The Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D751-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 751-4.1 Manholes Catch basins and adjustment of existing inlets, and inspection holes shall be measured by the unit. BASIS OF PAYMENT 751-5.1 The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each in place when completed. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Item D-751-5.1 Catch Basins-per each Item D-751-5.2 Adjust Existing Catch Basin - per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENT ASTM A27 Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon,for General Application ASTM A47 Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products ASTM A283 Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A897 Standard Specification for Austempered Ductile Iron Castings ASTM C32 Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick(Made from Clay or Shale) ASTM C 144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM C1433 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains,and Sewers AASHTO M36 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for Sewers and Drains END OF ITEM D-751 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D751-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Taxiway Apron Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 D751-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 Rehabilitate West Terminal Apron APPENDIX A CONSTRUCTION SAFETY & PHASING PLAN (CSPP) A COM CONSTRUCTION SAFETY & PHASING PLAN FY 2018 AIRPORT IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa FAA AI P Project 3-19-0094-046-2018 Prepared For: WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CRUISE A NEW ALTITUDE Waterloo Regional Airport 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo, Iowa 50703 Prepared By: AECOM 500 SW 7th Street, Suite 301 Des Moines, Iowa 50309 AECOM 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 Waterloo, Iowa 50703 March 4, 2018 Contents 1. Coordination 1 2. Phasing 2 3. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction 3 4. Protection of Navigation Aids (NAVAIDs) 3 5. Contractor Access 3 6. Wildlife Management 5 -. 7. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management 5 8. HAZMAT Management 5 9. Notification of Construction Activities 6 10. Inspection Requirements 7 11. Underground Utilities 7 12. Penalties 8 13. Special Conditions 9 — 14. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids 9 15. Markings and Signs for Access Routes 9 16. Hazard Marking and Lighting 9 17. Protection of Areas, Zones and Surfaces 10 18. Other Limits on Construction 11 APPENDIX CSPP Checklist Construction Safety and Phasing Plans — FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-i Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 1. Coordination a. Predesign /Scoping Meeting • Held October 30, 2017 • Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Mr. Brian Tompkins, FAA Airports Project Engineer Mr. David Hughes, Design Engineer b. Pre-bid Meeting • CSPP to be reviewed and discussed • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Bidding Contractors FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative c. Preconstruction Conference • CSPP& SPCD to be review and discussed • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Coordination of NAVAID shutdowns to be discussed m • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Resident Project Representative Contractor Superintendent Subcontractor Representative(s) FAA Airports Project Engineer FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative Airline Representative FBO Representative d. Progress Meetings • To be held on a weekly basis during construction • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Airline Representative FBO Representative Resident Project Representative Contractor Superintendent Subcontractor Representative(s) FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfielc Pavements 2017 e. Scope or Schedule Changes and FAA ATO Coordination • Changes to the scope or schedule may require revisions to the CSPP. • All revisions must be reviewed and approved by the airport operator and the FAA. • Any change to air traffic control procedures will need coordination with FAA ATO. No changes are anticipated. 2. Phasing a. Phase 1 • Phase 1 must be completed prior to starting work in the Phase 2 area. • Prior to beginning Phase 1 work. • Contractor shall place row of barricades at each barricade location designated as "1". Row of barricades shall be continuous on the paved surfaces. Outside of the paved surfaces, contractor shall install temporary construction fence. • Contractor operations shall be confined to the barricade and fence limits. • Disable all Taxiway A edge lights and taxiway guidance signs within the Phase 2 limits leading to the active construction zone. • Phase 1 work includes the following: • Removal of existing asphalt Terminal Apron. • Excavation of existing subgrade to a depth of 28". • Placement and compaction of base and subbase materials. • Adjustment and placement storm sewer structures • Paving of Phase 1 area. • Install aircraft tie down anchors. • Limited grading along eastern edge of apron. • Upon completion of apron reconstruction and inspection, work on Phase 2 shall begin. b. Phase 2 • Phase 2 cannot occur until work within Phase 1 is completed. • Prior to beginning Phase 2 work. • Barricades in Phase 2 should be placed in a manner that will allow emergency vehicles to pass through the taxiway closures. Coordination with ARFF shall be required prior to any taxiway closure. Outside of the paved surfaces, contractor shall install temporary construction fence. • Disable all Taxiway A edge lights and taxiway guidance signs within the Phase 4 limits leading to the active construction zone. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan • Upon completion of joint sealing, place taxiway edge mark ngs and taxiway non-movement area marking. • Remove all barricades and sign covers and enable taxiway edge lighting previously disabled prior to opening Taxiway A up to aircraft traffic. 3. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction a. Phase 1 — Reconstruction of western, asphalt Terminal Apron • Taxiway A closed adjacent to the western, asphalt Terminal Apron. ■ Contractor to coordinate with ARFF to ensure emergency services are not hindered. ■ Aircraft to utilize Taxiway B to access the Terminal Apron. ■ Access to the General Aviation Ramp will be provided from the southwest on Taxiway A. ■ Access to Runway 36 from the terminal apron area will require taxi via Runway 6-24 or back-taxi from Taxiway B to the runway end. ■ Access to Runway 30 from the general aviation area will require taxi via Runway 6-24 to the runway end. — • Southwest portion of the Terminal Apron closed to aircraft traffic. b. Phase 2— Crack and Joint Sealant of eastern portion of Terminal Apron • Taxiway A closed east of the main Terminal Apron and west of the Hangar 4 access road. ■ Contractor to coordinate with ARFF to ensure emergency services are not hindered. ■ Aircraft to utilize Taxiway B to access the Terminal Apron. ■ Access to Runway 30 from the terminal apron area will require taxi via Runway 6-24 or back-taxi from Taxiway B to the runway end. ■ Access to Runway 30 from the general aviation area will require taxi via Runway 6-24 to the runway end. • Northeast portion of the Terminal Apron closed to aircraft t'affic. 4. Protection of Navigation Aids (NAVAIDs) a. No NAVAIDs are located in the work area. 5. Contractor Access a. Site Access • See Safety and Operations Plan. • Access for Phase 1 will be through a temporary construction access gate immediately west of the airport terminal building and remain inside the barricades. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan • Access for Phase 2 will be through the existing padlocked Gate#3 from Livingston Lane. Vehicles must remain inside the barricades. • No additional temporary fencing will be required. • Contractor to keep gates closed at all times. b. Stockpiling • See Safety and Operations Plan. • Stockpiling of materials is limited to the Contractor's Storage and Staging Area shown in the Safety and Operations Plan and limited to 10 feet. c. Vehicle and Pedestrian Operations • All personnel and vehicles must enter and leave the AOA through the two gates discussed above. • Aircraft ALWAYS have the right-of-way over vehicles when maneuvering on non-movement areas. Aircraft also have the right-of-way on the movement areas, except when the Airport Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) has specifically instructed an aircraft to hold or give way to vehicle(s) on a runway or taxiway. • Vehicles and personnel must remain within the barricaded areas. • Vehicles and personnel are not permitted to cross the Terminal Apron between Phase 1 and Phase 2 work areas as shown on the Safety and Operations Plan. d. Marking and Lighting of Vehicles • All authorized vehicles required to work on the airport property will have a rotating yellow beacon affixed to the uppermost point on the vehicle at all times. The beacon must be visible from all directions day and night including in the air. If it is not practical to mount rotating beacon on construction equipment, the equipment shall have a flag affixed meeting the requirements in FAA AC 150/5210-5D. - e. Site Security • Contractor shall control access to the site through gates as shown on the Safety and Operations Plans. If gate is not locked, contractor shall supply gate guard with access control list. • Access is limited to personnel that have escort privileges in accordance with Waterloo Regional Airport Security Requirements including airfield driver training or are under direct escort by a person with these escort privileges. • Pavement marking on the Terminal Apron shall be completed when no aircraft are present on this apron to comply with the require requirements of 49 CFR 1542, Airport Security. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan 6. Wildlife Management The Contractor will mitigate wildlife hazards during construction as follows: a. Trash • All construction personnel will dispose of food scraps in closed containers provided by the Contractor. The Contractor will empty all containers off- site. b. Standing Water • The Contractor will immediately re-grade or drain any area with standing water remaining more than three (3) hours after a rainfall event. c. Fencing and Gates • The Contractor will ensure perimeter fencing or gates are not left unattended or compromised in a way that allows wildlife to pass through into the airfield. d. Wildlife Sightings • The resident project representative and/or Construction Superintendent will immediately notify the Waterloo Regional Airport manager by phone of wildlife sited on the airfield. 7. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management -- The Contractor will mitigate FOD control during construction as follows: a. Housekeeping • All construction personnel will secure all items that may be carried by wind onto an air operations area (AOA). See Safety and Operations Plan. b. Airfield _ • The contractor shall perform a tire-check (rocks, mud, debris, etc.) on all vehicles traversing the AOA paved areas from non-paved surfaces to prevent FOD. • The Contractor will immediately sweep or other remove any FOD located on an AOA paved surface. 8. HAZMAT Management The Contractor will manage hazardous materials transported during construction as follows: a. Fuel or Hydraulic Fluid Spills FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan • The Contractor will have available a spill kit capable of containing and removing leaked fluids. • The Contractor will immediately notify the Waterloo Regional Airport manager by phone of all spills. b. Fueling • All construction vehicles will be fueled on-site and are limited to the contractor's staging area as depicted in the plans. -� c. Other HAZMAT • No other hazardous material is expected to be transported on-site during construction. 9. Notification of Construction Activities a. Contact List and Emergency Coordination • The Contact List of City and Consultant personnel and emergency contacts is listed below: • City of Waterloo - Mr. Keith Kaspari, (319) 291-4483 — ■ AECOM Design Engineer- Mr. David Hughes (515) 991-4449 • AECOM Resident Project Representative • Fire, Rescue- 911 — ■ Air Traffic Control Tower (319) 233-4835 • Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF) (319) 493-0124 • Waterloo Police Department (319) 291-2515 • Allen Hospital and Emergency Department (319) 235-3941 • The contractor shall provide a list of 24-hour contact numbers for project to be added to this list. b. FAA Notification • The Waterloo Regional Airport will submit a 7460 case for construction equipment. -- c. NOTAMs • The Waterloo Regional Airport will issue all NOTAMs. • Contractor shall submit 72 hour advanced notice to the Airport prior to closing a taxiway or runway. _ d. Emergency Procedures • The Contractor is responsible for establishing emergency protocols to ensure the safety of their employees. • The Contractor is responsible for promptly notifying the appropriate -- parties in the event of an emergency. The order of contacting parties may FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan differ on the type of emergency, but typically the airport manager should be notified first or second if the emergency poses risks to those operating in the AOA. 10. Inspection Requirements a. City Requirements • The Waterloo Regional Airport will inspect all closed paved surfaces prior to opening each phase to air traffic operations. • The Waterloo Regional Airport will conduct a final inspection of the entire project after the permanent painting is completed. b. Resident Project Representative Requirements • The resident project representative will conduct daily observations of the worksite during construction operations. A daily diary will be maintained to document these site visits. • Daily Inspections—The contractor shall perform daily safety inspections to insure all construction operations are in conformance with the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). • Final Inspections— Prior to opening any portion of the airport to traffic, the contractor, engineer and airport operator shall perform a safety inspection of the area to be opened to traffic to insure conformance with the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). c. Contractor Requirements • The Contractor Superintendent will conduct routine inspections of the worksite to ensure compliance with the CSPP and SPCD. • The Contractor Superintendent will attend the on-site inspections of each phase and the final project inspection. 11. Underground Utilities a. Underground utilities exist within and adjacent to the limits of construction. An attempt has been made to locate these utilities on the plans. However, all existing utilities may not be shown and the actual locations of the utilities may vary from the locations shown. Prior to beginning any type of excavation, the contractor shall contact the utilities involved and make arrangements for the location of the utilities on the ground. The contractor shall maintain the utility location markings until they are no longer necessary. • State law, the underground facilities damage prevention act, requires two working days advance notification through the One-Call system center before excavating using mechanized equipment or explosives (except in the case of an emergency). The One-Call system phone number is 811. The contractor is advised that there is a severe penalty for not making this call. Not all utility companies are members of the state One-Call FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan system; therefore, the contractor is advised to contact all non-member utilities as well as the One-Call system. b. FAA Facilities • No known FAA Facilities are located in the disturbed area. c. City Utilities • The contractor is responsible for field location and verification of airport -- owned utilities within the project work area. All known facilities have been shown on the existing conditions plan sheets. • The Contractor Superintendent will contact Iowa One Call to delineate all municipal utilities a minimum of 48 hours prior to any excavation work. d. Utility Damage • The Contractor Superintendent will suspend all construction activity upon the damage of any underground utility until the owner is identified and the utility repaired. 12. Penalties a. Construction Suspension i. The Waterloo Regional Airport will immediately suspend all construction if and when a Contractor or Subcontractor employee enters the Air Operations Area (AOA) outside of the designated work area(s). b. Expulsion of Non-Compliant Employees i. The Waterloo Regional Airport may permanently prohibit any consultant or contractor employee acting in violation with airport rules and regulations from entering or working on airport property. c. Failure of the contractor (including employees) or any of his subcontractors (including employees) to comply with ATCT instructions, the airport safety plan, _ or any of the other requirements of the airport while operating on airport property, shall be subject to the following: i. The contractor shall receive a fine of$1,000.00, and the vehicle operator will receive a loss of driving privileges on the airport. In addition, any fines or penalties imposed on the airport as a result of the incident will be assessed to the contractor. ii. The contractor shall receive a fine of$5,000.00 to be deducted from any monies due him, and the vehicle operator will receive a loss of driving privileges on the airport. In addition, any fine or penalties imposed on the airport as a result of the incident will be assessed to the contractor. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-8 Waterloo Regional Airport T AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan 13. Special Conditions a. Aircraft Accident • All construction personnel will immediately vacate airport property and remain off until cleared by the Waterloo Regional Airport. b. Security Breech • All construction personnel will immediately vacate airport property and remain off until cleared by the Waterloo Regional Airport. 14. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids a. FOD Prevention • All temporary airport markings, lighting, signs and taxiway closed "X"s will be secured properly to prevent FOD. b. Markings • Airfield markings shall be in compliance with AC 150/5340-1, per plans. c. Lighting • Taxiway edge lighting shall be disabled and reinstated in a manner that does not affect lighting in other areas. Temporary power outages required to service lights shall be coordinated in advance with the a rport operations manager. d. Signing • Taxiway signage shall be covered and uncovered in a non-destructive manner. Any alteration to airfield signage shall be coordinated in advance with the airport manager. 15. Markings and Signs for Access Routes a. No temporary markings or signs will be used. 16. Hazard Marking and Lighting a. Barricades • The Contractor will place and maintain low profile, highly reflective, alternating orange and white, and lighted barricades at the locations indicated. Barricade height no more than 18 inches excluding flags and or lights. See attached plans for placement location. Barricades will be spaced in a manner to not allow vehicles to pass through he barricades, except for the locations as coordinated with ARFF. FAA AlP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-9 WaterloD Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan b. Warning Indicators • The Contractor will place warning indicators (flags, lathe with ribbon, etc.) at airport facility cables and underground power lines and Obstacle Free Areas (OFA) to make it easier for Contractor personal to avoid these areas. c. Maintenance • The Contractor shall provide an on-call person 24 hours a day for -- emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades. • Contact information for hazard marking maintenance shall be on file with the airport operator. • Hazard lighting shall be checked daily at dusk by the Contractor. 17. Protection of Areas, Zones and Surfaces a. Approach and Departure Surfaces _ • No work will be located within approach or departure surfaces. b. Safety Areas and OFAs — • No construction will occur within the Runway Safety Area (RSA) or Runway Object Free Area (ROFA) of any active runway. • Work is located immediately adjacent to Taxiway A's Safety Area (TSA). —' For work in these areas, the portion of Taxiway A will be closed. Construction activities will occur within the Object Free Area (OFA) of Taxiway A. • See Section 5 Contractor Access for additional information regarding movements and operations in these areas. c. Open Trenches & Excavations • Open trenches or excavations are not allowed within the safety area of an — open taxiway. • Open trenches shall be prominently marked with red or orange flags and lighted with red lights on barricades during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. See Section 16.a Barricades for more information. d. Erosion Control • Soil erosion shall be controlled by the contractor to maintain Taxiway Safety Area requirements. — • No potentially hazardous ruts, humps, depressions or other surface variations shall be present. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan 18. Other Limits on Construction a. Prohibitions • Cranes and other equipment taller than 25 feet will not be deployed without a 7460 approval determination letter issued by FAA. • Open flame welding, torches, electrical blasting caps (explosives), and flare pots will not be used at any time on AOA. Electrical blasting caps are also prohibited with 1000 feet of airport property. • Fall seeding is suspended after September 30th FAA AIP#3-19-0094-046 CSPP-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60562796 2018 Airport Improvement Plan Effective Date: October 1, 2013 ARP SOP No. 1.00 APPENDIX F. CHECKLIST FOR FAA CSPP REVIEW This checklist provides the Project Manager(PM)and the Airport Certification Safety Inspector(ACSI)a useful tool when reviewing a Sponsor's CSPP for conformance to the standards present within AC 150/5370-2. A completed CSPP checklist is not a required grant document. For projects funded under the AIP and PFC programs,the FAA Project Manager's issuance of an approval or non-approval letter represents the official documentation that the FAA has conducted a review of CSPP that confirms conformance to the requirements of AC 150/5370-2. The completion of this checklist is not a required AIP or PFC record. F-1 ARP SOP No. 1.00 Effective Date: October 1, 2013 F.1. Checklist for FAA CSPP Review Airport Name: Waterloo Regional Airport LOCID: ALO Associate City: Waterloo Project No. 3-19-0094-046-2018 F.1.1. AC 150/5370-2F This checklist identifies the main elements and sub-elements established under Section 2. Chapter 2 of Advisory Circular 150/5370-2F.Project Managers(PM)are encouraged to use this check list as an aid when reviewing a Sponsor's CSPP for conformance to the safety standards. Because the PM's approval/disapproval letter represents the official FAA action,a completed checklist is not a required record the PM must sign or archive in the grant file. Element CSPP Element Addressed? Remarks Ids No N/A Coordination (Section 205) - Contractor Progress Meetings X - Addresses necessary actions when changes are X proposed to CSPP - Provisions for FAA ATO Coordination X Phasing(Section 206) - Phase Elements X - Construction Safety Drawings X Area and Operations Affected by Construction Activity (Section 207) - Identification of affected Areas X - Mitigation Affects X Navigation Aid Protection (Section 208) - Operational NAVAID Critical areas X Contractor Access(Section 209) - Location of Stockpiles Construction Material X - Vehicle and Pedestrian Operations X Wildlife Management(Section 210) - Trash X - Standing Water X - Tall Grass X - Fencing and Gates X - Disruption of Wildlife Habitat X Foreign Object Debris(Section 211) - FOD Control Measures X F-2 Effective Date: October 1, 2013 ARP SOP No. 1.00 Element CSPP Element Addressed? Remarks b Hazardous Material Management(Section 212) - Hazardous Material Controls X Notification of Construction Activities(Section 213) - List of Responsible Representatives X - NOTAMs X - Emergency Notification Procedures X - Coordination with ARFF X - Notification to the FAA(Part 77, NAVAIDs....) X Inspection Requirements(Section 214) - Daily Inspections X - Final Inspections X _ Underground Utilities (Section 215) - Procedures for protecting existing underground X utilities Penalties(Section 216) - Penalty provisions for noncompliance with safety X plan provisions Special Conditions(Section 217) - Unique conditions that may affect the operation of X the airport Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids (Section 218) - General-Convey Clear Meaning; Secured from X movement; Frangible - Markings X - Lighting and Visual NAVAIDs X - Signage X Access Routes-Marking and Signage (Section 219) - Haul Road Demarcation X Hazard Marking, Lighting and Signage(Section 220) - Areas Impacted by Construction Operations X - Equipment X Protection Runway and Taxiway Areas,Zones and Surfaces(Section 221) - Runway Safety Area(RSA) X - Runway Object Free Area (ROFA) X - Taxiway Safety Area(TSA) X - Taxiway Object Free Area (TOFA) X - Obstacle Free Zone(OFZ) X - Approach and Departure Surfaces X -- Other Limitations on Construction (Section 222) - Prohibitions X F-3 ARP SOP No. 1.00 Effective Date: October 1, 2013 Element CSPP Element Addressed? Remarks Restrictions X F-4 Effective Date: October 1, 2013 ARP SOP No. 1.00 — F.1.2. 14 CFR Part 139 This listing highlights sections of 14 CFR Part 139 that specifically address requirements of a certificate holder whenever construction operations occur on their airfield. This listing was established by searching 14 CFR Part 139 for the following key terms;"construct", "contract"and"protect".The provision of this listing does not preclude or diminish the ACSI's enforcement of other Part 139 requirements. While the PM shall be cognizant of these Part 139 requirements when reviewing the CSPP for conformance to the standards presented under AC 150/5370-2, such review does not supersede the ACSI's oversight of the certificate holder's compliance with Part 139. Element 14 CFR Part 139 Section Addressed? Remarks -Ye s': Ito`` NIA §139.327 Self-inspection program - Daily Inspection - Final Inspection§ 139.329 Pedestrians and ground vehicles-Training - Safe and orderly access to work area - Communication with ATCT - Training-Vehicle and Pedestrian §139.333 Protection of NAVAIDs- Protection of NAVIADS against Damage - Prevent interruption of visual or electronic signal from NAVAID § 139.335 Public protection - Safeguards to prevent inadvertent entry to the movement area by unauthorized persons or vehicles- Protection of persons and property from aircraft blast § 139.339 Airport condition reporting(NOTAMs) �. - Notify airport users of construction or maintenance activity on movement areas, safety areas, or loading ramps and parking areas § 139.341 Identifying, marking,and lighting construction and other unserviceable areas - Mark(and light)construction areas and unserviceable areas - Mark(and light)equipment and haul route - Mark(and light) NAVAID critical areas. - Locate and protect existing utilities — F-5 Plotted by.AECOM Dee Moiee,bxe 4/Irz010,11 06 08 NA O..MP FPO P.VeusazTee ALO TEMPI.AProo P.M Amo_vwxuto ADVA-SHEESISAFETV a OPanan Moan p.m I \ 'rI l I / \ III I \ 7 I o I I ro- \ \ / \ • I, \ I // \\ \ - // a° I \\ ro II I J L \ \ \ o • I a I f� = /I: �_ LEVERSE OAD / // \ /_ / / /. \ II \ —� , \L---- — - - — -1)Ror--A- - _ 1 / / r‘\ / \ / / V /\ \ 0 / �/ / / / Y / / '/ /i \ / ,, \ \ / /+\ \ \ \ it / / / \ \ \ / / / � / . /N , //\ ,r , \ / , ,/ / I Is \ , , a \ //' /,/ / , ./.4,___,._, , , i„, Z- xi• / /_ xi oRSA \ , //� 7 Z r - - - _ _D= / i / /_ ' ' 73-/� / / ' /m I I r 250' —SSA__ / / / / • 400' _=d / / ' , ift _ R - q - / , __ -7 -----; . -1:::---- - - A -n -�_ _ —RO \ OF II1II FA— \ — _ - 7 `( ' P \ ,dl° � / / • _TAXIWAYCY - - --------'--:1--\'\-- --:O- I� \ / � � PA- imit.._...p 1 .;i.\"(* ,f, ",.. „\\..„.„ ,............, .........,_ \ \ ,,,, _____ 1 \d \• / / •71r --,- ':, fr k , ' / / .-,- - - - / 1 \ \0ilk 1\ 1 .. S a \ / / \ • / / I • mZ1ZNZ ���,�#.... y ` II II m� 2n n co _ /\ VII y4: ) \ A/ / /' \ a, I GI m O � c �N 0-I v v P W D 2 J, N. /#/ ' / \ \ \ \ / PO \ \ \ Z7,, / / �, _——; \ —� —\ ` — — — 2 / / J \ \ .,/ W , , \ 1, / ) / / I \ j__:.- o / \\ - o n Z g o 0 m ,, m A A A O S © Z A m = -n r—r_ m mK O73 OC O m C� (q m { o O D $ NO O 0 o Z m 0 • • y m m y Al 0 m E (I T. T ul m n EZ — m00 i -`ni0 E Z y Z r- MI COZ A Z Gl r m -1 m Z -1 O Z v A m E PS M g C m Z o p � = 2 D - m , r^ Z Z m rD- •� Z Z z * 0 > '3 0 N G1 x -1 z -1 O 0 m Z Z m • • > 3Za m0 'S •1'o �2 D n 73 m rn- GZ'1 Z _, m Z m m Z m 0 z m �° I A m X Z -I D D n Z 0 D _� , m C M m o --1 C•O n Z -< ,m' n_ -1 Z -c D § r9i tin D -n Z Z O X Z m ID Z O E v m < - -i Z y Z O Z 0b m m o y REHABILITATE WEST TERMINAL APRON i rn `' `m FAA AIP NO.3-19-0094-046-2018 cZi m WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT 0 0 WATERLOO,IOWA A:COM c DFtN TLO A A DES DBO 07 CC11 A cn o SAFETY AND OPERATIONS PLAN APP DBH �� u. CopyrightQ — _ All flrr.�aa ���•�, rrrrrHs ^_i�r.olyc °'r`_•! 31tl0 NHO NNG SNOISIA3OJ ON panlasaH 40!H I It 11D33V I CO rn O}US!ARdoo o N- HSO ddtl v NON3J31 Ny S31ON 1VN3O J NHO 1410)= M oea s3o Q $ zVMOI'00-12131VM oil NNO lNOdMIV 1VNOIO3N OO12,131VM ,6 l 9LOZ-940-4600-6 -£'ON dIV WJ iu o w 1 NO21dV 1VNIINN311S3M 31V11119VH321 <o a LL ❑ Z 0 0 Z W m N } 2❑ W 0 w W LL U CO oww rr mlll V7 W F W 02 U 1-0 0 7 X In 2 Q m a W 2 ❑ Z F W 2 W F U CO w E W W F ow _�W fn W ❑ J w= F N= J W-U 2a O0 F QQNQ U CO Z Z mwL Q Z U¢ W W IFi 2 12- a =Z Uw W o 3 W OJn mw2m0 W o =JM ¢ 60-aa W S~S 0_ Z ° mu_ > ° 2F 2D0 • J W J¢ W QN p M CO2 COD wF Qm C7m W rcTro 2Z¢0 ❑z ❑> ~Q F O ❑ 0 2U CO04 W z ❑ LL JJ �ZZ 2 ❑F m w0 ¢W Z2ZZ2 ZmQ UQ °OFJ aO -10 m 2 Ztn OU < CO �� Z=F2 O } ¢O ❑OD a D 00 o 12 wow2UUOw Oj2 W 2 z ya f/JQHQ OJZO0 0 El- Ho z w zo W ulwQ H 2 z ow co 2 °W FY wFy zZ fail ZLLw, K O ¢¢ Q 2 Z 0❑ Z O F 1 F J F o Z 2w U- CO O Oa J❑gZ O < aOF Now O U U U am ¢QZOLLQN WaQUl2 °J1=W WZW a Z<ON W p 2 NJO )- a. W❑ a Q z� 2 0 m �� z z a r ¢Q N w m w 3 a° o r r o a W F w❑ U o>F m o w U w F-¢ ¢ UU Na 0 ¢ 2Z D -0 w IQ- Z WOOcczm Oa° Q LL (wja Q w_i OwOZUJN Ua'�z oJ~¢ Jo zN Q 0 yLL ❑m02 K p Qo� Qw CO x Q= Z NJ CO..j ¢o OzaOr a ¢o 00 2 w�°¢ z �❑ OVz z m0 zv=i 02 }�}r~il ° a F ��¢ 000F= W ~ zF 0 w2 ¢aUWaW0 p¢QzQQ�° OOOzm ❑U aJccWwO 2 w¢ �a Q U W O m}W O F2- mo O�OF >� z Z aO NJ a W �aKLL�2 W 10F¢-F¢Q !):::; ZF- = W��WoOF �2 U Z Ua OW LL Z �' zJn F u, = 2 lc, W O-Z Z SSZ U v wU cn0�2 2 �L`�❑ ? FO° OJZ W ¢ �� N Otn WZOJCFj�<n (JjOYFO a0 ❑ F>0]w JF0 Z-x z J aw w-Iw1 asS Fo U~J Z7O Y ❑ QO Z j W QWm2ZW QKFrooz ZJQQjlQ �U Z O(n- z W W F w Q CO .2.,2 O S Z W W Z Z 2 1n° ¢ ° ❑Y 2 p O W 0 Q a F°QRF w J J a W 2 2°K Z O U Q 0-0' 2 Z FF Zy m� w PR OJ❑z OF 20 ¢O- 2°� 2 U QF } QZ 2(OJOZONJ ZO��w W F❑~U z� w2'�NQaF F— 0- _> .-2 a 0> x a Q V w =Q 2 w ❑ Q W 2Q z w w X w O z o 0 2 O Y 0 Q O-z Q Q m O Q w a 2 ¢m p W=w U= w w W F ¢¢ < 2 i- w K K, z W w p c17).10 =o m K to > Q O W 2 z F z=a w 000 Z Q H_,¢U w0 F U ZC 2°0 W U ro F a N F Z Z J Z Z U J N fn 0 gp O J F LL CO = WU F z m 2 w w IW F In F 2aw0 2 w m w �W N U Z O O O w - qa� �m ¢Q aw =0 °ww V2z ¢ ¢� O° ��Uz� ocil w Wz K WIn2 rp w l] 00 Z F!n JNQ OF❑ N NJ< F z Q U2LLJHw Fa W F a S z OZQ 00 0 Z Z F 2F 0 z= <momo ZwC7 0omwLm0 02 W O- FUZF00= Y ra m 2 2 U w z U w W w U i_o w w O ¢ J O w- z o < z U 2 o w Q 2 F a❑m 2 2 0 W 2 Q o F w 2 a z Z W z Z u1 F a 2 x F � UW �� O' wF ¢� zU2U U 02 O� z2W a2V m w a2 a OU WaUWwr ¢ -<02t2 e _,r m500-azw3 U2 Z z5 cure wa �� Za OxZm a YO J Q <<!O-a wdw 0 0 m1- < OQ QO�HO. Fwaw° 0 Zo ❑a ¢ a J rfn❑ dli! WCLZW O WW ON oa 1- ❑ Z 2z fnLLZ 0 Uxz 2 Fa- 20 2 <O2z� O W�O w a¢ aarew <r 0 wj pU '50 o mx 2,O0vwOm �¢w ° NF3oOo52Z 0 x .M6 a F z o Z W N-2 J F 2 z W F } NJ 2 1n w m 2 ¢ 2 ❑❑O F ❑ O ¢S H ¢z -ix H?f/j °Z W¢ w m W F Fuxi, ni Zoo 00vlFZ00ZOu _ UJ OQW Zoz tn- a K J ❑} w7 �zU OOrWI02WWz ww(nwJ F'w- -,0 a(02F Z a0 mw a 2 Z Z < >OLL NUZL✓z V S� Zaw Oo Z�aO❑ ZZ a'a'Z2 a'adQ HO ❑ 00 F w z Y- J W❑O o a F- m_ 2 U W g W w 2 a 0o CO N Q ¢LL O NJ ow}m O w W W N O W w z o w a a¢F¢ Z OQ QQ Zg 0a O�� a2w¢ U am OQ a2cn 0Fp CO 2 00 Z am 3000UOmo U<NOO Owas< Oa¢m0OW LL 0 O ni ei .4 ui (O N a0 m 6O a N a] U) W. N aof N 0 F F W W W O W w 00" W N 2 a z W 2 O W O 2 J m¢ O a F W W o CO F O O = Q F ° o m r Z z 2 D w LL 2 ❑U)M g a J x O J ❑ LL < F LL O %O 00zi= 0 °O F N Z° W w O Q o o Z =V Z a z m W Z F Z w - W W w d w0 U o O p z a F Fy2QZmi—P--yU,2zw ¢ CO wo= z ❑2 wm2 CC W 2 QO LL1 W ❑ Z Y J JwZ(nw2Zw (n¢ Oz fn O F0FO H2X Z¢W O� 1 CO 2 W 0 ❑ M � J2O _� > _lLLUma Z f- (OD 20Q 2 < 2 COZ ZZ LL HW O W Qf � 2wocwi2v ¢ ❑W_Iwo a Jy� � ww WW wO o° =o o of 0 7 cooFgw < wwz - 2 0 wIZZtn ax a2 ax ° w 0= zo W Z J O • Q2 2 LL a' F2 r 0 W >Owz ai- QQF W 2 _ wE 3 w W ° ❑ ° O U O J W U 2 m U n o U❑ W ❑ 0 z , ,... F J F F Q F = 2 Q Y Z W w W Z>U J U o Z a W(.9 2 J 2 w O a 0 ll'I a a0a Q w W a• O ❑ w a x ❑ W 0 win A�� iQ W wmV a 2fn2a H 2 ziwZ m } W W ❑ w 2 W U XUX 2 0 0 F- W e pcowi °a. =w� wOOlay, ❑ wz ZOz= Ja az = w W H2- . aw W N W W Z ? °W > z a Z 0 =U O W (n o y O ❑cc w _ Z - F m m (n❑ 3 X aX CO W a ❑ o ZOI-- 5www ,O2 W= m Zaa cc W � F Na Oz JZwl- F O� XXw U Qo 7 J R = W F 0FF cal 02 aF2NJ F o W w0 2 Q z m U F F Z 3 a =W O z z¢ m a z z y°a ¢z W I- >> J Q❑Q O 1- w > W 0 ICC, CC 00 J U Z w = W Zo U J W r .: 0 Q O W Q z} r 0 0 N �++ } a I a m O W x¢a Z O Q F F >U U a a za J Z 2 LL Z O¢ Z m F0 2 COcii a Q ❑ LL z ¢J F K ❑ w 0 2 LL F 0 U w a J m 2 Z <0 o= Q O J 2 WWO Z - v)WOO2JO 2a 2mW - w JN 22xzo U ❑ aO FN F Zx a fn aF otnO � = ¢ ¢ Fa ,,ma d ~ V7= a wQ m w J2 Z W 2F-< U.O wF O W rj JU �� N zw Za 2 � m aw ow WF LlJ F-w, QO W 6� �OyJ_ I�i Jm ~ FU 20 az-.J¢ O°4 ow mw0 Jw ym o JO J U lwz ciao Jz - . - -1F oxX OO 2zOz w, zm J -,U Jx wJ J J° F wJ zw OY 2U WwOF2m W 7Qo J W Ja amw FQ-. 2J J2Q 2a z2 2 2tn fn W F W I-W o Z LL O W Z w fn W 2 J Z Q O Q ❑ci_ W a w Z O WaLA 2 O x F O CO0 0 W 0 o I 0 2 1- ,00 a O Z 2 2 2 F a x F w ❑mS Z Q Z F O F°w W w z N a Z N m N = w0> W N 0 J ¢m Q 2 U LL m U 0 Q z U U o p w a W ❑ 2 0 2 0 W-R Z Q W _o❑ 2 2 F w F W W • F m = IO11 W z °a 2 Q m 2 2 LL 2 J ¢ Q o¢ w w Z W Z z o= F N 0° Q Q ,wi Oa p w Q m a 2 W z O a Z D Iw-L ❑ S z z 0 U 0 ¢ Z U LL 2 W 2 ❑O w J F a O Z N ..(..2 O 2 F Q W 2 Q 2 1 ) Z W O Q 2 0 ¢ 2 w 2 O O z w -1 ❑ W W aOZw >UTU WOa2r FCO FCO (01- 1- i0 . aW2 UFU Uww Ux QJW U Uoa 2 J 2 ' Z Lil W O W UL F O J W O J o J , Z 2 Z w w z z6 2 W2 O W W a W ❑ J m 2 W W W Jn O J O O O F-- ?Fwo0asw? 0ma¢ o Oa Om FO0 - OW w= CO W a 1- O0 12- ¢ aoo 1- 1- ma ce O Ova O0 a • N a N M V U) f0 I, co Oi - a Z H _ N % • W Z U ❑ i O W OH WO W y y 0 N N N N p0j CI d I 26_ 0 0 0- a 6O6 m - ' 01- 2a0N N W W aN a 0 0 O 0• 0 W W 9 K N LVa Z Z Y Y 0 W K W J W F J 2 H w ��l 2 Z Z 3 O 2 W O > O O xx 2 < CO U Z F (9 Ca F t. 0 0 0 ¢ O o 0 CO Q 0 x (n J W J w o O O W O W a a m in N vi y N rc ,- c7 cj U < O w0 to F J 2 < J a J J > ❑�lJ U F w w=7 01- Z w a W aIQQFQQN�IJZZ UU W x a 2 Fw N J coo< F-2 J CO 0Z O 0 W W z-w. o < W J U O 0 w 2 Z Z a a r > W a W d ❑ W>r F Q 0 J 2 N> Z a LT w Q w O m a} 2 z Q O H O O d p O ? ¢ p N z O W a v2l a J w O z J o O o m I U2~ fn m0 _1Q Hztn wUi 2 z 0 a2 W aFCOF o = m2Ua .00 zfncc K Q If - w ❑ z 2z 22 COV� aF w 2F F F zz2wv JN Fa-ima 20 o c0 u IS I- Ow� 2❑ xJ zLL0 2a w W W a2 200020 � � zz� m h° P00 • 7 O21!_ ¢ NW ZZSQ QQQUQWOF 12- I NJ NJ aZ0 0-'4-i- i m0 JOy J UF2 O F Q 0 ILL o w a I- a' Q U O w Z o W m -o a U o N 0 0 5 a J j SJ = m mum ZN °W ZJ O0 2 zFOZU >> U 0 rnU J aaoH W a= W 0Q2 CO> wi- - 0 Q W =x- W W 2 O p . z z- O T w O_ _00- Q a W F J U w U a F J w F o 2 Z z W Z ❑ F F F F 2 0 m U a m, ¢F O Y Z ° W❑ 2 2 (n J¢a s¢ a Z 2 w W U1 x�0 0 0 W OO OOaQ Z° Q Q ,1 2aprp��Q 2a w°CO o22aZLL w _ o, wO mwi_ww w UZ wZ2 (n 2 W ZZ OJ N ❑�Z W 7 = a COOOp YaaZWZ 22 L°ilwOz PF . 0 . w w a(n 2 2❑ Z ¢ W F Q O W Z W O w U ¢ F 2 a Q U' 2 a LL 2 m S F z W_ P o a Z W U' O cal F Z = ww.s F ¢ LL 20 w0 < r,2g = N0 CO OZNZ 3 WMIU2Z S2 O ZF zO FZmuYI y h o y a z Z 2 Q ? ¢wa'U0 O H O ZFfn Qlil mQ3aW Klay,, U U F O �F�LLW2 a� UZ21W W x 0 > - > Z 0 0 . F a O N Z 3Q W¢ gcn 2a> FY� J ❑ �Qax m � z �wojm ❑0> 20� 02 wQO QO aF wzo to a NN. 4 z to O o o 0 N Jlq 2zoa = ¢ aZ Oa'F Z (wnwa0° zQ 00 oFZ2 K ❑m<H2 0< CiNNOF W z ❑ oz X y w W 0 0 ? o Q a Z J2xa =pa 2OJ Q22 }tnw 2Z < U � wO 2 W F W Uw Jfn z0❑� 2w 22wag z z z w m m az z = r 2 . 5 Jc a(n= W a F N ,¢- Z W> Qr 2 >W =a c~il W Xh2 22 =a O a QU Q w> wit,'O L L iNN Y 0 U 2 < 0 a CO aZ rQ (n 2 Q - w LL2F2 N U2 w > Z 2U UWjZ7Z � 0 ° xa and }Oa Z R� ¢ F2UO u2iazpzF COwh- w WZ� QFQ mm = o o O = F N F < r z O az ¢ awo O �d[ ° UWz 2a ❑ Jam 0 1- 0_ 2ow0a wo0200 w? g2 am3zvi 0_1s- z mJO2 z I;) z O F- 0 tii0 0 0 3 V J Q d}J Z Jr F= J JO Jaw I,, cc W Q W Z Q w 2 ❑_fn UU awU Z F W u0i 2 yIz112 W (n S y o =F0 O U O W W W W 7 = - z a = 3 = Q 3 x Q ❑ =W w 5 O m z W m x U F m W 2 w W Z O w F❑ a m 2 ~ Z ❑ m W F fn 2 fn o >wO wwo Jn2z 00wwwJ ❑ wiz (n ZOW 2 W mm - Zw I-=0 a ❑0w J2d rtnz2 w OZ 0< ow 00 > 00° OLL >�a . 0 w 0 QQoLL w =F .O ❑ z, � m> woo2 Vom oz �3 Z FQQ d 2 F F Q F -1 o Qw o w F 2 z -Z O 1- 0 U w N o N F U Q w O w w F 5000 F Z F ❑ F w IL OCO2 0 ccw =OF2 2m W = FZUFI J W= U❑ Z ° O022 U' Iwi UHF JnQOFY 0w' wmZO z° o2z ¢ zv~im z1¢il� zw °gwV * OF z w_w 2 .- MOLL z¢ WO2wo m2° 2r02 ) > ) I I w 0 < 0000 Ow J 0(aD Own 02F' aw � w NN 0 7Q > a Qw JzP0 F¢¢wo Z(na03 QQm Fwww h -I O O Om S0O2 O2J O W❑ Uw❑W Z a ¢ 0 ¢¢ m W 2 < ¢ W 2 U PI I o 0 o I Z w w O w w 2 W O a W U ¢ W> z N>Z w W F W O F 0 2 J> Q ❑ F J Z❑J a J F r W W w w x w QQ 0 2 ¢ 2 W 2 x w z 2 a O w a 0 x U x w m 2 o J ¢F z o w o z o U w Q 2 F 0 F a 3 F 0 \ \ \ O FO W 0FNJ FNln FZ_ F0U00U F ¢ F 0000 QIQQN ¢ Uaw N 6 4 In Ni (0 V 0 co t` co ym1O ream'.99'0N30310Ny 931ONN3a.133Hsona00 DL) (0006V9.Yduatly 1su.m1 Olv 98LL9500d(01"xi m[9'9a'LL'9LDODO carol s1,W+90 W0030 AG m(01 31Va NHO saa SNOISIA3U ON paL..%L.UOIN IIV X033V - m rn ®4LIN-IRdo0 Z 3S`dHd aNv I. 3Sb'Hd N 01 Hsa NNa wov Nb�ld �JNISb�Hd a o u, o in J m osa ssa VMOI'0012131VM ¢ i z 011 Naa 1210da1V 1VN01032i 0012131VM w 91.0Z-940-b600�1.-£'ON dIV VVd NOZIdV 1VNIW21311S3M 31V11119VH3H a LT 6 o N % V V�\VA`\� y�v77,k g1Ts",\VI ZJ Q F em , i , i �- 1\\.YJ �+ }z ,V` 1�,. h OI I �i\1 \ is I d i W A�\l��\�l�\ i 0 1: 1 z0 0 — r- -0-Z---- yr J _-.,,- 0 wW , K Q F F i ',i' Si; o 0 m z m i ,tilt, W o J \ 0 / i/L 0 C) o �� ° F- 6 0 o ' ` o 0 O o 0 t 0 o 0 x �t j Q } N W G Q r O 1 1 NZ 1::: OU ZZ 1 I- Q 0OI <> U¢ O 1 0 , �v7`r U z p g ; J ��l`li\\�� \��t z z ^x D Q 8 AVMIX�dl \ { ff° � g ll �\ v11 V Z Io ", 1 Uw \�\\ \ \\\o I \ W , � )0 C cI w j —3� O Z`U t 1 0,Z 0 LL I\ p o000oOv JoJ —_Zw J W _ oO CO: _. ke\. - UW¢ o r' 'J 1- 1 a o ✓ J o re 0o¢ OC�O_ .— N' i a-¢ dw F O � � i. \*\ ‘ ' 0< / /' � JmW> o • cc m J ¢Q z O V W Q > z 1 W U w 0 W Z O LL K ~ O z M Z OI� O K ILl LL F.' cC JU Q 0 j Z m D o w LlJ1 Q Z °C O Z > o S Z z 3 z N a o ° }Z qw 3 z u Z y. LU W Q U_ VI - W a 0 ~ w a > Q W 6 V U_ m N F- 0 Z K U U' O >O Q O m 6 Z a x U Y Z 0 w x z LL O Z w Q U w U CC a -1 R piu ~ LL ° w z oc 3 a u >- 3 = z = ¢ ti4 z it mm � x agI- zi- .., zzz N I- x LL V W} h Q a m Z J m Vl m a W Q LL W a ° I.Q.. N w a Z U N Q Z U 2 ul ° ¢ Q w u W Ix- O a < 0 N 2 Q a a Q D w .1 w`^ U Vf Q m x w N Z p o Q 0 a O a ~ w o > ,, C O o w = Q w j O w > G a x Q 0 G !- W ~ Q J O V Z W N OQC a 0 O C a G I- K z eW Z F Y p N F Z X o Q Z Q Z Q z 0 1... Z a N N N , ..d Z Z W a 4y f Z aOZ a~ C. O a F z Q z w Q w a CC Q 7O 7 ozz Z umZ GLLz4 CCma wwwN > Liw Qmz = GZWzz ° n O Zw Zm w u = Z OW z = Y ~ o UZ vi ¢ W 0 LL ° Z o= = l � ZQ Z I- SDVWa � OwwFxauO _ WW ¢ o Q U F >- VI WW ¢ ,,, G z wx . z I- ■ ■ WQ CZ Z � u ° O in w~Uw om ¢ ° >w ¢J :id o ¢ O 0_ Z = Q O ww x 1' v a w � Q�} wxwviO0 ow I.W xoOw ~ J o x z ¢¢ 4 � = o uz ur3 �pOlLi � z0JOw0 O cc U Z I- w of F 7wnxQpx °~ J ¢ ~ WU a ° Qm2 (-0 Orx w LL a u° Q 7w Q De uj Z O Na 0 0_ `n ¢ ozY Oao z¢zo¢ mw < Z aU1JQ ozW >szJa; J? �_• wo3 -=ww = Rl- � aa ° z azvd3Qao 2 ° _ , = RZ WFN $ w 7LLYWLL � 1' J �OO UYcc N J Z ° ouuVf 0: aW a LLI> LL Q } V <o¢ mz >wz Lz — w �n Lt. • ce pa - 3W zN_C/¢ to O m f2U ceaa ow WZ � ~ Q J• aa = WU ° • ~ Q ¢ 1Vl Qup LL n p wz a �' mw vaa xu' ' Kn OW c U x 1- O p x wz2 O ¢ } O am :ow< ^ Q �OHVowoaO0a w ' W v' < . 0 'i ° 11-' � J ° QxZ pW a> 0) 0 W Z aU W W a OGw>- zo ow 2 Ow• D "0 ° a zz � caJ � aZ .,3LLw co o 5Zce w c zawGaGG5azw2woa '- z2"Lo � alx a ut aGoZGoaa0W JF.. Z -IZ w I_ wD U z = oz ¢ 4KO � ' Y > > wOog ZZ � ZzZ xOZ Q aWJNQz wU W O Q aO2O Z m -, w 7 OOQ mLLUZUg § V w0mw � W � llaw � ru2 0 w Ov CO a ZaviQ OwO9OS ` ° g2051- > G1Z timZ ` •ZQ ZOZO 0 IIIRLU N ° ' j ° aOa01Mi a Ow W , 2O7mVDUQU1- OaLuS anwaaa za I- QQ Ou 0 > u U > O ¢ w ¢ m yUzw y w co m Vt w ° ~ ~ IW3 VI W ° I- O O_ O ¢ ° . > Z F W m --I J J Q N WQ a Q m U 0 LLi N a m l O LL u. l7 = V3 V1 Z Li Ca od Li o LLi� O - aUag �wQ w w x ¢ xxz x a ¢0000 m xxzyoa ¢ ZQ cox ° ~ a a L.) u O u L.../ I- a I- a91 a , z Up -3 Z i_ l /J COVA y ¢ WUwU F UWW fqxq 41 tiW -i V ni ' i N UH W 2m 2mw 2 > -, I- W I- I- W .-i V § O ° ¢ O xxxZ H QaW O x Fx 0' x ¢ a•E■ mDmmU m2Uw ma ¢ 1103 J a . • I OHISVHd Mon.aGONISVH.133H40LIOYa OunWM-ppBl/aeeud uady p.uual OW ssaws.sa 43ut..O WNCLSOLI'BIOLVN Y.yry WI 11003Y/9 Mold LOG OF BORING I TERTEC Braun Project B1800421 BORING: B_I Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: AECOM • Waterloo, Iowa 0 • DRILLER: C.Gracey/J.Smith METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/2/18 SCALE: 1"=4' O Elev. Depth feet feet Description of Materials BPF WL Tests or Notes '4= 868.5 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487,Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) PAV 12 1/2"of Bituminous Pavement n 867.5 1.0 AGG k,°. Aggregate Base h 50/3" a)— 866.2 2.3 — N 865.5 3.0 FILL •.4s FILL: Poorly Graded Gravel with Silt,fine-to Sp . :•:: \coarse-grained, brown, moist / 10 Proctor sample for 2.5 to 10 O POORLY GRADED SAND,fine-to coarse-grained, feet. brown to dark brown, moist, loose -— (Alluvium) I F8— — ,) 7 858.5 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. 00 m — N N — l7 cc — Z _ cc u — m I — >1 m — a — N 0 0 O m 0 O O - C cc U — U 0 5 Z_ 0 — Z O Z z 0 m O — l7 O B1800421 Braun Intertec Corporation B-1 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1800421 BORING: B-2 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: AECOM Waterloo, Iowa 0 92 DRILLER: C.Gracey/J.Smith METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/2/18 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth • feet feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0 O 868.2 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487,Rock USAGE EM1110-1-2908) cyo co Q 867.6 0.6 PAV 7 3/4"of Bituminous Pavement _ — AGG Aggregate Base �(50/2" 14 0866.3 1.9 > _ — FILL O� FILL: Poorly Graded Gravel with Silt,fine-to 865.2 3.0 ♦V♦ coarse-grained, brown,wet o SP ::• POORLY GRADED SAND,fine-to medium-grained, —\II 9 o— • brown to dark brown,moist, loose (Alluvium) a�— a) Vnr` 8 �J w 0 N— _ 7 858.2 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. 0 m vi 00 00 — N N � — c� z▪ — — w CL >1 z — Q C7 _ 0 o 0 0 N _ ❑ ac — z I- r V — O K Z C7 Z U z z O m O C7 O B1800421 Braun Intertec Corporation B-2 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING TERTEC Braun Project B1800421 BORING: B-4 Geotechnical Evaluation AECOM LOCATION: Waterloo, Iowa 0 — 2 DRILLER: C.Gracey/J.Smith I METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/2/18 I SCALE: 1"=4' f6 Elev. Depth o feet feet o Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes '-, 869.0 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) ca PAV 12"of Bituminous Pavement 868.0 1.0 867.5 1.5 AGG Aggregate Base 12 14 — FILL FILL: Silty Sand,fine-to medium-grained, black and _ dark brown, moist Q 865.5 3.5 I o SP .` POORLY GRADED SAND,fine to coarse grained, 9 6 Es brown to gray, moist, loose — (Alluvium) a' 1( 9 ai o _ co 8 859.0 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. — N N H — 0 l7 H — Z — z V — >I ZI = z m _ U _ N 7 _ O O Co O — a Q z — 0 u in - V K — Z lD Z O m O O B1800421 Braun Intertec Corporation B-4 page 1 of 1 BRAU LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1800421 BORING: B-5 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: AECOM Waterloo, Iowa 0 DRILLER: C.Gracey/J.Smith I METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/2/18 I SCALE: 1"=4' s m Elev. Depth ° feet feet Description of Materials BPF WL Tests or Notes ° 869.1 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487,Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) 2 868.4 0.7 PAV 8 3/4"of Bituminous Pavement - 867.9 1.3 AGG Is> Aggregate Base• -n 51 8 FILL ;•�: FILL: Sandy Lean Clay with Gravel,dark brown, moist - • ••�•• 866.1 3.0 ••• FILL •s•�• FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,dark brown, moist 16 - o- O••• ••�•� '- 862.6 6.5 •❖• 10 Proctor sample for 1.33 to 10 SP •• POORLY GRADED SAND,fine-to coarse-grained, _I feet. - brown to gray, moist,loose - (Alluvium) - cn 7 859.1 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. - 00 m vi — ti 00 — ti 00 — N N H — h Z — z z — 0 V — 00 >1 Z 0 — z m — a l7 N O / — W O - N 1//1 ❑ LL C — K ❑ V F- V — O a0 a Z O ft O m O C O B-5 page 1 of 1 B1800421 Braun Intertec Corporation [� C/^` Descriptive Terminology of Soil E NTE R.IE C Based on Standards ASTM D 2487-11/2488-09a The Science You Build On, (Unified Soil Classification System) Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and soil Classification Particle Size Identification Group Names Using Laboratory Tests" Group Grou Name Boulders over 12" Sy p Cobbles 3"to 12" ..... Gravels Clean Gravels C„>_4 and 15 C,"3° GW Well-graded gravel' Gravel `o (More than 50%of C"<4 and/or(C<<lor C,>3)(Less than 5%fines') D GP Poorly graded gravel" Coarse 3/4"to 3"(19.00 mm to 75.00 mm) „ coarse fraction ,°n Gravels with Fines 1O d retained on No.4 Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel'rD Fine No.4 to 3/4"(4.75 mm to 19.00 mm) 9 N d D c g .„ sieve) (More than 12%fines) """ Sand Fines Classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel ` '^ 2 Coarse No.10 to No.4 2.00 mm to 4.75 mm) .... 00 Clean Sands C„2 6 and 15 C,53° SW Well-graded sand' ( , Z Sands (Less than 5%fines") D Medium No.40 to No.10(0.425 mm to 2.00 mm) (50%or more coarse Cu and/or or C,>3) SP Poorly graded sand o E Fine No.200 to No.40 o fraction passes No.4 Sands with Fines rs E Fines classify as ML or MH SM Silty sand sieve) (More than 12%fines") (0.075 mm to 0.425 mm) ,.. Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sandP° Silt No.200(0.075 mm)to.005 mm PI>7 and plots on or above"A"line" CL Lean clayK ''. Clay <.005 mm a, Silts and Clays Inorganic „ ▪ (Liquid limit less than .N PI<4 or plots below"A"line' ML Silt"'"" • w 50) Liquid Limit-oven dried Organic clay sr"" Relative Proportions',m n N Organic Liquid Limit-not dried <0.75 OL Organic snit KL1AO trace 0 to 5% 6 m a a S little 6 to 14% m E PI plots on or above"A"line CH Fat clay"'"" 8 o Z'' Silts and Clays Inorganic with >_1$% PI plots below"A"line MH Elastic silt""' '� o (Liquid limit 50 or more) Liquid Limit-oven dried Organic clay'".v Inclusion Thicknesses Organic <0.75 OH Liquid Limit-not dried Organic silt r'"o lens 0 to 1/8" Highly Organic Soils Primarily organic matter,dark in color,and organic odor PT Peat seam 1/8"to 1" layer over 1" A. Based on the material passing the 3-inch(75-mm)sieve. B. If field sample contained cobbles or boulders,or both,add"with cobbles or boulders, Apparent Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils or both"to group name. Very loose 0 to 4 BPF C. Gravels with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: Loose 5 to 10 BPF GW-GM well-graded gravel with silt Medium dense 11 to 30 BPF GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay Dense 31 to 50 BPF , GP-GM poorly graded gravel with silt Very dense over 50 BPF GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay I D. Cu=D60/D10 C0_ (D30)2 I (D10 x D60) E. If soil contains>_15%sand,add"with sand"to group name. Consistency of Blows Approximate Unconfined F. If fines classify as CL-ML,use dual symbol GC-GM or SC-SM. Cohesive Soils Per Foot Compressive Strength 7 G. If fines are organic,add"with organic fines"to group name. Very soft 0 to 1 BPF <1/4 tsf I H. Sands with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: Soft 2 to 4 BPF 1/4 to 1/2 tsf SW-SM well-graded sand with silt ' Medium 5 to 8 BPF 1/2 to 1 tsf SW-SC well-graded sand with clay Stiff 9 to 15 BPF 1 to 2 tsf _"1 SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt Very Stiff 16 to 30 BPF 2 to 4 tsf SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay Hard over 30 BPF >4 tsf I. If soil contains>_15%gravel,add"with gravel"to group name. J. If Atterberg limits plot in hatched area,soil is CL-ML,silty clay. K. If soil contains 15 to<30%plus No.200,add"with sand"or"with gravel",whichever is Moisture Content: predominant. Dry: Absence of moisture,dusty,dry to the touch. L. If soil contains>_30%plus No.200,predominantly sand,add"sandy"to group name. Moist: Damp but no visible water. M. If soil contains>_30%plus No.200 predominantly gravel,add"gravelly"to group name. Wet: Visible free water,usually soil is below water table. N. PI>_4 and plots on or above"A"line. , O. PI<4 or plots below"A"line. Drilling Notes: P. PI plots on or above"A"line. BPF: Numbers indicate blows per foot recorded in standard Q. PI plots below"A"line penetration test,also known as"N"value. The sampler was set 6 inches into undisturbed soil below the hollow-stem auger. Driving resistances were then counted for second and third +-4 60 6-inch increments,and added to get BPF. For classification of fine-grained soils ' ' / and fine-grained fraction of coarse-orained 50_ soils, �' Partial Penetration: If the sampler cannot be driven the full Equation of"A"—line �*,,` ti 12 inches beyond the initial 6-inch set,the number of blows for Horizontal at PI=4 m LL=25.5, J�, `� e that partial penetration is shown as"No./X"(i.e.,50/2").If the then PI=0.73(LL-20) .p Equation of"U"—line dt sampler cannot be advanced beyond the initial 6-inch set,the c vertical at LL=16 to PI=7, depth of penetration will be recorded in the Notes column as z then PI=0.9(LL-8) ,'/ E30- "No.to set X"(i.e.,50 to set 4"). ©� WH: WH indicates the sampler penetrated soil under weight of 20- i 'J .�, MH OR OH hammer and rods alone;driving not required. to- ,s WR: WR indicates the sampler penetrated soil under weight of �a f// rods alone;hammer weight and driving not required. 4, /C[4+t ML OL _ / 0 0 10 16 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ba 90 100 110 WL: WL indicates the water level measured by the drillers LIQUID LIMIT(IL) either while drilling or following drilling. Laboratory Tests DD Dry Density,pcf OC Organic content,% PL Plastic limit,% WD Wet Density,pcf qP Pocket penetrometer strength LL Liquid limit,% P200 %Passing#200 sieve MC Moisture conent,% PI Plasticity Index,% 1/2018 1